Daikin FBQ140C7VEB Specification

Daikin FBQ140C7VEB Specification
EDUS281120_a
Cooling Only 60Hz
Heat Pump 60Hz
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) series
AMERICAS
EDUS281120_a
SkyAir Engineering Data
1. External appearance ...................................................................................3
1.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................... 3
1.2 Outdoor unit.................................................................................................. 4
2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature ...........................................5
2.1 Model name and power supply .................................................................... 5
2.2 Nomenclature ............................................................................................... 6
3. Specifications ..............................................................................................7
3.1 Cooling Only................................................................................................. 7
3.2 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 14
4. Dimensions and service space .................................................................21
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 21
Wired remote controller (Optional) ............................................................. 29
Wireless remote controller (Optional)......................................................... 31
Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 34
Installation service space ........................................................................... 36
5. Piping diagrams ........................................................................................41
5.1 Indoor unit + Outdoor unit .......................................................................... 41
5.2 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 42
5.3 Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 43
6. Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................44
6.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 44
6.2 Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 48
6.3 External connection diagram...................................................................... 50
7. Electrical characteristics............................................................................52
7.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 52
7.2 Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 56
8. Safety devices list .....................................................................................58
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
FCQ............................................................................................................ 58
FHQ............................................................................................................ 59
FAQ ............................................................................................................ 60
FBQ ............................................................................................................ 61
9. Capacity tables..........................................................................................62
9.1 Cooling Only............................................................................................... 62
9.2 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 72
9.3 Capacity correction ratio............................................................................. 89
10.Fan Performances.....................................................................................92
11.Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics ...................................................95
12.Sound Levels (Reference) ........................................................................98
Table of contents
1
EDUS281120_a
12.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 98
12.2 Outdoor unit.............................................................................................. 102
13.Operation limits .......................................................................................104
14.Accessories.............................................................................................106
14.1 Indoor unit ................................................................................................ 106
14.2 Outdoor unit.............................................................................................. 108
15.Center of gravity......................................................................................109
15.1 Indoor unit ................................................................................................ 109
15.2 Outdoor unit.............................................................................................. 111
16.Installation of indoor unit .........................................................................113
16.1 FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU /
FCQ42PAVJU .......................................................................................... 113
16.2 FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU ............................................. 138
16.3 FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU.................................................................... 152
16.4 FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU ..................................................................... 166
16.5 FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU /
FBQ42PVJU............................................................................................. 187
17.Installation of outdoor unit .......................................................................203
17.1 RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU / RZQ18PVJU9 /
RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU................................................................... 203
17.2 RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU / RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9.................. 221
2
Table of contents
EDUS281120_a
External appearance
1. External appearance
1.1
Indoor unit
Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow)
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU
FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
Ceiling suspended type
FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU
Wall mounted type
FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU
Ceiling mounted duct type
FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
3
External appearance
1.2
EDUS281120_a
Outdoor unit
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
4
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Model name, power supply and nomenclature
2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature
2.1
Model name and power supply
2.1.1
Cooling Only
Indoor unit
Ceiling mounted cassette type
(Round flow)
Ceiling suspended type
Wall mounted type
Ceiling mounted duct type
Outdoor unit
FCQ18PAVJU*
RZR18PVJU
FCQ24PAVJU*
RZR24PVJU
FCQ30PAVJU*
RZR30PVJU
FCQ36PAVJU*
RZR36PVJU
FCQ42PAVJU*
RZR42PVJU
FHQ18PVJU
RZR18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
RZR24PVJU
FHQ30PVJU
RZR30PVJU
FHQ36MVJU
RZR36PVJU
FHQ42MVJU
RZR42PVJU
FAQ18PVJU
RZR18PVJU
FAQ24PVJU
RZR24PVJU
FBQ18PVJU*
RZR18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU*
RZR24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU*
RZR30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU*
RZR36PVJU
FBQ42PVJU*
RZR42PVJU
Power supply intake
Indoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Note:
1. * : New model or changed model
2.1.2
Heat Pump
Indoor unit
Ceiling mounted cassette type
(Round flow)
Ceiling suspended type
Wall mounted type
Ceiling mounted duct type
Outdoor unit
FCQ18PAVJU*
RZQ18PVJU9
FCQ24PAVJU*
RZQ24PVJU9
FCQ30PAVJU*
RZQ30PVJU
FCQ36PAVJU*
RZQ36PVJU9
FCQ42PAVJU*
RZQ42PVJU9
FHQ18PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9
FHQ24PVJU
RZQ24PVJU9
FHQ30PVJU
RZQ30PVJU
FHQ36MVJU
RZQ36PVJU9
FHQ42MVJU
RZQ42PVJU9
FAQ18PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9
FAQ24PVJU
RZQ24PVJU9
FBQ18PVJU*
RZQ18PVJU9
FBQ24PVJU*
RZQ24PVJU9
FBQ30PVJU*
RZQ30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU*
RZQ36PVJU9
FBQ42PVJU*
RZQ42PVJU9
Power supply intake
Indoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Note:
1. * : New model or changed model
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
5
Model name, power supply and nomenclature
2.2
EDUS281120_a
Nomenclature
Indoor unit
F
C
Q
18 PA
VJ
U
Standard compatibility symbol
U: United States of America
Power supply symbol
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Indicates major design category
Capacity indication in cooling
18: 18,000 Btu/h 24: 24,000 Btu/h 30: 30,000 Btu/h 36: 36,000 Btu/h 42: 42,000 Btu/h
Refrigerant and Type
Q: R410A, Heat pump or Cooling only
Shape
C: Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow)
H: Ceiling suspended
A: Wall mounted
B: Ceiling mounted duct type
Unit category
F: Air cooled split indoor unit
Outdoor unit (Cooling Only)
R
Z
R
18
P
VJ
U
Standard compatibility symbol
U: United States of America
Power supply symbol
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Indicates major design category
Capacity indication in cooling
18: 18,000 Btu/h 24: 24,000 Btu/h 30: 30,000 Btu/h 36: 36,000 Btu/h 42: 42,000 Btu/h
Refrigerant and Type
R: R410A, Cooling Only
Inverter/Non inverter
Z: Inverter
Unit category
R: Air cooled split outdoor unit
Outdoor unit (Heat Pump)
R
Z
Q
18
P
VJ
U
9
Management suffix
Indicates slight design change
Standard compatibility symbol
U: United States of America
Power supply symbol
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Indicates major design category
Capacity indication in cooling
18: 18,000 Btu/h 24: 24,000 Btu/h 30: 30,000 Btu/h 36: 36,000 Btu/h 42: 42,000 Btu/h
Refrigerant and Type
Q: R410A, Heat Pump
Inverter/Non inverter
Z: Inverter
Unit category
R: Air cooled split outdoor unit
6
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Specifications
3. Specifications
3.1
Cooling Only,
3.1.1
FCQ / Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow)
Model
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
Power supply
Cooling capacity 1, 2
Btu/h
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
Piping
connections
30,000
16.8
15.8
13.9
12.0
10.2
FCQ18PAVJU
FCQ24PAVJU
FCQ30PAVJU
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
9–11/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16
(246 x 840 x 840)
9–11/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16
(246 x 840 x 840)
9–11/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16
(246 x 840 x 840)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 6 × 21
2 × 10 × 21
2 × 10 × 21
2.87 (0.9)
4.80 (1.5)
4.80 (1.5)
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
Turbo fan
56
cfm (m3/min)
560/470/390 (16/13/11)
780/620/470 (22/13/11)
830/670/530 (24/13/11)
—
—
—
Lbs (kg)
43 (19.5)
48.5 (22)
48.5 (22)
in (mm)
1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
—
—
—
BYCP125K–W1
BYCP125K–W1
BYCP125K–W1
Wired
Wireless
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Air filter
Lbs (kg)
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Fresh white
Fresh white
Fresh white
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
12.2 (5.5)
12.2 (5.5)
12.2 (5.5)
RZR18PVJU
RZR24PVJU
RZR30PVJU
Ivory
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 15.8)(Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
Liquid
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan
driver overload protector. Inverter
overload protector. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Refrigerant
24,000
17.2
in (mm)
Face area
Ref. piping
18,000
56
Type
Piping
connections
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Turbo fan
Color
Fan
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
56
Outdoor unit
Comp.
RZR30PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Liquid
Weight
Coil
FCQ30PAVJU
Turbo fan
Model
Dimensions
RZR24PVJU
Gas
Remote controller (option)
Decoration
panels
(option)
FCQ24PAVJU
RZR18PVJU
W
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
FCQ18PAVJU
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan
driver overload protector. Inverter
driver overload protector. Inverter
overload protector. Fusible plugs.
overload protector. Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fuse.
35-100
30-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Ref. oil
Drawing Number
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
L (oz)
98 (30)
98 (30)
98 (30)
R-410A
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
C: 4D074132
C: 4D074132
C: 4D074132
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
7
Specifications
EDUS281120_a
Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow), continued
Model
Indoor unit
FCQ36PAVJU
Outdoor unit
Power supply
Cooling capacity 1, 2
Btu/h
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
Piping
connections
11–5/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16 (287 x 840 x 840)
11–5/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16 (287 x 840 x 840)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 21
2 × 12 × 21
5.76 (1.8)
5.76 (1.8)
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
120
—
—
Lbs (kg)
55 (25)
55 (25)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wired
Wireless
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Air filter
Lbs (kg)
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
—
—
BYCP125K–W1
BYCP125K–W1
Fresh white
Fresh white
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
12.2 (5.5)
12.2 (5.5)
RZR36PVJU
RZR42PVJU
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 60 × 13
2 × 60 × 13
12.2 (3.7)
12.2 (3.7)
[email protected]
[email protected]
Hermetically sealed scroll type
Hermetically sealed scroll type
2.5
3.0
KFD–325–70–8C2
KFD–325–70–8C2
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70 × 2
70 × 2
cfm (m3/min)
3,740 (106)
3,740 (106)
Lbs (kg)
283 (128)
283 (128)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Refrigerant
FCQ42PAVJU
Galvanized steel plate
in (mm)
Face area
Ref. piping
FCQ36PAVJU
Galvanized steel plate
1220/970/790 (35/28/22)
Type
Piping
connections
10.2
1180/910/700 (33/26/20)
Color
Fan
16.0
11.2
cfm (m3/min)
Outdoor unit
Comp.
42,000
17.5
Liquid
Weight
Coil
36,000
120
Model
Dimensions
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Gas
Remote controller (option)
Decoration
panels
(option)
RZR42PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
W
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
FCQ42PAVJU
RZR36PVJU
25-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
230 (70)
230 (70)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
R-410A
R-410A
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Ref. oil
Drawing Number
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
L (oz)
8.8 (4)
8.8 (4)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
1.5 (50.7)
1.5 (50.7)
C: 4D074133
C: 4D074133
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB /19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
8
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
3.1.2
Specifications
FHQ
Ceiling suspended type
Model
Indoor unit
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZR18PVJU
RZR24PVJU
RZR30PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
18,000
24,000
30,000
18.0
18.1
17.2
14.0
12.6
10.5
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
FHQ30PVJU
Power supply
Cooling capacity 1, 2
Btu/h
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
—
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Motor output
W
130
130
130
cfm (m3/min)
790/670 (22/19)
790/670 (22/19)
790/670 (22/19)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Lbs (kg)
90 (41)
90 (41)
90 (41)
Liquid
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare Connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
in (mm)
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E83
BRC7E83
BRC7E83
RZR18PVJU
RZR24PVJU
RZR30PVJU
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Ivory
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload
protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan
motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Refrigerant
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Sirocco fan
Color
Ref. piping
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Type
Outdoor unit
Piping
connections
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
—
Remote controller (option)
Fan
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Drain
Comp.
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4
(195 x 1591 x 680)
—
Mass (Weight)
Coil
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4
(195 x 1591 x 680)
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Air filter
Dimensions
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4
(195 x 1591 x 680)
Model
Airflow rate (H/L)
Piping
connections
FHQ30PVJU
35-100
30-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Ref. oil
Drawing Number
Lbs (kg)
98 (30)
98 (30)
98 (30)
R-410A
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
C: 4D071679
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of
compressor.
C: 4D071679
C: 4D071679
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB /19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
9
Specifications
EDUS281120_a
Ceiling suspended type, continued
Model
Indoor unit
FHQ36MVJU
Outdoor unit
RZR36PVJU
RZR42PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
36,000
40,500
14.0
13.8
Power supply
Cooling capacity 1, 2
Btu/h
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
Motor output
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
130
130
830/670 (24/19)
850/700 (24/20)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Lbs (kg)
90 (41)
90 (41)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E83
BRC7E83
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
RZR36PVJU
RZR42PVJU
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 60 × 13
2 × 60 × 13
12.2 (3.7)
12.2 (3.7)
[email protected]
[email protected]
Hermetically sealed scroll type
Hermetically sealed scroll type
2.5
3.0
KFD–325–70–8C2
KFD–325–70–8C2
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
W
70×2
70×2
cfm (m3/min)
3,740 (106)
3,740 (106)
Lbs (kg)
283 (128)
283 (7.5 m)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. oil
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
W
Type
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
cfm (m3/min)
Color
Ref. piping
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
—
Outdoor unit
Piping
connections
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4 (195 x 1591 x 680)
Sirocco fan
Remote controller (option)
Fan
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4 (195 x 1591 x 680)
Sirocco fan
Liquid
Comp.
FHQ42MVJU
Type
Mass (Weight)
Coil
9.5
FHQ36MVJU
—
Air filter
Dimensions
10.2
Model
Airflow rate (H/L)
Piping
connections
FHQ42MVJU
25-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
230 (70)
230 (70)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
R-410A
R-410A
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
8.8 (4)
8.8 (4)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
1.5 (51)
1.5 (51)
C: 4D071676
C: 4D071676
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB /19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
10
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
3.1.3
Specifications
FAQ
Wall mounted type
Model
Indoor unit
FAQ18PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZR18PVJU
RZR24PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
18,000
24,000
Power supply
Cooling capacity 1, 2
Btu/h
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate (H/L)
Liquid
Piping
connections
Cross fin coil
2 × 14 × 18
2 × 14 × 18
2.29 (0.7)
2.29 (0.7)
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
Cross flow fan
Cross flow fan
43
Resin net (Washable)
Resin net (Washable)
Lbs (kg)
31 (14)
31 (14)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5)(Flare connection)
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection)
in (mm)
VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7))
VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7))
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E818
BRC7E818
RZR18PVJU
RZR24PVJU
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
ft² (m²)
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Refrigerant
11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9 (289 x 1051 x 229)
Cross fin coil
635/470 (18/13)
Model
Ref. piping
11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9 (289 x 1051 x 229)
Gas
Face area
Piping
connections
FAQ24PVJU
White (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
500/400 (14/11)
Type
Fan
FAQ18PVJU
White (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
cfm (m3/min)
Outdoor unit
Comp.
10.2
43
Color
Coil
17.6
12.7
Drain
Remote controller (option)
Dimensions
18.6
W
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
FAQ24PVJU
35-100
30-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Ref. oil
Drawing Number
Lbs (kg)
98 (30)
98 (30)
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
C: 4D071677
C: 4D071677
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB /19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
11
Specifications
3.1.4
EDUS281120_a
FBQ
Model
Indoor unit
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZR18PVJU
RZR24PVJU
RZR30PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
18,000
24,000
30,000
17.5
16.5
16.0
14.1
12.0
10.5
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU
Power supply
Cooling capacity 1, 2
Btu/h
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
11–13/16 × 39–3/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1000 x 700)
11–13/16 × 39–3/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1000 x 700)
11–13/16 × 39–3/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1000 x 700)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
3 × 16 × 15
3 × 16 × 15
3 × 16 × 15
2.68 (0.8)
2.68 (0.8)
2.68 (0.8)
Model
—
—
—
Type
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
Motor output
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
External static pressure
W
350
350
350
cfm (m3/min)
635/582/529 (18 / 16.5 /15)
688/618/565 (19.5 / 17.5 / 16)
882/794/706 (25 / 22.5 / 20)
“Wg
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 3)
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 3)
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 3)
Note 4
Note 4
Note 4
80 (36)
80 (36)
80 (36)
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
Piping
connections
Lbs (kg)
Liquid
in (mm)
1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
Remote controller (option)
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC4C82
BRC4C82
BRC4C82
RZR18PVJU
RZR24PVJU
RZR30PVJU
Ivory
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Outdoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Comp.
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Piping
connections
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
FBQ30PVJU
35-100
30-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
Model
Charge
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
98 (30)
98 (30)
98 (30)
R-410A
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
C: 4D074134
C: 4D074134
C: 4D074134
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
12
Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB /19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side. Select dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Model
Specifications
Indoor unit
FBQ36PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZR36PVJU
RZR42PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
36,000
42,000
17.5
16.0
Power supply
Cooling capacity 1, 2
Btu/h
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
Motor output
4.12 (1.3)
350
350
1130/953/812 (32/27/23)
1377/1165/988 (39/33/28)
“Wg
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.203)
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.203)
Note 4
Note 4
Lbs (kg)
102 (46)
102 (46)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC4C82
BRC4C82
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
RZR36PVJU
RZR42PVJU
Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1)
Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 60 × 13
2 × 60 × 13
12.2 (3.7)
12.2 (3.7)
[email protected]
[email protected]
Hermetically sealed scroll type
Hermetically sealed scroll type
2.5
3.0
KFD-325-70-8C2
KFD-325-70-8C2
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70×2
70×2
cfm (m3/min)
3,740 (106)
3,740 (106)
Lbs (kg)
283 (128)
283 (128)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. oil
3 × 16 × 15
4.12 (1.3)
W
Color
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
3 × 16 × 15
cfm (m3/min)
Outdoor unit
Ref. piping
Cross fin coil
—
Remote controller (option)
Piping
connections
Galvanized steel plate
11–13/16 × 55–1/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1400 x 700)
Sirocco fan
Liquid
Fan
Galvanized steel plate
11–13/16 × 55–1/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1400 x 700)
Sirocco fan
Mass (Weight)
Comp.
FBQ42PVJU
Type
External static pressure
Coil
10.2
FBQ36PVJU
—
Air filter
Dimensions
11.2
Model
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
Piping
connections
FBQ42PVJU
25-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
230 (70)
230 (70)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
R-410A
R-410A
Model
Charge
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
8.8 (4)
8.8 (4)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
1.5 (50)
1.5 (50)
C: 4D074135
C: 4D074135
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side. Select dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
13
Specifications
EDUS281120_a
3.2
Heat Pump
3.2.1
FCQ / Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow)
Model
Indoor unit
FCQ18PAVJU
FCQ24PAVJU
Outdoor unit
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
RZQ30PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Power supply
FCQ30PAVJU
Cooling capacity 1, 4
Btu/h
18,000
24,000
30,000
Heating capacity 2, 4
Btu/h
20,000
27,000
34,000
Heating capacity 3, 4
Btu/h
12,000
18,000
22,000
17.2
16.8
15.8
13.9
12.0
10.2
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
HSPF (Rated)
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
Piping
connections
4.80 (1.5)
4.80 (1.5)
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
Turbo fan
56
560/470/390 (16/13/11)
780/620/470 (22/16/13)
830/670/530 (24/19/15)
—
—
—
Lbs (kg)
43 (19.5)
48.5 (22)
48.5 (22)
in (mm)
1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
—
—
—
BYCP125K–W1
BYCP125K–W1
BYCP125K–W1
Wired
Wireless
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Air filter
H×W×D
Lbs (kg)
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
ft² (m²)
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Fresh white
Fresh white
Fresh white
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
12.2 (5.5)
12.2 (5.5)
12.2 (5.5)
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
RZQ30PVJU
Ivory
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4)(Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan
driver overload protector. Inverter
overload protector.Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan driver
overload protector. Inverter overload
protector.Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan
driver overload protector. Inverter
overload protector.Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. oil
2 × 10 × 21
2.87 (0.9)
cfm (m3/min)
Model
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
2 × 10 × 21
in (mm)
Face area
Ref. piping
Cross fin coil
2 × 6 × 21
56
Type
Piping
connections
Cross fin coil
Turbo fan
Color
Fan
Galvanized steel plate
9–11/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16
(246 x 840 x 840)
56
Outdoor unit
Comp.
Galvanized steel plate
9–11/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16
(246 x 840 x 840)
Liquid
Weight
Coil
Galvanized steel plate
9–11/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16
(246 x 840 x 840)
Turbo fan
Model
Dimensions
9.7
FCQ30PAVJU
Gas
Remote controller (option)
Decoration
panels
(option)
9.7
FCQ24PAVJU
W
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
10.1
FCQ18PAVJU
35-100
30-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
98 (30)
98 (30)
98 (30)
R-410A
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
0.75 (25)
0.75 (25)
0.75 (25)
C: 4D074128
C: 4D074128
C: 4D074128
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47°FDB, 43°FWB (8.3°CDB / 6°CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17°FDB, 15°FWB (-8.3°CDB /-9.4°CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
14
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Specifications
4. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
15
Specifications
EDUS281120_a
Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow), continued
Model
Indoor unit
FCQ36PAVJU
Outdoor unit
RZQ36PVJU9
RZQ42PVJU9
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Power supply
FCQ42PAVJU
Cooling capacity 1, 4
Btu/h
36,000
42,000
Heating capacity 2, 4
Btu/h
40,000
47,000
Heating capacity 3, 4
Btu/h
21,000
25,000
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
HSPF (Rated)
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
Piping
connections
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
—
—
Lbs (kg)
55 (25)
55 (25)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8), Internal dia. 1(25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (31.8), Internal dia. 1(25.4))
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wired
Wireless
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Air filter
Lbs (kg)
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
ft² (m²)
Type
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
—
—
BYCP125K–W1
BYCP125K–W1
Fresh white
Fresh white
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
Resin net (with mold resistant)
12.2 (5.5)
12.2 (5.5)
RZQ36PVJU9
RZQ42PVJU9
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 60 × 13
2 × 60 × 13
12.2 (3.7)
12.2 (3.7)
[email protected]
[email protected]
Hermetically sealed scroll type
Hermetically sealed scroll type
2.5
3.0
KFD–325–70–8C2
KFD–325–70–8C2
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70 × 2
70 × 2
cfm (m3/min)
3,740 (106)
3,740 (106)
Lbs (kg)
283 (128)
283 (128)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
25-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
230 (70)
230 (70)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
R-410A
R-410A
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
16
QTS48C15M
5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection)
Motor output
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.76 (1.8)
QTS48C15M
120
Model
Ref. oil
2 × 12 × 21
5.76 (1.8)
in (mm)
Face area
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 21
1220/970/790 (35/28/22)
Type
Ref. piping
Cross fin coil
1180/910/700 (33/26/20)
Color
Piping
connections
Galvanized steel plate
11–5/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16 (287 x 840 x 840)
cfm (m3/min)
Outdoor unit
Fan
Galvanized steel plate
11–5/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16 (287 x 840 x 840)
in (mm)
Weight
Comp.
8.5
FCQ42PAVJU
120
Model
Coil
8.4
FCQ36PAVJU
Gas
Remote controller (option)
Dimensions
10.2
Liquid
Drain
Decoration
panels
(option)
16.0
11.2
W
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
17.5
L (oz)
8.8 (4)
8.8 (4)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
1.5 (51)
1.5 (51)
C: 4D074129
C: 4D074129
Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47°FDB, 43°FWB (8.3°CDB / 6°CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17°FDB, 15°FWB (-8.3°CDB /-9.4°CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
3.2.2
Specifications
FHQ
Ceiling suspended type
Model
Indoor unit
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
RZQ30PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Power supply
FHQ30PVJU
Cooling capacity 1, 3
Btu/h
18,000
24,000
30,000
Heating capacity 2, 3
Btu/h
20,000
27,000
34,000
18.0
18.1
17.2
14.0
12.6
10.5
11.1
10.0
8.4
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
FHQ30PVJU
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
HSPF (Rated)
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
—
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Motor output
W
130
130
130
cfm (m3/min)
790/670 (22/19)
790/670 (22/19)
790/670 (22/19)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Lbs (kg)
90 (41)
90 (41)
90 (41)
Liquid
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare Connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
in (mm)
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1) )
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1) )
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1) )
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E83
BRC7E83
BRC7E83
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
RZQ30PVJU
Ivory
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Color
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Type
Outdoor unit
Piping
connections
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
—
Remote controller (option)
Fan
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Drain
Comp.
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
—
Mass (Weight)
Coil
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4
(195 x 1591 x 680)
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Air filter
Dimensions
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4
(195 x 1591 x 680)
Model
Airflow rate (H/L)
Piping
connections
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4
(195 x 1591 x 680)
35-100
30-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
98 (30)
98 (30)
98 (30)
R-410A
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
C: 4D063925E
C: 4D063925E
C: 4D063925E
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47°FDB, 43°FWB (8.3°CDB / 6°CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
17
Specifications
EDUS281120_a
Ceiling suspended type, continued
Model
Indoor unit
FHQ36MVJU
FHQ42MVJU
Outdoor unit
RZQ36PVJU9
RZQ42PVJU9
Power supply
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 3
Btu/h
36,000
40,500
Heating capacity 2, 3
Btu/h
37,500
39,500
14.0
13.8
10.2
9.5
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
HSPF (Rated)
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
Motor output
130
130
830/670 (24/19)
850/700 (24/19)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Resin net (With mold resistant)
Lbs (kg)
90 (41)
90 (41)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP20 (External dia. 1(25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E83
BRC7E83
RZQ36PVJU9
RZQ42PVJU9
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 60 × 13
2 × 60 × 13
12.2 (3.7)
12.2 (3.7)
[email protected]
[email protected]
Hermetically sealed scroll type
Hermetically sealed scroll type
2.5
3.0
KFD–325–70–8C2
KFD–325–70–8C2
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
W
70×2
70×2
cfm (m3/min)
3,740 (106)
3,740 (106)
Lbs (kg)
283 (128)
283 (128)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. oil
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
W
Type
Refrigerant
3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
cfm (m3/min)
Color
Ref. piping
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
—
Outdoor unit
Piping
connections
Cross fin coil
2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Sirocco fan
Remote controller (option)
Fan
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4 (195 x 1591 x 680)
Sirocco fan
Liquid
Comp.
White (10Y9/0.5)
7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4 (195 x 1591 x 680)
Type
Mass (Weight)
Coil
FHQ42MVJU
—
Air filter
Dimensions
8.2
FHQ36MVJU
Model
Airflow rate (H/L)
Piping
connections
8.1
25-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
230 (70)
230 (70)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
R-410A
R-410A
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
8.8 (4)
8.8 (4)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
1.5 (50.7)
1.5 (50.7)
C: 4D071674
C: 4D071674
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47°FDB, 43°FWB (8.3°CDB / 6°CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
18
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
3.2.3
Specifications
FAQ
Wall mounted type
Model
Indoor unit
FAQ18PVJU
FAQ24PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
Power supply
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 3
Btu/h
18,000
24,000
Heating capacity 2, 3
Btu/h
20,000
26,000
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
HSPF (Rated)
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate (H/L)
Liquid
Piping
connections
2 × 14 × 18
2.29 (0.7)
2.29 (0.7)
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
Cross flow fan
Cross flow fan
43
Resin net (Washable)
Resin net (Washable)
Lbs (kg)
31 (14)
31 (14)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5)(Flare connection)
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7))
VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7))
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E818
BRC7E818
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
ft² (m²)
Type
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. oil
Cross fin coil
2 × 14 × 18
in (mm)
Motor output
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
635/470 (18/13)
Model
Ref. piping
White (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9 (289 x 1051 x 229)
Gas
Face area
Piping
connections
White (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9 (289 x 1051 x 229)
500/400 (14/11)
Type
Fan
9.1
FAQ24PVJU
cfm (m3/min)
Color
Comp.
8.7
FAQ18PVJU
43
Outdoor unit
Coil
10.2
Drain
Remote controller (option)
Dimensions
17.6
12.7
W
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
18.6
35-100
30-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
98 (30)
98 (30)
Model
Charge (factory charge)
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
C: 4D062151F
C: 4D062151F
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47°FDB, 43°FWB (8.3°CDB / 6°CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
19
Specifications
3.2.4
EDUS281120_a
FBQ
Model
Indoor unit
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
RZQ30PVJU
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Power supply
FBQ30PVJU
Cooling capacity 1, 4
Btu/h
18,000
24,000
30,000
Heating capacity 2, 4
Btu/h
20,000
27,000
34,000
Heating capacity 3, 4
Btu/h
12,000
18,000
22,000
17.5
16.5
16.0
14.1
12.0
10.5
10.6
10.5
9.2
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
HSPF (Rated)
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
Galvanized steel plate
11–13/16 × 39–3/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1000 x 700)
11–13/16 × 39–3/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1000 x 700)
11–13/16 × 39–3/8 × 27–9/16
(300 x 1000 x 700)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
3 × 16 × 15
3 × 16 × 15
3 × 16 × 15
2.68 (0.8)
2.68 (0.8)
2.68 (0.8)
Model
—
—
—
Type
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
Motor output
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
External static pressure
W
350
350
350
cfm (m3/min)
635/582/529 (18/17/15)
688/618/565 (20/18/16)
882/794/706 (25/23/20)
“Wg
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 5)
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 5)
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 5)
Note 6
Note 6
Note 6
80 (36)
80 (36)
80 (36)
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
Piping
connections
Lbs (kg)
Liquid
in (mm)
1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
Remote controller (option)
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC4C82
BRC4C82
BRC4C82
RZQ18PVJU9
RZQ24PVJU9
RZQ30PVJU
Ivory
Ivory
Ivory
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
30–5/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8
(770 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
2 × 34 × 18
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
7.1 (2.2)
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
2YC63HXD#ED
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
Hermetically sealed swing type
1.7
1.7
1.7
P47N11F
P47N11F
P47N11F
Propeller fan
Outdoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Comp.
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Fan
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
Propeller fan
70
70
70
cfm (m3/min)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
1,835 (52)
Lbs (kg)
150 (68)
150 (68)
150 (68)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Piping
connections
Propeller fan
W
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
20
30-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
164 (50)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
Model
Charge
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
35-100
Electronic expansion valve
L (oz)
98 (30)
98 (30)
98 (30)
R-410A
R-410A
R-410A
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
0.75 (25.4)
C: 4D074130
C: 4D074130
C: 4D074130
Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47°FDB, 43°FWB (8.3°CDB / 6°CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17°FDB, 15°FWB (-8.3°CDB /-9.4°CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side.Select dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Model
Specifications
Indoor unit
FBQ36PVJU
FBQ42PVJU
Outdoor unit
RZQ36PVJU9
RZQ42PVJU9
Power supply
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 4
Btu/h
36,000
42,000
Heating capacity 2, 4
Btu/h
40,000
47,000
Heating capacity 3, 4
Btu/h
21,000
25,000
SEER (Rated)
EER (Rated)
Btu/h-W
HSPF (Rated)
Indoor unit
Color
Dimensions
H×W×D
in (mm)
Type
Coil
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
Fan
ft² (m²)
Motor output
3 × 16 × 15
4.12 (1.3)
4.12 (1.3)
350
350
1130/953/812 (32/27/23)
1377/1165/988 (39/33/28)
“Wg
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 5)
Standard 0.40 (0.80–0.20 5)
Lbs (kg)
Note 6
Note 6
102 (46)
102 (46)
Liquid
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
internal dia.1 (25.4))
Wired
BRC1E71
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC4C82
BRC4C82
H×W×D
in (mm)
Rows×Stages×FPI
Face area
ft² (m²)
Model
Type
Motor output
kW
Model
Type
Motor output
Airflow rate
Mass (Weight)
RZQ36PVJU9
RZQ42PVJU9
Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1)
Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Cross fin coil
Cross fin coil
2 × 60 × 13
2 × 60 × 13
12.2 (3.7)
12.2 (3.7)
[email protected]
[email protected]
Hermetically sealed scroll type
Hermetically sealed scroll type
2.5
3.0
KFD-325-70-8C2
KFD-325-70-8C2
Propeller fan
Propeller fan
W
70×2
70×2
cfm (m3/min)
3,740 (106)
3,740 (106)
Lbs (kg)
283 (128)
283 (128)
in (mm)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Gas
in (mm)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain
in (mm)
1 (25.4) (Hole)
1 (25.4)(Hole)
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Liquid
Safety devices
Capacity step
%
Refrigerant control
Ref. oil
Cross fin coil
3 × 16 × 15
W
Type
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
cfm (m3/min)
Color
Ref. piping
Galvanized steel plate
11–13/16 × 55–1/8 × 27–9/16 (300 x 1400 x 700)
—
Outdoor unit
Piping
connections
Galvanized steel plate
11–13/16 × 55–1/8 × 27–9/16 (300 x 1400 x 700)
Sirocco fan
Remote controller (option)
Fan
8.8
FBQ42PVJU
Sirocco fan
Mass (Weight)
Comp.
9.1
FBQ36PVJU
Type
External static pressure
Coil
10.2
—
Air filter
Dimensions
16.0
11.2
Model
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)
Piping
connections
17.5
25-100
25-100
Electronic expansion valve
Electronic expansion valve
Standard length
ft (m)
25 (7.5)
25 (7.5)
Max. length
ft (m)
230 (70)
230 (70)
Max. height difference
ft (m)
164 (50)
164 (50)
R-410A
R-410A
Model
Charge
Lbs (kg)
Model
Charge
Drawing Number
L (oz)
8.8 (4)
8.8 (4)
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Refer to the name plate of compressor.
1.5 (50.7)
1.5 (50.7)
C: 4D074131
C: 4D074131
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Indoor temp. : 80°FDB, 67°FWB (27°CDB)/(19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47°FDB, 43°FWB (8.3°CDB / 6°CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21°CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17°FDB, 15°FWB (-8.3°CDB /-9.4°CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side.Select its dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
21
LOCATION FOR UNIT’S NAMEPLATE.
WHEN THE EXHAUST GRILLE IS CLOSING, THE REQUIRED SPACE IS 19-11/16 INCHES OR MORE.
WHEN UNITING AND CLOSING A CORNER PART (BOTH RIGHT AND LEFT OF THE EXHAUST GRILLE
TO CLOSE), IT IS 7-7/8 INCHES OR MORE.
4.1.1
FCQ (Ceiling mounted cassette type)
22
3D070522A
Indoor unit
DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING UNDER THE UNIT THAT SHOULD NOT GET WET. IF THE DRAIN OUTLET IS
CLOGGED OR THE AIR FILTER IS DIRTY, THE HUMIDITY CAN RISE TO 80% OR MORE CAUSING,
CONDENSATE TO ACCUMULATE.
4.1
SUCTION GRILLE
Unit (in.)
Dimensions and service space
EDUS281120_a
4. Dimensions and service space
FCQ18PAVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
LOCATION OF UNIT’S NAMEPLATE.
DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING UNDER THE UNIT THAT SHOULD NOT GET WET. IF THE DRAIN OUTLET IS
CLOGGED OR THE AIR FILTER IS DIRTY, THE HUMIDITY CAN RISE TO 80% OR MORE, CAUSING
CONDENSATE TO ACCUMULATE.
SUCTION GRILLE
WHEN THE EXHAUST GRILLE IS CLOSING, THE REQUIRED SPACE IS 19-11/16 INCHES OR MORE.
WHEN UNITING AND CLOSING A CORNER PART (BOTH RIGHT AND LEFT OF THE EXHAUST GRILLE
TO CLOSE), IT IS 7-7/8 INCHES OR MORE.
3D070524A
Unit (in.)
EDUS281120_a
Dimensions and service space
FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU
23
24
LOCATION FOR UNIT’S NAMEPLATE.
DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING UNDER THE UNIT THAT SHOULD NOT GET WET. IF THE DRAIN OUTLET IS
CLOGGED OR THE AIR FILTER IS DIRTY, THE HUMIDITY CAN RISE TO 80% OR MORE, CAUSING
CONDENSATE TO ACCUMULATE.
SUCTION GRILLE
WHEN THE EXHAUST GRILLE IS CLOSING, THE REQUIRED SPACE IS 19-11/16 INCHES OR MORE.
WHEN UNITING AND CLOSING A CORNER PART (BOTH RIGHT AND LEFT OF THE EXHAUST GRILLE
TO CLOSE), IT IS 7-7/8 INCHES OR MORE.
3D070523A
Unit (in.)
Dimensions and service space
EDUS281120_a
FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
4.1.2
Dimensions and service space
FHQ (Ceiling suspended type)
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
3D049332B
Unit (in.)
FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU
25
Dimensions and service space
4.1.3
EDUS281120_a
FAQ (Wall mounted type)
26
3D046042A
3D046042B
Unit(in.)
(in.)
Unit
FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
Do not place anything under the unit
that should not get wet. If the drain
outlet is clogged or the air filter
is dirty, the humidity can rise to
80% or more, causing condensate
to accumulate.
4.1.4
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
3D065977A
Unit (in.)
EDUS281120_a
Dimensions and service space
FBQ (Ceiling mounted duct type)
FBQ18PVJU
27
Do not place anything under the unit
that should not get wet. If the drain
outlet is clogged or the air filter
is dirty, the humidity can rise to
80% or more, causing condensate
to accumulate.
ITEM
Unit (in.)
Dimensions and service space
28
EDUS281120_a
FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
Do not place anything under the unit
that should not get wet. If the drain
outlet is clogged or the air filter
is dirty, the humidity can rise to
80% or more, causing condensate
to accumulate.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
C: 3D065979B
Unit (in.)
EDUS281120_a
Dimensions and service space
FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
29
Dimensions and service space
4.2
EDUS281120_a
Wired remote controller (Optional)
30
3D065275
Unit (in.)
BRC1E71
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Dimensions and service space
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
3D047341
Unit (in.)
BRC2A71
31
Dimensions and service space
4.3
EDUS281120_a
Wireless remote controller (Optional)
32
3D049336
Unit (in.)
BRC7E83 (for FHQ)
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Dimensions and service space
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
3D049736
Unit (in.)
BRC7E818 (for FAQ)
33
Dimensions and service space
EDUS281120_a
34
3D049611
Unit (in.)
BRC4C82 (for FBQ)
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
4.4
Dimensions and service space
Outdoor unit
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
3D064212A
Unit (in.)
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
35
Dimensions and service space
EDUS281120_a
36
3D065351A
Unit (in.)
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
4.5
Dimensions and service space
Installation service space
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
3D064213A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
37
Dimensions and service space
EDUS281120_a
3D064213A
38
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Dimensions and service space
3D064213A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
39
Dimensions and service space
EDUS281120_a
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
3D047381B
40
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Dimensions and service space
3D047381B
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
41
Piping diagrams
EDUS281120_a
5. Piping diagrams
5.1
Indoor unit + Outdoor unit
3D062238C
FCQ18PAVJU / FHQ18PVJU / FAQ18PVJU / FBQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU / RZQ18PVJU9
FCQ24PAVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FAQ24PVJU / FBQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU / RZQ24PVJU9
FCQ30PAVJU / FHQ30PVJU / FBQ30PVJU + RZR30PVJU / RZQ30PVJU
42
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
5.2
Piping diagrams
Indoor unit
FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU
4D024460F
FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
4D034245F
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
43
Piping diagrams
5.3
EDUS281120_a
Outdoor unit
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
3D065366A
44
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Wiring diagrams
6. Wiring diagrams
6.1
Indoor unit
GROUND (SCREW)
GROUND
3D070301F
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU
FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
45
Wiring diagrams
EDUS281120_a
3D048116A
FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU
46
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Wiring diagrams
3D046039D
FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
47
Wiring diagrams
EDUS281120_a
GROUND (SCREW)
GROUND
3D065984D
FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
48
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
6.2
Wiring diagrams
Outdoor unit
C: 3D062307C
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
49
Wiring diagrams
EDUS281120_a
C: 3D071178
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
50
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
6.3
Wiring diagrams
External connection diagram
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
FUSE / BREAKER
FUSE / BREAKER
C: 3D064230A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
51
Wiring diagrams
EDUS281120_a
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
FUSE / BREAKER
FUSE / BREAKER
C: 3D071667
52
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Electrical characteristics
7. Electrical characteristics
7.1
Indoor unit
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU
FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
5.
Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.
C: 4D074049
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
53
Electrical characteristics
EDUS281120_a
FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU
FHQ18MVJU
FHQ24MVJU
208V / 230V
FHQ30PVJU
FHQ36PVJU
FHQ42PVJU
5.
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
140
140
140
161
165
140
140
140
161
165
Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.
C: 4D049333A
54
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Electrical characteristics
FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU
FAQ18PVJU
FAQ24PVJU
208V / 230V
5.
Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.
C: 4D046466B
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
55
Electrical characteristics
EDUS281120_a
FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
5.
Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.
C: 4D074107
56
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
7.2
Electrical characteristics
Outdoor unit
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum
when star ting the compressor.
fuse
or
ground
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
57
Electrical characteristics
EDUS281120_a
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum
when star ting the compressor.
fuse
or
ground
C: 3D065381B
58
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Safety devices list
8. Safety devices list
8.1
FCQ
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
3D074050
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
59
Safety devices list
8.2
EDUS281120_a
FHQ
FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU
3D049334A
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU
3D049334A
60
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
8.3
Safety devices list
FAQ
FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU
4D047085B
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
61
Safety devices list
8.4
EDUS281120_a
FBQ
FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
3D074108
62
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
9. Capacity tables
9.1
Cooling Only
9.1.1
FCQ
FCQ18PAVJU + RZR18PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
10.7
0.59
11.68
10.7
0.63
11.68
10.6
0.72
11.68
10.6
0.76
11.68
10.6
0.81
11.68
10.6
0.92
72.0
61.0
14.21
12.4
0.70
14.21
12.4
0.78
14.21
12.3
0.89
14.21
12.3
0.95
14.21
12.3
1.02
14.21
12.3
1.17
77.0
64.0
16.10
13.4
0.79
16.10
13.4
0.90
16.10
13.3
1.04
16.10
13.3
1.11
16.10
13.3
1.19
16.10
13.3
1.37
80.0
67.0
18.00
14.2
0.90
18.00
14.2
1.04
18.00
14.1
1.20
18.00
14.1
1.28
18.00
14.1
1.38
17.27
13.8
1.49
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.6
1.07
20.06
14.2
1.18
19.32
13.8
1.29
19.00
13.5
1.34
18.59
13.5
1.40
17.86
13.4
1.51
90.0
75.0
21.14
14.2
1.08
20.41
13.7
1.19
19.68
13.5
1.30
19.35
13.5
1.35
18.95
13.2
1.41
18.21
12.6
1.52
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
FCQ24PAVJU + RZR24PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
Indoor Air Temp.
68
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
14.2
0.81
15.57
14.2
0.88
15.57
14.1
1.00
15.57
14.1
1.06
15.57
14.1
1.14
15.57
14.1
1.31
72.0
61.0
18.94
16.7
0.97
18.94
16.7
1.10
18.94
16.6
1.26
18.94
16.6
1.35
18.94
16.6
1.45
18.94
16.6
1.67
77.0
64.0
21.47
18.3
1.10
21.47
18.3
1.28
21.47
18.2
1.48
21.47
18.2
1.58
21.47
18.2
1.72
21.47
18.2
1.98
80.0
67.0
24.00
19.0
1.27
24.00
19.0
1.48
24.00
18.9
1.72
24.00
18.9
1.84
24.00
18.9
2.00
23.02
18.7
2.16
86.0
72.0
27.72
19.7
1.53
26.74
19.0
1.69
25.76
18.6
1.86
25.33
18.2
1.93
24.79
18.1
2.02
23.81
17.8
2.19
90.0
75.0
28.19
18.9
1.54
27.21
18.2
1.70
26.24
17.8
1.87
25.80
18.0
1.94
25.26
17.9
2.04
24.29
17.3
2.20
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
63
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FCQ30PAVJU + RZR30PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
19.47
16.6
1.28
19.47
16.6
1.39
19.47
16.6
1.59
19.47
16.6
1.69
19.47
16.6
1.82
19.47
16.6
2.09
72.0
61.0
23.68
19.4
1.55
23.68
19.4
1.75
23.68
19.4
2.02
23.68
19.4
2.15
23.68
19.4
2.33
23.68
19.4
2.69
77.0
64.0
26.84
21.2
1.76
26.84
21.2
2.05
26.84
21.1
2.38
26.84
21.1
2.54
26.84
21.1
2.76
26.84
21.1
3.20
80.0
67.0
30.00
22.2
2.03
30.00
22.2
2.37
30.00
22.3
2.77
30.00
22.3
2.97
30.00
22.3
3.23
28.78
21.5
3.50
86.0
72.0
34.65
22.9
2.46
33.43
22.1
2.72
32.21
21.8
2.99
31.66
21.8
3.11
30.99
21.3
3.26
29.77
20.8
3.54
90.0
75.0
35.24
21.8
2.47
34.02
21.1
2.74
32.80
21.1
3.01
32.25
20.6
3.13
31.58
20.6
3.28
30.36
19.9
3.56
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
FCQ36PAVJU + RZR36PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
23.40
21.3
1.24
23.40
21.3
1.34
23.40
21.2
1.54
23.40
21.2
1.65
23.40
21.2
1.77
23.40
21.2
2.04
72.0
61.0
28.40
24.7
1.50
28.40
24.7
1.69
28.40
24.6
1.96
28.40
24.6
2.10
28.40
24.6
2.27
28.40
24.6
2.63
77.0
64.0
32.20
26.7
1.71
32.20
26.7
2.00
32.20
26.7
2.32
32.20
26.7
2.48
32.20
26.7
2.70
32.20
26.7
3.13
80.0
67.0
36.00
28.4
1.97
36.00
28.4
2.31
36.00
28.6
2.71
36.00
28.6
2.90
36.00
28.6
3.16
34.50
27.8
3.42
86.0
72.0
41.60
29.5
2.40
40.10
28.5
2.66
38.60
28.0
2.93
38.00
27.7
3.05
37.20
27.3
3.20
35.70
26.8
3.47
90.0
75.0
42.30
28.8
2.41
40.80
27.7
2.68
39.40
27.5
2.94
38.70
26.9
3.06
37.90
26.4
3.21
36.40
26.0
3.49
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
64
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FCQ42PAVJU + RZR42PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
27.27
22.4
1.58
27.27
22.4
1.72
27.27
22.4
1.99
27.27
22.4
2.11
27.27
22.4
2.28
27.27
22.4
2.62
72.0
61.0
33.19
26.5
1.92
33.19
26.5
2.18
33.19
26.4
2.53
33.19
26.4
2.70
33.19
26.4
2.93
33.19
26.4
3.39
77.0
64.0
37.54
28.9
2.20
37.54
28.9
2.56
37.54
28.9
3.00
37.54
28.9
3.20
37.54
28.9
3.48
37.54
28.9
4.05
80.0
67.0
42.00
31.1
2.54
42.00
31.1
2.99
42.00
30.9
3.49
42.00
30.9
3.74
42.00
30.9
4.08
40.34
30.2
4.42
86.0
72.0
48.53
32.5
3.09
46.77
31.3
3.43
45.11
30.4
3.78
44.28
30.1
3.93
43.35
29.6
4.13
41.69
28.7
4.48
90.0
75.0
49.36
31.1
3.11
47.60
30.0
3.45
45.94
29.4
3.80
45.11
29.0
3.96
44.18
28.5
4.15
42.52
27.8
4.51
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
65
Capacity tables
9.1.2
EDUS281120_a
FHQ
FHQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
10.6
0.54
11.68
10.6
0.59
11.68
10.6
0.66
11.68
10.6
0.70
11.68
10.6
0.75
11.68
10.6
0.85
72.0
61.0
14.21
11.9
0.52
14.21
11.9
0.72
14.21
11.9
0.83
14.21
11.9
0.88
14.21
11.9
0.95
14.21
11.9
1.08
77.0
64.0
16.10
12.7
0.60
16.10
12.7
0.84
16.10
12.7
0.96
16.10
12.7
1.03
16.10
12.7
1.11
16.10
12.7
1.28
80.0
67.0
18.00
13.3
0.70
18.00
13.3
0.96
18.00
13.3
1.11
18.00
13.3
1.19
18.00
13.3
1.29
17.27
13.3
1.39
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.2
0.87
20.06
14.0
1.09
19.32
13.2
1.20
19.00
13.3
1.24
18.59
13.2
1.30
17.86
12.7
1.40
90.0
75.0
21.14
13.5
0.87
20.41
13.2
1.10
19.68
12.7
1.20
19.35
12.8
1.25
18.95
12.5
1.31
18.21
12.2
1.41
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
FHQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
Indoor Air Temp.
68
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
12.6
0.77
15.57
12.6
0.83
15.57
12.6
0.95
15.57
12.6
1.01
15.57
12.6
1.09
15.57
12.6
1.24
72.0
61.0
18.94
14.9
0.93
18.94
14.9
1.04
18.94
14.9
1.20
18.94
14.9
1.28
18.94
14.9
1.38
18.94
14.9
1.59
77.0
64.0
21.47
16.3
1.05
21.47
16.3
1.22
21.47
16.3
1.41
21.47
16.3
1.51
21.47
16.3
1.63
21.47
16.3
1.89
80.0
67.0
24.00
17.1
1.21
24.00
17.1
1.41
24.00
17.1
1.64
24.00
17.1
1.75
24.00
17.1
1.90
23.02
16.4
2.06
86.0
72.0
27.72
17.5
1.46
26.74
16.9
1.61
25.76
16.5
1.77
25.33
16.2
1.84
24.79
16.1
1.93
23.81
15.5
2.09
90.0
75.0
28.19
16.9
1.47
27.21
16.3
1.62
26.24
15.7
1.78
25.80
15.5
1.85
25.26
15.2
1.94
24.29
14.6
2.10
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
66
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FHQ30PVJU + RZR30PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
19.47
15.6
1.12
19.47
15.6
1.21
19.47
15.6
1.40
19.47
15.6
1.49
19.47
15.6
1.61
19.47
15.6
1.84
72.0
61.0
23.68
18.5
1.36
23.68
18.5
1.54
23.68
18.5
1.78
23.68
18.5
1.90
23.68
18.5
2.06
23.68
18.5
2.38
77.0
64.0
26.84
19.9
1.55
26.84
19.9
1.80
26.84
19.9
2.10
26.84
19.9
2.25
26.84
19.9
2.44
26.84
19.9
2.83
80.0
67.0
30.00
21.1
1.79
30.00
21.1
2.10
30.00
21.1
2.45
30.00
21.1
2.62
30.00
21.1
2.86
28.78
20.2
3.10
86.0
72.0
34.65
21.8
2.17
33.43
21.0
2.41
32.21
20.6
2.65
31.66
20.3
2.75
30.99
20.2
2.89
29.77
19.4
3.13
90.0
75.0
35.24
21.1
2.18
34.02
20.4
2.42
32.80
19.7
2.66
32.25
19.4
2.77
31.58
18.9
2.91
30.36
18.3
3.16
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
FHQ36MVJU + RZR36PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
23.40
18.5
1.37
23.40
18.5
1.49
23.40
18.5
1.73
23.40
18.5
1.83
23.40
18.5
1.98
23.40
18.5
2.27
72.0
61.0
28.40
21.9
1.67
28.40
21.9
1.89
28.40
21.8
2.20
28.40
21.8
2.34
28.40
21.8
2.54
28.40
21.8
2.94
77.0
64.0
32.20
23.8
1.90
32.20
23.8
2.23
32.20
23.9
2.59
32.20
23.9
2.77
32.20
23.9
3.01
32.20
23.9
3.50
80.0
67.0
36.00
25.2
2.21
36.00
25.2
2.59
36.00
25.1
3.03
36.00
25.1
3.25
36.00
25.1
3.53
34.50
24.0
3.82
86.0
72.0
41.60
26.2
2.68
40.10
25.3
2.97
38.60
24.6
3.27
38.00
24.3
3.40
37.20
23.7
3.57
35.70
23.2
3.87
90.0
75.0
42.30
25.0
2.70
40.80
24.1
2.99
39.40
23.6
3.29
38.70
23.2
3.42
37.90
22.8
3.60
36.40
21.8
3.90
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
67
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FHQ42MVJU + RZR42PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
26.30
20.8
1.65
26.30
20.8
1.79
26.30
20.8
2.07
26.30
20.8
2.20
26.30
20.8
2.38
26.30
20.8
2.74
72.0
61.0
32.00
24.6
2.00
32.00
24.6
2.27
32.00
24.5
2.65
32.00
24.5
2.83
32.00
24.5
3.06
32.00
24.5
3.55
77.0
64.0
36.20
26.8
2.29
36.20
26.8
2.68
36.20
26.9
3.12
36.20
26.9
3.34
36.20
26.9
3.64
36.20
26.9
4.22
80.0
67.0
40.50
28.4
2.65
40.50
28.4
3.12
40.50
28.2
3.65
40.50
28.2
3.92
40.50
28.2
4.26
38.90
27.1
4.62
86.0
72.0
46.80
29.5
3.23
45.10
28.4
3.59
43.50
27.7
3.95
42.70
27.3
4.10
41.80
26.6
4.31
40.20
26.1
4.68
90.0
75.0
47.60
28.1
3.25
45.90
27.1
3.61
44.30
26.5
3.98
43.50
26.1
4.13
42.60
25.6
4.34
41.00
24.6
4.71
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
68
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
9.1.3
Capacity tables
FAQ
FAQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
8.9
0.54
11.68
8.9
0.59
11.68
8.9
0.68
11.68
8.9
0.73
11.68
8.9
0.79
11.68
8.9
0.91
72.0
61.0
14.21
11.7
0.66
14.21
11.7
0.75
14.21
11.7
0.87
14.21
11.7
0.93
14.21
11.7
1.01
14.21
11.7
1.18
77.0
64.0
16.10
12.7
0.76
16.10
12.7
0.89
16.10
12.7
1.04
16.10
12.7
1.11
16.10
12.7
1.21
16.10
12.7
1.40
80.0
67.0
18.00
13.7
0.88
18.00
13.7
1.03
18.00
13.7
1.21
18.00
13.7
1.30
18.00
13.7
1.42
17.27
13.7
1.54
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.1
1.07
20.06
14.1
1.19
19.32
14.1
1.31
19.00
14.1
1.37
18.59
14.1
1.43
17.86
14.1
1.56
90.0
75.0
21.14
12.8
1.08
20.41
12.8
1.20
19.68
12.8
1.32
19.35
12.8
1.37
18.95
12.8
1.44
18.21
12.8
1.57
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
FAQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
Indoor Air Temp.
68
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
14.3
0.88
15.57
14.3
0.96
15.57
14.3
1.12
15.57
14.3
1.19
15.57
14.3
1.29
15.57
14.3
1.49
72.0
61.0
18.94
15.3
1.08
18.94
15.3
1.23
18.94
15.3
1.44
18.94
15.3
1.54
18.94
15.3
1.68
18.94
15.3
1.95
77.0
64.0
21.47
16.5
1.24
21.47
16.5
1.46
21.47
16.5
1.71
21.47
16.5
1.83
21.47
16.5
2.00
21.47
16.5
2.33
80.0
67.0
24.00
18.0
1.44
24.00
18.0
1.71
24.00
18.0
2.01
24.00
18.0
2.16
24.00
18.0
2.35
23.02
18.0
2.56
86.0
72.0
27.72
18.8
1.77
26.74
18.4
1.97
25.76
18.0
2.18
25.33
17.8
2.27
24.79
17.6
2.38
23.81
17.2
2.59
90.0
75.0
28.19
17.5
1.78
27.21
17.0
1.98
26.24
16.6
2.19
25.80
16.4
2.28
25.26
16.2
2.40
24.29
15.7
2.61
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
69
Capacity tables
9.1.4
EDUS281120_a
FBQ
FBQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
11.1
0.54
11.68
11.1
0.58
11.68
11.1
0.66
11.68
11.1
0.70
11.68
11.1
0.75
11.68
11.1
0.85
72.0
61.0
14.21
12.9
0.52
14.21
12.9
0.72
14.21
12.9
0.82
14.21
12.9
0.87
14.21
12.9
0.94
14.21
12.9
1.07
77.0
64.0
16.10
14.0
0.60
16.10
14.0
0.83
16.10
14.0
0.96
16.10
14.0
1.02
16.10
14.0
1.10
16.10
14.0
1.27
80.0
67.0
18.00
14.8
0.70
18.00
14.8
0.95
18.00
14.8
1.10
18.00
14.8
1.18
18.00
14.8
1.28
17.27
14.3
1.38
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.9
0.86
20.06
14.5
1.09
19.32
14.1
1.19
19.00
14.0
1.23
18.59
13.7
1.29
17.86
13.3
1.39
90.0
75.0
21.14
12.9
0.87
20.41
12.4
1.09
19.68
12.0
1.20
19.35
11.8
1.24
18.95
11.5
1.30
18.21
11.1
1.40
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
FBQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
Indoor Air Temp.
68
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
13.8
0.81
15.57
13.8
0.88
15.57
13.8
1.00
15.57
13.8
1.06
15.57
13.8
1.14
15.57
13.8
1.31
72.0
61.0
18.94
16.2
0.97
18.94
16.2
1.09
18.94
16.2
1.26
18.94
16.2
1.34
18.94
16.2
1.45
18.94
16.2
1.67
77.0
64.0
21.47
17.6
1.10
21.47
17.6
1.28
21.47
17.6
1.48
21.47
17.6
1.58
21.47
17.6
1.71
21.47
17.6
1.98
80.0
67.0
24.00
18.7
1.27
24.00
18.7
1.48
24.00
18.7
1.72
24.00
18.7
1.84
24.00
18.7
2.00
23.02
18.1
2.16
86.0
72.0
27.72
19.2
1.53
26.74
18.7
1.69
25.76
18.2
1.86
25.33
18.0
1.93
24.79
17.7
2.02
23.81
17.2
2.19
90.0
75.0
28.19
20.8
1.54
27.21
20.5
1.70
26.24
20.1
1.87
25.80
20.0
1.94
25.26
19.8
2.04
24.29
19.3
2.21
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
70
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FBQ30PVJU + RZR30PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
19.47
17.1
1.12
19.47
17.1
1.21
19.47
17.1
1.40
19.47
17.1
1.49
19.47
17.1
1.61
19.47
17.1
1.84
72.0
61.0
23.68
20.0
1.36
23.68
20.0
1.54
23.68
20.0
1.78
23.68
20.0
1.90
23.68
20.0
2.06
23.68
20.0
2.38
77.0
64.0
26.84
21.9
1.55
26.84
21.9
1.80
26.84
21.9
2.10
26.84
21.9
2.25
26.84
21.9
2.44
26.84
21.9
2.83
80.0
67.0
30.00
23.4
1.79
30.00
23.4
2.10
30.00
23.4
2.45
30.00
23.4
2.62
30.00
23.4
2.86
28.78
22.6
3.10
86.0
72.0
34.65
24.0
2.17
33.43
23.4
2.41
32.21
22.7
2.65
31.66
22.4
2.75
30.99
22.1
2.89
29.77
21.4
3.13
90.0
75.0
35.24
23.5
2.18
34.02
23.0
2.42
32.80
22.4
2.66
32.25
22.2
2.77
31.58
21.9
2.91
30.36
21.2
3.16
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
FBQ36PVJU + RZR36PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
23.40
19.7
1.25
23.40
19.7
1.36
23.40
19.7
1.57
23.40
19.7
1.67
23.40
19.7
1.80
23.40
19.7
2.07
72.0
61.0
28.40
23.1
1.52
28.40
23.1
1.72
28.40
23.1
2.00
28.40
23.1
2.13
28.40
23.1
2.31
28.40
23.1
2.68
77.0
64.0
32.20
25.4
1.73
32.20
25.4
2.03
32.20
25.4
2.36
32.20
25.4
2.53
32.20
25.4
2.74
32.20
25.4
3.19
80.0
67.0
36.00
27.2
2.01
36.00
27.2
2.36
36.00
27.2
2.76
36.00
27.2
2.96
36.00
27.2
3.21
34.50
26.4
3.48
86.0
72.0
41.60
28.2
2.44
40.10
27.5
2.71
38.60
26.7
2.98
38.00
26.4
3.10
37.20
26.0
3.25
35.70
25.2
3.53
90.0
75.0
42.30
27.2
2.46
40.80
26.4
2.72
39.40
25.7
3.00
38.70
25.3
3.12
37.90
24.9
3.28
36.40
24.1
3.55
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
71
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FBQ42PVJU + RZR42PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
27.27
23.1
1.59
27.27
23.1
1.73
27.27
23.1
2.00
27.27
23.1
2.13
27.27
23.1
2.30
27.27
23.1
2.64
72.0
61.0
33.19
27.1
1.93
33.19
27.1
2.19
33.19
27.1
2.56
33.19
27.1
2.73
33.19
27.1
2.96
33.19
27.1
3.43
77.0
64.0
37.54
29.6
2.21
37.54
29.6
2.59
37.54
29.6
3.02
37.54
29.6
3.23
37.54
29.6
3.51
37.54
29.6
4.08
80.0
67.0
42.00
31.6
2.56
42.00
31.6
3.02
42.00
31.6
3.52
42.00
31.6
3.78
42.00
31.6
4.12
40.34
30.8
4.46
86.0
72.0
48.53
32.6
3.12
46.77
31.8
3.47
45.11
31.1
3.81
44.28
30.7
3.96
43.35
30.3
4.17
41.69
29.4
4.52
90.0
75.0
49.36
31.5
3.14
47.60
30.6
3.49
45.94
29.8
3.84
45.11
29.4
3.99
44.18
29.0
4.19
42.52
28.1
4.55
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Equivalent Piping Length
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Hz, Volts
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
72
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
9.2
Heat Pump
9.2.1
FCQ
FCQ18PAVJU + RZQ18PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
Indoor Air Temp.
68
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
10.7
0.59
11.68
10.7
0.63
11.68
10.6
0.72
11.68
10.6
0.76
11.68
10.6
0.81
11.68
10.6
0.92
72.0
61.0
14.21
12.4
0.70
14.21
12.4
0.78
14.21
12.3
0.89
14.21
12.3
0.95
14.21
12.3
1.02
14.21
12.3
1.17
77.0
64.0
16.10
13.4
0.79
16.10
13.4
0.90
16.10
13.3
1.04
16.10
13.3
1.11
16.10
13.3
1.19
16.10
13.3
1.37
80.0
67.0
18.00
14.2
0.90
18.00
14.2
1.04
18.00
14.1
1.20
18.00
14.1
1.28
18.00
14.1
1.38
17.27
13.8
1.49
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.6
1.07
20.06
14.2
1.18
19.32
13.8
1.29
19.00
13.5
1.34
18.59
13.5
1.40
17.86
13.4
1.51
90.0
75.0
21.14
14.2
1.08
20.41
13.7
1.19
19.68
13.5
1.30
19.35
13.5
1.35
18.95
13.2
1.41
18.21
12.6
1.52
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
23.33
2.64
23.33
2.33
23.33
1.97
23.33
1.74
23.33
1.62
64
22.22
2.48
22.22
2.19
22.22
1.86
22.22
1.64
22.22
1.53
68
20.74
2.28
20.74
2.02
20.74
1.72
20.74
1.52
20.74
1.42
70
20.00
2.18
20.00
1.93
20.00
1.65
20.00
1.46
20.00
1.37
72
19.26
2.08
19.26
1.85
19.26
1.59
19.26
1.41
19.26
1.32
75
18.15
1.94
18.15
1.73
18.15
1.49
18.15
1.32
18.15
1.24
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
73
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FCQ24PAVJU + RZQ24PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
14.2
0.81
15.57
14.2
0.88
15.57
14.1
1.00
15.57
14.1
1.06
15.57
14.1
1.14
15.57
14.1
1.31
72.0
61.0
18.94
16.7
0.97
18.94
16.7
1.10
18.94
16.6
1.26
18.94
16.6
1.35
18.94
16.6
1.45
18.94
16.6
1.67
77.0
64.0
21.47
18.3
1.10
21.47
18.3
1.28
21.47
18.2
1.48
21.47
18.2
1.58
21.47
18.2
1.72
21.47
18.2
1.98
80.0
67.0
24.00
19.0
1.27
24.00
19.0
1.48
24.00
18.9
1.72
24.00
18.9
1.84
24.00
18.9
2.00
23.02
18.7
2.16
86.0
72.0
27.72
19.7
1.53
26.74
19.0
1.69
25.76
18.6
1.86
25.33
18.2
1.93
24.79
18.1
2.02
23.81
17.8
2.19
90.0
75.0
28.19
18.9
1.54
27.21
18.2
1.70
26.24
17.8
1.87
25.80
18.0
1.94
25.26
17.9
2.04
24.29
17.3
2.20
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
14
Indoor Air Temp.
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
24.18
2.46
26.67
2.57
30.49
2.69
31.50
2.48
31.50
2.31
64
24.14
2.51
26.63
2.61
30.00
2.67
30.00
2.35
30.00
2.18
68
24.09
2.58
26.57
2.67
28.00
2.46
28.00
2.17
28.00
2.02
70
24.06
2.61
26.55
2.70
27.00
2.36
27.00
2.08
27.00
1.94
72
24.03
2.64
26.00
2.65
26.00
2.26
26.00
2.00
26.00
1.86
75
23.99
2.69
24.50
2.47
24.50
2.11
24.50
1.87
24.50
1.75
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
74
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FCQ30PAVJU + RZQ30PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
19.47
16.6
1.28
19.47
16.6
1.39
19.47
16.6
1.59
19.47
16.6
1.69
19.47
16.6
1.82
19.47
16.6
2.09
72.0
61.0
23.68
19.4
1.55
23.68
19.4
1.75
23.68
19.4
2.02
23.68
19.4
2.15
23.68
19.4
2.33
23.68
19.4
2.69
77.0
64.0
26.84
21.2
1.76
26.84
21.2
2.05
26.84
21.1
2.38
26.84
21.1
2.54
26.84
21.1
2.76
26.84
21.1
3.20
80.0
67.0
30.00
22.2
2.03
30.00
22.2
2.37
30.00
22.3
2.77
30.00
22.3
2.97
30.00
22.3
3.23
28.78
21.5
3.50
86.0
72.0
34.65
22.9
2.46
33.43
22.1
2.72
32.21
21.8
2.99
31.66
21.8
3.11
30.99
21.3
3.26
29.77
20.8
3.54
90.0
75.0
35.24
21.8
2.47
34.02
21.1
2.74
32.80
21.1
3.01
32.25
20.6
3.13
31.58
20.6
3.28
30.36
19.9
3.56
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
14
Indoor Air Temp.
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
24.41
2.34
26.89
2.48
30.72
2.66
34.22
2.79
36.45
2.86
64
24.36
2.41
26.84
2.55
30.66
2.72
34.17
2.84
36.40
2.91
68
24.29
2.50
26.77
2.63
30.59
2.79
34.10
2.91
35.26
2.84
70
24.25
2.55
26.74
2.67
30.56
2.83
34.00
2.93
34.00
2.73
72
24.22
2.59
26.70
2.72
30.53
2.86
32.74
2.81
32.74
2.62
75
24.17
2.66
26.65
2.78
30.47
2.92
30.85
2.63
30.85
2.45
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
75
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FCQ36PAVJU + RZQ36PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
23.40
21.3
1.24
23.40
21.3
1.34
23.40
21.2
1.54
23.40
21.2
1.65
23.40
21.2
1.77
23.40
21.2
2.04
72.0
61.0
28.40
24.7
1.50
28.40
24.7
1.69
28.40
24.6
1.96
28.40
24.6
2.10
28.40
24.6
2.27
28.40
24.6
2.63
77.0
64.0
32.20
26.7
1.71
32.20
26.7
2.00
32.20
26.7
2.32
32.20
26.7
2.48
32.20
26.7
2.70
32.20
26.7
3.13
80.0
67.0
36.00
28.4
1.97
36.00
28.4
2.31
36.00
28.6
2.71
36.00
28.6
2.90
36.00
28.6
3.16
34.50
27.8
3.42
86.0
72.0
41.60
29.5
2.40
40.10
28.5
2.66
38.60
28.0
2.93
38.00
27.7
3.05
37.20
27.3
3.20
35.70
26.8
3.47
90.0
75.0
42.30
28.8
2.41
40.80
27.7
2.68
39.40
27.5
2.94
38.70
26.9
3.06
37.90
26.4
3.21
36.40
26.0
3.49
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
30.48
2.82
33.92
2.99
37.47
3.14
41.72
3.28
44.46
3.36
64
30.38
2.89
33.92
3.06
37.37
3.20
41.72
3.33
44.35
3.41
68
30.28
2.99
33.82
3.15
37.37
3.28
41.52
3.39
41.52
3.16
70
30.28
3.04
33.82
3.20
37.27
3.32
40.00
3.26
40.00
3.03
72
30.28
3.10
33.72
3.24
37.27
3.36
38.48
3.12
38.48
2.91
75
30.28
3.17
33.72
3.31
36.25
3.30
36.25
2.92
36.25
2.72
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
76
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FCQ42PAVJU + RZQ42PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
27.27
22.4
1.58
27.27
22.4
1.72
27.27
22.4
1.99
27.27
22.4
2.11
27.27
22.4
2.28
27.27
22.4
2.62
72.0
61.0
33.19
26.5
1.92
33.19
26.5
2.18
33.19
26.4
2.53
33.19
26.4
2.70
33.19
26.4
2.93
33.19
26.4
3.39
77.0
64.0
37.54
28.9
2.20
37.54
28.9
2.56
37.54
28.9
3.00
37.54
28.9
3.20
37.54
28.9
3.48
37.54
28.9
4.05
80.0
67.0
42.00
31.1
2.54
42.00
31.1
2.99
42.00
30.9
3.49
42.00
30.9
3.74
42.00
30.9
4.08
40.34
30.2
4.42
86.0
72.0
48.53
32.5
3.09
46.77
31.3
3.43
45.11
30.4
3.78
44.28
30.1
3.93
43.35
29.6
4.13
41.69
28.7
4.48
90.0
75.0
49.36
31.1
3.11
47.60
30.0
3.45
45.94
29.4
3.80
45.11
29.0
3.96
44.18
28.5
4.15
42.52
27.8
4.51
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
34.54
3.28
38.51
3.50
42.47
3.68
47.34
3.86
50.40
3.96
64
34.43
3.38
38.39
3.59
42.36
3.75
47.23
3.93
50.28
4.01
68
34.32
3.50
38.28
3.70
42.24
3.86
47.11
4.01
48.70
3.93
70
34.32
3.57
38.28
3.75
42.24
3.91
47.00
4.05
47.00
3.77
72
34.32
3.63
38.28
3.81
42.24
3.96
45.30
3.88
45.30
3.61
75
34.20
3.73
38.17
3.89
42.13
4.03
42.70
3.63
42.70
3.39
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
77
Capacity tables
9.2.2
EDUS281120_a
FHQ
FHQ18PVJU + RZQ18PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
10.6
0.54
11.68
10.6
0.59
11.68
10.6
0.66
11.68
10.6
0.70
11.68
10.6
0.75
11.68
10.6
0.85
72.0
61.0
14.21
11.9
0.52
14.21
11.9
0.72
14.21
11.9
0.83
14.21
11.9
0.88
14.21
11.9
0.95
14.21
11.9
1.08
77.0
64.0
16.10
12.7
0.60
16.10
12.7
0.84
16.10
12.7
0.96
16.10
12.7
1.03
16.10
12.7
1.11
16.10
12.7
1.28
80.0
67.0
18.00
13.3
0.70
18.00
13.3
0.96
18.00
13.3
1.11
18.00
13.3
1.19
18.00
13.3
1.29
17.27
13.3
1.39
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.2
0.87
20.06
14.0
1.09
19.32
13.2
1.20
19.00
13.3
1.24
18.59
13.2
1.30
17.86
12.7
1.40
90.0
75.0
21.14
13.5
0.87
20.41
13.2
1.10
19.68
12.7
1.20
19.35
12.8
1.25
18.95
12.5
1.31
18.21
12.2
1.41
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
23.33
2.73
23.33
2.40
23.33
2.04
23.33
1.79
23.33
1.67
64
22.22
2.56
22.22
2.26
22.22
1.92
22.22
1.70
22.22
1.58
68
20.74
2.35
20.74
2.08
20.74
1.78
20.74
1.57
20.74
1.47
70
20.00
2.25
20.00
2.00
20.00
1.71
20.00
1.51
20.00
1.41
72
19.26
2.15
19.26
1.91
19.26
1.63
19.26
1.45
19.26
1.36
75
18.15
2.00
18.15
1.78
18.15
1.53
18.15
1.36
18.15
1.27
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
78
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FHQ24PVJU + RZQ24PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
12.6
0.77
15.57
12.6
0.83
15.57
12.6
0.95
15.57
12.6
1.01
15.57
12.6
1.09
15.57
12.6
1.24
72.0
61.0
18.94
14.9
0.93
18.94
14.9
1.04
18.94
14.9
1.20
18.94
14.9
1.28
18.94
14.9
1.38
18.94
14.9
1.59
77.0
64.0
21.47
16.3
1.05
21.47
16.3
1.22
21.47
16.3
1.41
21.47
16.3
1.51
21.47
16.3
1.63
21.47
16.3
1.89
80.0
67.0
24.00
17.1
1.21
24.00
17.1
1.41
24.00
17.1
1.64
24.00
17.1
1.75
24.00
17.1
1.90
23.02
16.4
2.06
86.0
72.0
27.72
17.5
1.46
26.74
16.9
1.61
25.76
16.5
1.77
25.33
16.2
1.84
24.79
16.1
1.93
23.81
15.5
2.09
90.0
75.0
28.19
16.9
1.47
27.21
16.3
1.62
26.24
15.7
1.78
25.80
15.5
1.85
25.26
15.2
1.94
24.29
14.6
2.10
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
24.18
2.60
26.67
2.71
30.49
2.84
31.50
2.62
31.50
2.43
64
24.14
2.65
26.63
2.76
30.00
2.82
30.00
2.48
30.00
2.30
68
24.09
2.72
26.57
2.82
28.00
2.60
28.00
2.29
28.00
2.13
70
24.06
2.76
26.55
2.85
27.00
2.49
27.00
2.20
27.00
2.05
72
24.03
2.79
26.00
2.80
26.00
2.38
26.00
2.11
26.00
1.97
75
23.99
2.84
24.50
2.61
24.50
2.23
24.50
1.97
24.50
1.84
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
79
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FHQ30PVJU + RZQ30PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
19.47
15.6
1.12
19.47
15.6
1.21
19.47
15.6
1.40
19.47
15.6
1.49
19.47
15.6
1.61
19.47
15.6
1.84
72.0
61.0
23.68
18.5
1.36
23.68
18.5
1.54
23.68
18.5
1.78
23.68
18.5
1.90
23.68
18.5
2.06
23.68
18.5
2.38
77.0
64.0
26.84
19.9
1.55
26.84
19.9
1.80
26.84
19.9
2.10
26.84
19.9
2.25
26.84
19.9
2.44
26.84
19.9
2.83
80.0
67.0
30.00
21.1
1.79
30.00
21.1
2.10
30.00
21.1
2.45
30.00
21.1
2.62
30.00
21.1
2.86
28.78
20.2
3.10
86.0
72.0
34.65
21.8
2.17
33.43
21.0
2.41
32.21
20.6
2.65
31.66
20.3
2.75
30.99
20.2
2.89
29.77
19.4
3.13
90.0
75.0
35.24
21.1
2.18
34.02
20.4
2.42
32.80
19.7
2.66
32.25
19.4
2.77
31.58
18.9
2.91
30.36
18.3
3.16
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
24.41
2.94
26.89
3.12
30.72
3.35
34.22
3.51
36.45
3.60
64
24.36
3.03
26.84
3.20
30.66
3.42
34.17
3.57
36.40
3.66
68
24.29
3.14
26.77
3.31
30.59
3.51
34.10
3.66
35.26
3.58
70
24.25
3.20
26.74
3.36
30.56
3.56
34.00
3.69
34.00
3.43
72
24.22
3.26
26.70
3.42
30.53
3.60
32.74
3.53
32.74
3.29
75
24.17
3.35
26.65
3.50
30.47
3.67
30.85
3.31
30.85
3.08
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
80
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FHQ36MVJU + RZQ36PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
Indoor Air Temp.
68
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
23.40
18.5
1.37
23.40
18.5
1.49
23.40
18.5
1.73
23.40
18.5
1.83
23.40
18.5
1.98
23.40
18.5
2.27
72.0
61.0
28.40
21.9
1.67
28.40
21.9
1.89
28.40
21.8
2.20
28.40
21.8
2.34
28.40
21.8
2.54
28.40
21.8
2.94
77.0
64.0
32.20
23.8
1.90
32.20
23.8
2.23
32.20
23.9
2.59
32.20
23.9
2.77
32.20
23.9
3.01
32.20
23.9
3.50
80.0
67.0
36.00
25.2
2.21
36.00
25.2
2.59
36.00
25.1
3.03
36.00
25.1
3.25
36.00
25.1
3.53
34.50
24.0
3.82
86.0
72.0
41.60
26.2
2.68
40.10
25.3
2.97
38.60
24.6
3.27
38.00
24.3
3.40
37.20
23.7
3.57
35.70
23.2
3.87
90.0
75.0
42.30
25.0
2.70
40.80
24.1
2.99
39.40
23.6
3.29
38.70
23.2
3.42
37.90
22.8
3.60
36.40
21.8
3.90
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
14
Indoor Air Temp.
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
28.60
3.18
31.90
3.38
35.20
3.54
39.20
3.70
41.80
3.79
64
28.60
3.26
31.80
3.45
35.10
3.61
39.10
3.76
41.70
3.84
68
28.50
3.38
31.80
3.56
35.10
3.70
38.90
3.82
38.90
3.55
70
28.40
3.43
31.70
3.61
35.00
3.74
37.50
3.66
37.50
3.40
72
28.40
3.49
31.70
3.65
35.00
3.80
36.10
3.51
36.10
3.27
75
28.30
3.57
31.60
3.73
34.00
3.72
34.00
3.29
34.00
3.06
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
81
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FHQ42MVJU + RZQ42PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
26.30
20.8
1.65
26.30
20.8
1.79
26.30
20.8
2.07
26.30
20.8
2.20
26.30
20.8
2.38
26.30
20.8
2.74
72.0
61.0
32.00
24.6
2.00
32.00
24.6
2.27
32.00
24.5
2.65
32.00
24.5
2.83
32.00
24.5
3.06
32.00
24.5
3.55
77.0
64.0
36.20
26.8
2.29
36.20
26.8
2.68
36.20
26.9
3.12
36.20
26.9
3.34
36.20
26.9
3.64
36.20
26.9
4.22
80.0
67.0
40.50
28.4
2.65
40.50
28.4
3.12
40.50
28.2
3.65
40.50
28.2
3.92
40.50
28.2
4.26
38.90
27.1
4.62
86.0
72.0
46.80
29.5
3.23
45.10
28.4
3.59
43.50
27.7
3.95
42.70
27.3
4.10
41.80
26.6
4.31
40.20
26.1
4.68
90.0
75.0
47.60
28.1
3.25
45.90
27.1
3.61
44.30
26.5
3.98
43.50
26.1
4.13
42.60
25.6
4.34
41.00
24.6
4.71
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
29.00
3.23
32.40
3.44
35.70
3.62
39.80
3.80
42.30
3.90
64
29.00
3.32
32.30
3.53
35.60
3.69
39.70
3.87
42.30
3.95
68
28.90
3.44
32.20
3.64
35.50
3.80
39.60
3.95
41.00
3.87
70
28.80
3.51
32.20
3.69
35.50
3.85
39.50
3.99
39.50
3.71
72
28.80
3.57
32.10
3.75
35.50
3.90
38.00
3.82
38.00
3.56
75
28.70
3.67
32.10
3.83
35.40
3.97
35.80
3.57
35.80
3.33
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
82
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
9.2.3
Capacity tables
FAQ
FAQ18PVJU + RZQ18PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
8.9
0.54
11.68
8.9
0.59
11.68
8.9
0.68
11.68
8.9
0.73
11.68
8.9
0.79
11.68
8.9
0.91
72.0
61.0
14.21
11.7
0.66
14.21
11.7
0.75
14.21
11.7
0.87
14.21
11.7
0.93
14.21
11.7
1.01
14.21
11.7
1.18
77.0
64.0
16.10
12.7
0.76
16.10
12.7
0.89
16.10
12.7
1.04
16.10
12.7
1.11
16.10
12.7
1.21
16.10
12.7
1.40
80.0
67.0
18.00
13.7
0.88
18.00
13.7
1.03
18.00
13.7
1.21
18.00
13.7
1.30
18.00
13.7
1.42
17.27
13.7
1.54
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.1
1.07
20.06
14.1
1.19
19.32
14.1
1.31
19.00
14.1
1.37
18.59
14.1
1.43
17.86
14.1
1.56
90.0
75.0
21.14
12.8
1.08
20.41
12.8
1.20
19.68
12.8
1.32
19.35
12.8
1.37
18.95
12.8
1.44
18.21
12.8
1.57
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
23.33
3.48
23.33
3.06
23.33
2.57
23.33
2.25
23.33
2.08
64
22.22
3.27
22.22
2.87
22.22
2.42
22.22
2.12
22.22
1.96
68
20.74
2.99
20.74
2.63
20.74
2.22
20.74
1.95
20.74
1.81
70
20.00
2.85
20.00
2.51
20.00
2.13
20.00
1.87
20.00
1.74
72
19.26
2.72
19.26
2.40
19.26
2.04
19.26
1.79
19.26
1.66
75
18.15
2.52
18.15
2.23
18.15
1.90
18.15
1.67
18.15
1.56
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
83
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FAQ24PVJU + RZQ24PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
14.3
0.88
15.57
14.3
0.96
15.57
14.3
1.12
15.57
14.3
1.19
15.57
14.3
1.29
15.57
14.3
1.49
72.0
61.0
18.94
15.3
1.08
18.94
15.3
1.23
18.94
15.3
1.44
18.94
15.3
1.54
18.94
15.3
1.68
18.94
15.3
1.95
77.0
64.0
21.47
16.5
1.24
21.47
16.5
1.46
21.47
16.5
1.71
21.47
16.5
1.83
21.47
16.5
2.00
21.47
16.5
2.33
80.0
67.0
24.00
18.0
1.44
24.00
18.0
1.71
24.00
18.0
2.01
24.00
18.0
2.16
24.00
18.0
2.35
23.02
18.0
2.56
86.0
72.0
27.72
18.8
1.77
26.74
18.4
1.97
25.76
18.0
2.18
25.33
17.8
2.27
24.79
17.6
2.38
23.81
17.2
2.59
90.0
75.0
28.19
17.5
1.78
27.21
17.0
1.98
26.24
16.6
2.19
25.80
16.4
2.28
25.26
16.2
2.40
24.29
15.7
2.61
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
25.08
4.19
27.66
4.36
31.50
4.54
31.50
3.96
31.50
3.67
64
25.04
4.27
27.62
4.44
30.00
4.27
30.00
3.74
30.00
3.46
68
24.99
4.38
27.57
4.53
28.00
3.93
28.00
3.44
28.00
3.19
70
24.96
4.44
27.00
4.44
27.00
3.76
27.00
3.30
27.00
3.06
72
24.93
4.49
26.00
4.24
26.00
3.59
26.00
3.15
26.00
2.93
75
24.50
4.46
24.50
3.94
24.50
3.35
24.50
2.95
24.50
2.74
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
84
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
9.2.4
Capacity tables
FBQ
FBQ18PVJU + RZQ18PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
11.68
11.1
0.54
11.68
11.1
0.58
11.68
11.1
0.66
11.68
11.1
0.70
11.68
11.1
0.75
11.68
11.1
0.85
72.0
61.0
14.21
12.9
0.52
14.21
12.9
0.72
14.21
12.9
0.82
14.21
12.9
0.87
14.21
12.9
0.94
14.21
12.9
1.07
77.0
64.0
16.10
14.0
0.60
16.10
14.0
0.83
16.10
14.0
0.96
16.10
14.0
1.02
16.10
14.0
1.10
16.10
14.0
1.27
80.0
67.0
18.00
14.8
0.70
18.00
14.8
0.95
18.00
14.8
1.10
18.00
14.8
1.18
18.00
14.8
1.28
17.27
14.3
1.38
86.0
72.0
20.79
14.9
0.86
20.06
14.5
1.09
19.32
14.1
1.19
19.00
14.0
1.23
18.59
13.7
1.29
17.86
13.3
1.39
90.0
75.0
21.14
12.9
0.87
20.41
12.4
1.09
19.68
12.0
1.20
19.35
11.8
1.24
18.95
11.5
1.30
18.21
11.1
1.40
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
23.33
2.78
23.33
2.46
23.33
2.08
23.33
1.83
23.33
1.70
64
22.22
2.62
22.22
2.31
22.22
1.97
22.22
1.73
22.22
1.61
68
20.74
2.40
20.74
2.13
20.74
1.81
20.74
1.60
20.74
1.50
70
20.00
2.30
20.00
2.04
20.00
1.74
20.00
1.54
20.00
1.44
72
19.26
2.19
19.26
1.95
19.26
1.67
19.26
1.48
19.26
1.38
75
18.15
2.04
18.15
1.82
18.15
1.56
18.15
1.39
18.15
1.30
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
85
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FBQ24PVJU + RZQ24PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
15.57
13.8
0.81
15.57
13.8
0.88
15.57
13.8
1.00
15.57
13.8
1.06
15.57
13.8
1.14
15.57
13.8
1.31
72.0
61.0
18.94
16.2
0.97
18.94
16.2
1.09
18.94
16.2
1.26
18.94
16.2
1.34
18.94
16.2
1.45
18.94
16.2
1.67
77.0
64.0
21.47
17.6
1.10
21.47
17.6
1.28
21.47
17.6
1.48
21.47
17.6
1.58
21.47
17.6
1.71
21.47
17.6
1.98
80.0
67.0
24.00
18.7
1.27
24.00
18.7
1.48
24.00
18.7
1.72
24.00
18.7
1.84
24.00
18.7
2.00
23.02
18.1
2.16
86.0
72.0
27.72
19.2
1.53
26.74
18.7
1.69
25.76
18.2
1.86
25.33
18.0
1.93
24.79
17.7
2.02
23.81
17.2
2.19
90.0
75.0
28.19
20.8
1.54
27.21
20.5
1.70
26.24
20.1
1.87
25.80
20.0
1.94
25.26
19.8
2.04
24.29
19.3
2.21
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
24.18
2.75
26.67
2.87
30.49
3.01
31.50
2.78
31.50
2.58
64
24.14
2.81
26.63
2.92
30.00
2.98
30.00
2.62
30.00
2.44
68
24.09
2.88
26.57
2.98
28.00
2.75
28.00
2.42
28.00
2.26
70
24.06
2.92
26.55
3.02
27.00
2.64
27.00
2.33
27.00
2.17
72
24.03
2.95
26.00
2.96
26.00
2.52
26.00
2.23
26.00
2.08
75
23.99
3.01
24.50
2.76
24.50
2.36
24.50
2.09
24.50
1.95
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
86
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FBQ30PVJU + RZQ30PVJU
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
19.47
17.1
1.12
19.47
17.1
1.21
19.47
17.1
1.40
19.47
17.1
1.49
19.47
17.1
1.61
19.47
17.1
1.84
72.0
61.0
23.68
20.0
1.36
23.68
20.0
1.54
23.68
20.0
1.78
23.68
20.0
1.90
23.68
20.0
2.06
23.68
20.0
2.38
77.0
64.0
26.84
21.9
1.55
26.84
21.9
1.80
26.84
21.9
2.10
26.84
21.9
2.25
26.84
21.9
2.44
26.84
21.9
2.83
80.0
67.0
30.00
23.4
1.79
30.00
23.4
2.10
30.00
23.4
2.45
30.00
23.4
2.62
30.00
23.4
2.86
28.78
22.6
3.10
86.0
72.0
34.65
24.0
2.17
33.43
23.4
2.41
32.21
22.7
2.65
31.66
22.4
2.75
30.99
22.1
2.89
29.77
21.4
3.13
90.0
75.0
35.24
23.5
2.18
34.02
23.0
2.42
32.80
22.4
2.66
32.25
22.2
2.77
31.58
21.9
2.91
30.36
21.2
3.16
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor air
temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
24.41
2.40
26.89
2.55
30.72
2.74
34.22
2.87
36.45
2.95
64
24.36
2.48
26.84
2.62
30.66
2.80
34.17
2.92
36.40
2.99
68
24.29
2.57
26.77
2.71
30.59
2.87
34.10
2.99
35.26
2.93
70
24.25
2.62
26.74
2.75
30.56
2.91
34.00
3.02
34.00
2.81
72
24.22
2.67
26.70
2.80
30.53
2.95
32.74
2.89
32.74
2.69
75
24.17
2.74
26.65
2.86
30.47
3.01
30.85
2.71
30.85
2.52
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
87
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
FBQ36PVJU + RZQ36PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
23.40
19.7
1.25
23.40
19.7
1.36
23.40
19.7
1.57
23.40
19.7
1.67
23.40
19.7
1.80
23.40
19.7
2.07
72.0
61.0
28.40
23.1
1.52
28.40
23.1
1.72
28.40
23.1
2.00
28.40
23.1
2.13
28.40
23.1
2.31
28.40
23.1
2.68
77.0
64.0
32.20
25.4
1.73
32.20
25.4
2.03
32.20
25.4
2.36
32.20
25.4
2.53
32.20
25.4
2.74
32.20
25.4
3.19
80.0
67.0
36.00
27.2
2.01
36.00
27.2
2.36
36.00
27.2
2.76
36.00
27.2
2.96
36.00
27.2
3.21
34.50
26.4
3.48
86.0
72.0
41.60
28.2
2.44
40.10
27.5
2.71
38.60
26.7
2.98
38.00
26.4
3.10
37.20
26.0
3.25
35.70
25.2
3.53
90.0
75.0
42.30
27.2
2.46
40.80
26.4
2.72
39.40
25.7
3.00
38.70
25.3
3.12
37.90
24.9
3.28
36.40
24.1
3.55
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
14
Indoor Air Temp.
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
30.51
2.91
34.03
3.09
37.55
3.23
41.81
3.38
44.59
3.46
64
30.51
2.98
33.92
3.15
37.44
3.30
41.71
3.44
44.48
3.51
68
30.40
3.09
33.92
3.25
37.44
3.38
41.49
3.50
41.49
3.24
70
30.29
3.14
33.81
3.30
37.33
3.42
40.00
3.35
40.00
3.11
72
30.29
3.19
33.81
3.34
37.33
3.47
38.51
3.21
38.51
2.99
75
30.19
3.27
33.71
3.41
36.27
3.40
36.27
3.01
36.27
2.80
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
88
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
FBQ42PVJU + RZQ42PVJU9
Cooling Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FDB
68
Indoor Air Temp.
TC
°FDB
°FWB kBTUH
77
86
90
95
104
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
TC
SHC
PI
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
kBTUH
MBh
kW
68.0
57.0
27.27
23.1
1.59
27.27
23.1
1.73
27.27
23.1
2.00
27.27
23.1
2.13
27.27
23.1
2.30
27.27
23.1
2.64
72.0
61.0
33.19
27.1
1.93
33.19
27.1
2.19
33.19
27.1
2.56
33.19
27.1
2.73
33.19
27.1
2.96
33.19
27.1
3.43
77.0
64.0
37.54
29.6
2.21
37.54
29.6
2.59
37.54
29.6
3.02
37.54
29.6
3.23
37.54
29.6
3.51
37.54
29.6
4.08
80.0
67.0
42.00
31.6
2.56
42.00
31.6
3.02
42.00
31.6
3.52
42.00
31.6
3.78
42.00
31.6
4.12
40.34
30.8
4.46
86.0
72.0
48.53
32.6
3.12
46.77
31.8
3.47
45.11
31.1
3.81
44.28
30.7
3.96
43.35
30.3
4.17
41.69
29.4
4.52
90.0
75.0
49.36
31.5
3.14
47.60
30.6
3.49
45.94
29.8
3.84
45.11
29.4
3.99
44.18
29.0
4.19
42.52
28.1
4.55
Heating Capacity
230V–60Hz
Outdoor Air Temp. °FWB
Indoor Air Temp.
14
23
32
43
50
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
TC
PI
°FDB
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
MBh
kW
61
34.51
3.28
38.55
3.49
42.48
3.67
47.36
3.85
50.33
3.96
64
34.51
3.37
38.43
3.58
42.36
3.75
47.24
3.93
50.33
4.01
68
34.39
3.49
38.31
3.69
42.24
3.85
47.12
4.01
48.78
3.93
70
34.27
3.56
38.31
3.75
42.24
3.91
47.00
4.05
47.00
3.77
72
34.27
3.63
38.19
3.81
42.24
3.96
45.22
3.88
45.22
3.62
75
34.15
3.72
38.19
3.89
42.12
4.03
42.60
3.63
42.60
3.38
1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor : 80˚FDB, 67˚FWB
Indoor : 70˚FDB
Outdoor : 95˚FDB
Outdoor : 47˚FDB, 43˚FWB
Equivalent Piping Length
Hz, Volts
25ft (Level Difference : 0)
60Hz, 230V
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3.
shows nominal MAX capacities
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
89
Capacity tables
9.3
EDUS281120_a
Capacity correction ratio
3D064228B
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
90
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Capacity tables
3D071685
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
91
Capacity tables
EDUS281120_a
C: 3D047383B
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
92
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Fan Performances
10. Fan Performances
FBQ18PVJU
Fan Characteristics (Graph 1)
Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of remote
controller show a Fan Characteristic of each ESP
field setting’s possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066120C
FBQ24PVJU
Fan Characteristics (Graph 1)
Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field setting’s possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066121C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
93
Fan Performances
EDUS281120_a
FBQ30PVJU
Fan Characteristics (Graph 1)
Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field setting’s possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066122C
FBQ36PVJU
Fan Characteristics (Graph 1)
Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field setting’s possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066123C
94
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Fan Performances
FBQ42PVJU
Fan Characteristics (Graph 1)
Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field setting’s possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066449A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
95
Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics
EDUS281120_a
11. Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics
FBQ18PVJU
Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within ± 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow AutoAdjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8” Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fan’s characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066130B
FBQ24PVJU
Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within ± 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow AutoAdjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8” Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fan’s characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066131B
96
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics
FBQ30PVJU
Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within ± 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow AutoAdjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8” Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fan’s characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066132B
FBQ36PVJU
Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within ± 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow AutoAdjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8” Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fan’s characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066133
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
97
Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics
EDUS281120_a
FBQ42PVJU
Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within ± 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow AutoAdjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8” Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fan’s characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6” Wg or less.
3D066450A
98
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Sound Levels (Reference)
12. Sound Levels (Reference)
12.1
Indoor unit
12.1.1 Overall
Location of microphone
FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU
FBQ42PVJU
Location of microphone
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU
FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU
FCQ42PAVJU
6.6ft (2m)
1.0ft (0.3m)
4.9ft (1.5m)
4.9ft (1.5m)
dB(A)
Model
208/230V, 60Hz
H
30
32
35
38
40
39
40
41
41
42
HH
32
36
38
44
45
41
42
43
43
44
FCQ18PAVJU
FCQ24PAVJU
FCQ30PAVJU
FCQ36PAVJU
FCQ42PAVJU
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU
FBQ42PVJU
3.3ft (1m)
L
27
28
31
32
34
37
38
39
39
40
Notes:
1. The operation conditions are assumed to be standard (JIS
conditions). Power source 208/230V, 60Hz.
2. The operation values were obtained in an anechoic chamber
(conversion values).
3. Sound levels will vary depending on a range of factors such as
the construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of the
particular room in which the equipment is installed.
12.1.2 Octave Band Level
208/230V, 60Hz
FCQ18PAVJU
FCQ24PAVJU
HH
HH
H
H
L
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
L
99
Sound Levels (Reference)
EDUS281120_a
FCQ30PAVJU
FCQ36PAVJU
HH
HH
H
L
H
L
FCQ42PAVJU
HH
H
L
100
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Sound Levels (Reference)
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
101
Sound Levels (Reference)
EDUS281120_a
FBQ42PVJU
102
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
12.2
Sound Levels (Reference)
Outdoor unit
12.2.1 Overall
Location of microphone
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
Location of microphone
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
3.3ft (1m)
4.9ft (1.5m)
4.9ft (1.5m)
3.3ft (1m)
dB(A)
Model
(Heat pump)
Model
208/230V, 60Hz (Cooling only) 208/230V, 60Hz
RZQ18PVJU9
49
RZR18PVJU
49
RZQ24PVJU9
49
RZR24PVJU
49
RZQ30PVJU
49
RZR30PVJU
49
RZQ36PVJU9
58
RZR36PVJU
58
RZQ42PVJU9
58
RZR42PVJU
58
Notes:
1. The operation conditions are assumed to be standard (JIS
conditions). Power source 208/230V, 60Hz.
2. The operation values were obtained in an anechoic chamber
(conversion values).
3. Sound levels will vary depending on a range of factors such as
the construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of the
particular room in which the equipment is installed.
12.2.2 Octave Band Level
208/230V, 60Hz
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9
RZR36PVJU
4D064231
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
4D072768
103
Sound Levels (Reference)
EDUS281120_a
RZQ42PVJU9
RZR42PVJU
4D072769
104
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Operation limits
13. Operation limits
Range for continuous operation
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
NOTES:
NOTES:
1.
These figures assume the following operation conditions,
Indoor and outdoor units:
1. Equivalent
These figures
assume
operation conditions,
pipe
length the
: 25following
ft.
Indoor
and
outdoor
units:
Level difference : 0 ft.
Equivalent pipe length : 25 ft.
Level difference
0 ft.
2. Operation
can be: extended
to 0°F in cooling with use of the optional wind baffle.
2. Operation can be extended to 0°F in cooling with use of the optional wind baffle.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
105
Operation limits
EDUS281120_a
Range for continuous operation
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
106
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Accessories
14. Accessories
14.1
Indoor unit
14.1.1 FCQ
Optional accessories (For unit)
Model
Item
FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Decoration panel
BYCP125K-W1
Sealing member of air discharge outlet
KDBH55K160F
Panel spacer
Filter related
Fresh air intake kit
KDBP55H160FA
Replacement long life filter
Chamber type
KAFP551K160
Without T
shape pipe
With T shape
pipe
KDDP55B160
KDDP55B160K
C: 3D074051
Optional accessories (For controls)
Model
Item
Remote controller
FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Wired
Wireless
Simplified remote controller
Remote sensor
Installation box for adaptor PCB
Central remote controller
BRC1E71
–
BRC2A71
KRCS01-4B
KRP1H98
DCS302C71
Unified ON/OFF controller
DCS301C71
Schedule timer
DST301BA61
intelligent Touch Controller
DCS601C71
Wiring adapter PCB
Group control adaptor PCB
Installation box for adaptor PCB
*KRP1C75
*KRP4A74
KRP1H98 (Note2, 3)
C: 3D074051
Note:
1. Installation box (KRP1H98) is necessary for each adaptor marked *.
2. Up to two adaptors can be fixed for each installation box.
3. Only one installation box can be installed to each indoor unit.
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
107
Accessories
EDUS281120_a
14.1.2 FHQ
Optional accessories (For unit)
No.
1
Model
Item
Replacement long life filter
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
Resin net
FHQ30PVJU FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
KAF501DA160
C: 3D049335A
Optional accessories (For controls)
No.
Model
Item
1
Remote controller
2
Simplified remote controller
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
Wired
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E83
BRC2A71
3
Remote sensor
4
Installation box for adaptor PCB
5
Central remote controller
KRCS01-1B
KRP1C93
DCS302C71
5-1 Electrical box
6
FHQ30PVJU FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
KJB311AA
Unified ON/OFF controller
DCS301C71
6-1 Electrical box
KJB212AA
7
Schedule timer
DST301BA61
8
External control adaptor for outdoor unit
*DTA104A62
9
DIII-NET expander adaptor
*DTA109A51
C: 3D049198C
Note:
1. Installation box (No.4) is necessary for each adaptor marked *.
2. Electrical box (No.5-1/6-1) is required for (No.5/6).
14.1.3 FAQ
Optional accessories (For controls)
No.
Model
Item
1
Remote controller
FAQ18PVJU
FAQ24PVJU
Wired
BRC1E71
Wireless
BRC7E818
2
Simplified remote controller
3
Remote sensor
KRCS01-1B
4
Central remote controller
DCS302C71
4-1 Electrical box
5
Unified ON/OFF controller
5-1 Electrical box
BRC2A71
KJB311AA
DCS301C71
KJB212AA
6
Schedule timer
7
External control adaptor for outdoor unit
DST301BA61
—
8
DIII-NET expander adaptor
—
C: 3D049198C
Note:
1. Electrical box (No.4-1/5-1) is required for (No.4/5).
108
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Accessories
14.1.4 FBQ
Optional accessories (For controls)
No.
Model
Item
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
Wireless
FBQ30PVJU
1
Remote controller
2
Simplified remote controller
3
Remote sensor (For wireless remote controller)
KRCS01-4B
4
Unified ON/OFF controller
DCS301C71
Wired
FBQ42PVJU
BRC1E71
BRC2A71
4-1 Electrical box
5
FBQ36PVJU
BRC4C82 (Note 3)
KJB212AA
Central remote controller
DCS3021C71
5-1 Electrical box
KJB311AA
6
Schedule timer
DST301BA61
7
intelligent Touch Controller
DCS601C71
8
DIII-NET expander adaptor
DTA109A51
9
Wiring adaptor PCB
*KRP1C74
10 External control adaptor PCB for outdoor unit
*DTA104A61
11 Group control adaptor PCB
*KRP4A71
12 Fixing plate
KRP4A96 (Note 4,5)
C: 3D074109
Note:
1. Fixing plate (No.12) is necessary for each adaptor marked *.
2. Electrical box (No.4-1/5-1) is required for controller (No.4/5).
3. Only 2 speeds (HH, L) are available.
4. Up to 2 adaptor PCBs can be installed in the fixing plate.
5. Only 1 fixing plate can be installed for each indoor unit.
14.2
Outdoor unit
Optional accessories (For unit)
Model
Item
RZR18
PVJU
RZR24
PVJU
RZR30
PVJU
RZR36
PVJU
RZR42
PVJU
RZQ18
PVJU9
Central drain plug
KKPJ5F180
Fixture for preventing overturning
KPT-60B160
Wire fixture for preventing overturning
K-KYZP15C
RZQ24
PVJU9
RZQ30
PVJU
RZQ36
PVJU9
RZQ42
PVJU9
3D047388C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
109
Center of gravity
EDUS281120_a
15. Center of gravity
15.1
Indoor unit
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU
FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
Unit (in.)
C: 4D070529A
110
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Center of gravity
FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
Unit (in.)
C: 4D065975A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
111
Center of gravity
15.2
EDUS281120_a
Outdoor unit
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
Unit (in.)
4D064214A
112
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Center of gravity
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
Unit (in.)
4D065352A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
113
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
16. Installation of indoor unit
16.1
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners
Installation manual
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS........................................................................................ 1
BEFORE INSTALLATION.............................................................................................. 3
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE ............................................................................... 6
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION ................................................................ 7
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION..................................................................................... 9
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK .................................................................................. 10
DRAIN PIPING WORK ................................................................................................ 13
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK......................................................................................... 16
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ................... 17
INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL...........................................................23
FIELD SETTING .......................................................................................................... 24
TEST RUN ................................................................................................................... 25
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Read these “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation” carefully before installing air conditioning equipment. After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the startup operation.
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit. Inform customers that they should store this
Installation Manual with the Operation Manual for future reference.
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this product. Improper installation can result in water or
refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire, or explosion.
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE Symbols:
DANGER ........... Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.
WARNING ......... Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION .......... Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
NOTE................. Indicates situations that may result in equipment or property-damage accidents only.
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive leak can lead to oxygen depletion,
especially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
• Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, telephone wires, or lightning rods as incomplete grounding
can cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death. Additionally, grounding to gas pipes
could cause a gas leak and potential explosion causing severe injury or death.
• If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic
gas if it comes in contact with fire. Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
• After completing the installation work, check that the refrigerant gas does not leak throughout the system.
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are present due to risk of explosions that can cause
serious injury or death.
English
1
3P161684-6K
114
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
• Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials in accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordinances. Packing materials such as nails and other metal or wood parts, including plastic packing materials used for transportation may cause injuries or death by suffocation.
WARNING
• Only qualified personnel must carry out the installation work. Installation must be done in accordance with
this installation manual. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shock, or fire.
• When installing the unit in a small room, take measures to keep the refrigerant concentration from exceeding allowable safety limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in the event of an accident in a closed ambient
space, can lead to oxygen deficiency.
• Use only specified accessories and parts for installation work. Failure to use specified parts may result in
water leakage, electric shocks, fire, or the unit falling.
• Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough that it can withstand the weight of the unit. A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the unit falling and causing injuries.
• Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes when installing. Improper installation may result
in the unit falling and causing accidents.
• Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
out by qualified personnel according to local, state, and national regulations. An insufficient power supply
capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
• Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specified wires are used, and that no external forces act on the terminal connections or wires. Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
• When wiring, position the wires so that the control box cover can be securely fastened. Improper positioning
of the control box cover may result in electric shocks, fire, or the terminals overheating.
• Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
• Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one is not already available. This helps prevent electrical
shocks or fire.
• Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel). If the terminal cover/panel is not installed properly,
dust or water may enter the outdoor unit causing fire or electric shock.
• When installing or relocating the system, keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the
specified refrigerant (R410A) such as air. Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant
circuit can cause an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.
• Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than those specified by Daikin are used, fire
or explosion may occur.
•
CAUTION
Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. Touching a switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to prevent injury.
Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immediately after operation as the refrigerant pipes may be
hot or cold, depending on the condition of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant piping, compressor,
and other refrigerant cycle parts. Your hands may suffer burns or frostbite if you touch the refrigerant pipes.
To avoid injury, give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to
wear proper gloves.
Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut.
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the fins when working around them.
Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain piping may result in water leakage and property damage.
Insulate piping to prevent condensation.
Be careful when transporting the product.
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation. Always wait for at least 5 minutes before
turning off the power. Otherwise, water leakage may occur.
Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylinder may cause the refrigerant to deteriorate.
2
English
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
115
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean, dry, and tight.
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral oils such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be
prevented from getting into the system.
(b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does not destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce
the earth’s protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation. R410A can contribute to the greenhouse effect
if it is released. Therefore take proper measures to check for the tightness of the refrigerant piping
installation. Read the chapter Refrigerant Piping Work and follow the procedures.
• Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refrigerant must be charged in its liquid state. If the refrigerant is charged in a state of gas, its composition can change and the system will not work properly.
• The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor models that can be connected. Normal operation
is not possible when connected to other units.
• Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor units can be installed either outdoors or indoors.
• Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
(a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is produced, for example, in a kitchen.
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in water leakage.
(b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is produced.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in refrigerant leakage.
(c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the control system and cause the unit to malfunction.
(d) Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fiber, or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or
where volatile flammables such as thinner or gasoline are handled. Operating the unit in such conditions can cause a fire.
• Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit from being used as a shelter by small animals. Small
animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke, or fire. Instruct the customer
to keep the area around the unit clean.
•
•
•
•
•
•
NOTE
Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor and outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from televisions or radios to prevent image interference or noise. Depending on the radio waves, a distance of
3.5 feet may not be sufficient to eliminate the noise.
Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and additional parts must be done in accordance with
the relevant local, state, and national regulations.
Do not use the following tools that are used with conventional refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose, gas leak
detector, reverse flow check valve, refrigerant charge base, vacuum gauge, or refrigerant recovery equipment.
If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are mixed in R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.
This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be accessible to the general public.
The wall thickness of field-installed pipes should be selected in accordance with the relevant local, state,
and national regulations.
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
Do not exert pressure on the resin parts when opening the unit or when moving it after opening.
Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used before doing any work. (Using an incorrect
refrigerant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)
• When opening the unit or moving it after opening, be sure to lift it by holding on to the lifting lugs without
exerting any pressure on other parts, especially, drain piping, and other resin parts.
• Decide upon a line of transport.
• Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Use a sling of soft material, where unpacking is unavoidable or protective plates together with a rope when lifting, to avoid damage
or scratches to the unit.
• Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for items not described in this manual.
• Do not dispose of any parts necessary for installation until the installation is complete.
English
3
3P161684-6K
116
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
1. PRECAUTIONS
•
•
•
•
Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
This unit is suitable for installation in a household, commercial and light industrial environment.
Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
• Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate.)
• Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists. (Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode.)
• Where volatile flammable gas like thinner or gasoline is used.
• Where machines can generate electromagnetic waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
• Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates
greatly such as that in factories. Also in vehicles or vessels.
2. ACCESSORIES
Check the following accessories are included with your unit.
Name
(1) Drain hose
(2) Metal clamp
Quantity
1 pc.
1 pc.
(3) Washer for
hanger bracket
8 pcs.
(4) Clamp
6 pcs.
(5) Paper pattern
for installation
1 pc.
Also used as
packing material
Shape
Name
(6) Screw (M4)
Quantity
4 pcs.
(7) Washer
fixing plate
4 pcs.
Insulation for
fitting
1 each
Sealing pad
1 each
1 pc.
1 pc.
(10) Large
For paper
pattern for
installation
(8) for gas
pipe
(13) Small
(11) Medium-1
(14)
Shape
(9) for liquid
pipe
(12) Medium-2
Name
Installation guide
Insulation tube
Quantity
1 pc.
1 pc.
Conduit mounting
plate
1 each
(17)
(15)
Shape
4
(16)
(Other)
• Installation manual
• Operation manual
(18)
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
117
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
3. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
• The optional decoration panel and remote controller are required for this indoor unit. (Refer to Table 1, 2)
(However, the remote controller is not required for the slave unit of a simultaneous operation system.)
Table 1
Unit model
Optional decoration panel
BYCP125K-W1
Color : Fresh white
FCQ18 · 24 · 30 · 36 · 42PAVJU
Table 2
Remote controller
Wired type
BRC1E71/BRC1D71
NOTE
• If you wish to use a remote controller that is not listed in “Table 2” on page 5, select a suitable remote controller after consulting catalogs and technical materials.
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.
1. Items to be checked after completion of work
Items to be checked
Are the indoor unit and outdoor unit fixed firmly?
Is the outdoor unit fully installed?
Is the gas leak test finished?
Is the unit fully insulated?
Does drainage flow smoothly?
Does the power supply voltage correspond
to that shown on the name plate?
Are wiring and piping correct?
Is the unit safely grounded?
Is wiring size according to specifications?
Is something blocking the air outlet or inlet
of either the indoor or outdoor units?
Are refrigerant piping length and additional
refrigerant charge noted down?
If not properly done, what is likely to occur
The unit may drop, vibrate or make noise.
The unit may malfunction or the components burn out.
It may result in insufficient cooling.
Condensate water may drip.
Condensate water may drip.
The unit may malfunction or the components burn out.
The unit may malfunction or the components burn out.
It may result in electric shock.
The unit may malfunction or the components burn out.
Check
It may result in insufficient cooling.
The refrigerant charge in the system is not
clear.
2. Items to be checked at time of delivery
* Also review the “1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS”
Items to be checked
Check
Are the control box cover, air filter, suction grille attached?
Did you explain about operations while showing the operation manual to your customer?
Did you hand the operation manual over to your customer?
English
5
3P161684-6K
118
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
Points for explanation about operations
The items with
WARNING and
CAUTION marks in the operation manual are the items pertaining to possibilities for bodily injury and material damage in addition to the general usage of
the product. Accordingly, it is necessary that you make a full explanation about the described contents and also ask your customers to read the operation manual.
4. NOTE TO THE INSTALLER
Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit (especially cleaning filters, operating different functions, and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations themselves while looking at the manual.
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
〈Hold the unit by the 4 lifting lugs when opening the box and moving it, and do not exert pressure on to any
other part piping (refrigerant, drain, etc.) or plastic parts.
If the temperature or humidity inside the ceiling might rise above 86°F or RH 80%, respectively, use the highhumidity kit (sold separately) or add extra insulation to the main unit body.
Use glass wool or polyethylene foam as insulation and make sure it is at least 3/8in. thick and fits inside the
ceiling opening.〉
The direction this product blows can be selected. However, a separately sold shut-off material kit is
needed in order to make the unit blow in two, three, or four (corner shut-off) directions.
(1) Select an installation location with the customer’s approval which matches the following conditions.
• A location from which cool (warm) air will reach the whole room.
• A location with no objects blocking the air passage.
• A location where drainage can be done with no problem.
• A location strong enough to support the weight of the indoor unit.
• Locations where the wall is not significantly tilted.
• A location which leaves enough room for installation and service work.
• A location where there is no risk of flammable gas leaking.
• A location where the length of the indoor-outdoor piping is no longer than the tolerated length (see the
installation manual that came with the outdoor unit for details).
[Space required for installation]
(Unit: in.)
*≥60
H
*≥60
Air
discharge
At least 70in.
from the floor.
Air Air
inlet discharge
≥60
≥60
*≥60
Floor surface
Fig. 1
Model
FCQ18 · 24 · 30PAVJU
FCQ36 · 42PAVJU
6
*≥60
Fig. 2
H (in.)
10
11-3/4
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
119
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
CAUTION
• The indoor and outdoor units and the power supply wiring and remote controller wire must be installed
at least 40in. away from any televisions or radios. This is to prevent interference with picture and sound
reception. (Interference may occur even at 40in. away depending on the reception quality.)
(2) Ceiling height
This product can be installed in ceilings up to 11-1/2ft. high (13-3/4ft. high for the 36 and 42).
If the ceiling height is 8-3/4ft. (10-1/2ft. for the 36 and 42) or more, field settings will have to be made with
the remote controller. See “11. FIELD SETTING” for details.
(3) Air direction
The air direction shown in Fig. 3 is an example.
Select the appropriate number of directions according to the shape of the room and the location of the unit.
(Field settings have to be made using the remote controller and the outlet vents have to be shut off if two,
three, or four (corner shut-off) directions are selected. See the shut-off materials (sold separately) installation manual for details.)
(4) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check if the location for the installation is strong enough to support
the weight of the unit, reinforce it if necessary, and install using suspension bolts. (The spacing of the
installation is shown on the “paper pattern for installation (5)”.)
All-round air
Pipes
Pipes
Pipes
Pipes
[Air direction]
Four air direction Three air direction Two air direction
Fig. 3
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION
Refrigerant
piping
Suspension
bolt (×4)
28(Suspension bolt pitch)
33-1/16 (Indoor unit)
33-7/8 – 35-7/8 (Ceiling opening)
37-3/8 (Decoration panel)
(Unit: in.)
Hanger
bracket
False
ceiling
View as seen from A
Fig. 5
4-15/16 – 5-1/8
33-7/8 – 35-7/8 (Ceiling opening)
33-1/16 (Indoor unit)
30-3/4 (Suspension bolt pitch)
37-3/8 (Decoration panel)
(1) Relation of ceiling opening to unit and suspension bolt position.
A
Fig. 4
English
7
3P161684-6K
120
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
35-7/8
(Dimension inside frame)
33-1/16
䡵 Installation is possible when ceiling opening dimensions is as follows
• When installing the unit within the frame for fixing false ceiling.
Frame
False
ceiling
≥13/16
33-1/16
35-7/8
(Dimension inside frame)
33-7/8
(Opening dimension inside
the flame for ceiling)
(Unit: in.)
≥13/16
33-7/8 – *35-7/8
(Ceiling opening dimension) (Ceiling-panel
overlapping dimension)
Fig. 7
Fig. 6
NOTE
• Installation is possible with a ceiling dimension of 35-7/8in. (marked with *). However, to achieve a ceilingpanel overlapping dimension of 13/16in., the spacing between the ceiling and the unit should be 1-3/8in. or
less. If the spacing between ceiling and the unit is over 1-3/8in., attach ceiling material to
part or
recover the ceiling.
(Unit: in.)
Ceiling material
≥ 1-3/8
≥ 1-3/8
Fig. 8
(2) Make the ceiling opening needed for installation where applicable. (For existing ceilings)
• Refer to the paper pattern for installation (5) for ceiling opening dimensions.
• Create the ceiling opening required for installation. From the side of the opening to the casing outlet,
implement the refrigerant and drain piping and wiring for remote controller (unnecessary for wireless
type) and indoor-outdoor unit casing outlet. Refer to “6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK”, “7. DRAIN
PIPING WORK” and “8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK”.
• After making an opening in the ceiling, it may be necessary to reinforce ceiling beams to keep the ceiling
level and to prevent it from vibrating. Consult the builder for details.
<installation example>
(Unit: in.)
Ceiling slab
Anchor
Long nut or turn-buckle
Suspension bolt
2-4
(3) Install the suspension bolts.
(Use either a M8~M10 size bolt or the equivalent)
Use a hole-in anchor for existing ceilings, and a
sunken insert, sunken anchor or other field supplied parts for new ceilings to reinforce the ceiling
to bear the weight of the unit. Adjust clearance
(2-4in.) from the ceiling before proceeding
further.
False ceiling
Fig. 9
NOTE
• All the above parts are field supplied.
8
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
121
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
Installing optional accessories (except for the decoration panel) before installing the indoor unit is
easier. However, for existing ceilings, install fresh air inlet component kit and branch duct before
installing the unit.
As for the parts to be used for installation work, be sure to use the provided accessories and specified parts
designated by our company.
(1) For new ceilings
(1-1)Install the indoor unit temporarily.
• Attach the hanger bracket to the suspension bolt. Be sure to fix it securely by using a nut and
washer (3) from the upper and lower sides of the hanger bracket.
The washer fixing plate (7) will prevent the washer from falling.
Field supply
Washer (3) (accessory)
Insert
Hanger bracket
Washer fixing plate (7)
(accessory)
Tighten
(double nuts)
[Securing the hanger bracket]
[Securing the washer]
Fig. 10
Fig. 11
(1-2)Refer to the paper pattern for installation (5) for ceiling opening dimension.
Consult the builder or carpenter for details.
• The center of the ceiling opening is indicated on the paper pattern for installation.
The center of the unit is indicated on the triangular mark to the unit bottom and on the paper pattern for
installation.
• Fix the paper pattern to the unit with screws (6) (×4).
• Ceiling height is shown on the side of the paper pattern for installation (5). Adjust the height of the unit
according to this indication.
Please perform one of the following, as the shape of the paper pattern for installation differs according to the model.
Center of
ceiling opening
Center of main unit
Center mark of
main unit
Paper pattern for
installation (5)
Screw (6)
(accessory)
Screw (6)
(accessory)
Fig. 12
[Installation of paper pattern for installation]
English
9
3P161684-6K
122
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
<Ceiling work>
(1-3)Adjust the unit to the right position for installation.
(Refer to “4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1)”.)
• Using the Installation guide (15) allows you to check the positions from the underside of the unit to the
lower ceiling surface.
Apply the short
side of the
cut-out section.
Lower ceiling
surface
Underside of
the unit
Installation guide (15)
(accessory)
(1-4)Check the unit is horizontally level.
• The indoor unit is equipped with a built-in drain pump and float
switch. Verify that it is level by using a level or a water-filled
vinyl tube.
CAUTION
If the unit is tilted against condensate flow, the float switch may
malfunction and cause water to drip.
(1-5)Remove the washer fixing plate (7) used for preventing the
washer from falling and tighten the upper nut.
(1-6)Remove the paper pattern for installation (5).
Level
Vinyl tube
[Maintaining horizontality]
Fig. 13
(2) For existing ceilings
(2-1)Install the indoor unit temporarily.
Perform step (1-1) in (1) For new ceilings.
(2-2)Adjust the height and position of the unit.
(Refer to “4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1)” and (1-3) in (1) For new ceilings.)
(2-3)Perform steps (1-4), (1-5) in (1) For new ceilings.
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
〈For refrigerant piping of outdoor units, see the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.〉
〈Execute heat insulation work completely on both sides of the gas piping and the liquid piping. Otherwise, a
water leakage can result sometimes.〉
(When using a heat pump, the temperature of the gas piping can reach up to approximately 250°F, so use
insulation which is sufficiently resistant.)
〈Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of the refrigerant piping sections might exceed 86°F or
RH80%, reinforce the refrigerant insulation. (13/16in. or thicker) Condensate may form on the surface of the
insulating material.〉
〈Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used before doing any work. (Using an incorrect refrigerant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)〉
10
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
123
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
CAUTION
• Use a pipe cutter and flare suitable for the type of refrigerant.
• Apply ester oil or ether oil around the flare section before connecting.
• To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from infiltrating the tube, either pinch the end or cover
it with tape.
• Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such
as air, etc. If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away.
• Do not mix air or other gas with the specified refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle.
• Ventilate the room if refrigerant gas leaks during the work.
• The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.
• Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together, as shown in the
drawing, when connecting or disconnecting pipes to/from the unit.
(Refer to Fig. 14)
• Refer to “Table 3” for the dimensions of flare nut spaces.
Torque wrench
Spanner
Pipe union
Flare nut
Fig. 14
• When connecting the flare nut, apply ester oil or ether oil to the flare
section (inside), and spin 3-4 times before screwing in.
(Refer to Fig. 15)
• Keep all the screw mounting resin parts (e.g., piping presser
plates) away from oil.
If oil adheres, the strength of the screw mounting resin parts may
drop.
#OATHEREWITHESTERORETHEROIL
&IG
CAUTION
Over-tightening the flare nut may break it and/or cause the
refrigerant to leak.
NOTE
• Use the flare nut included with the unit main body.
Table 3
Tightening torque
Flare dimensions A (in.)
φ 1/4
10.4 – 12.7lbf·ft.
0.342 – 0.358
φ 3/8
24.1 – 29.4lbf·ft.
0.504 – 0.520
φ 1/2
36.5 – 44.5lbf·ft.
0.638 – 0.654
φ 5/8
45.6 – 55.6lbf·ft.
0.760 – 0.776
Flare shape
0
R0.016-0.031
A
0
0
90 ±2
45 ±2
0
Pipe size
• Refer to “Table 3” to determine the proper tightening torque.
English
11
C: 3P161684-6K
124
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
Not recommendable but in case of emergency
You must use a torque wrench but if you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, you may
follow the installation method mentioned below.
When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner, there is a point where the tightening torque
suddenly increases. From that position, further tighten the flare nut the angle shown below:
Pipe size
φ 1/4
φ 3/8
φ 1/2
φ 5/8
Further tightening angle
60 to 90 degrees
60 to 90 degrees
30 to 60 degrees
30 to 60 degrees
Recommended arm length of tool
Approx. 6in.
Approx. 8in.
Approx. 10in.
Approx. 12in.
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there is no gas leak.
• Make absolutely sure to execute heat insulation works on the pipe-connecting section after checking gas
leakage by thoroughly studying the following figure and using the attached heat insulating materials for
fitting (8) and (9). (Fasten both ends with the clamps (4).) (Refer to Fig. 16)
• Wrap the sealing pad (11) only around the insulation for the joints on the gas piping side. (Refer to Fig. 16)
Gas Piping Insulation Procedure
Insulation for fitting (8)
(accessory)
Flare nut connection
Piping insulation
material (main unit)
Wrap over from the
base of the unit to
the top of the flare
nut connection.
Attach to base
Turn seams up
Main unit
Piping insulation
material
(Field supply)
Clamp (4) (accessory)
Tighten the part other
than the piping insulation
material.
Sealing pad
medium-1 (11)
(accessory)
Liquid Piping Insulation Procedure
Insulation for fitting (9)
(accessory)
Flare nut connection
Turn seams up
Piping insulation
material (main unit)
Wrap the
insulator around
the part from the
root.
Attach to base
Main unit
Piping insulation
material
(Field supply)
Clamp (4) (accessory)
Tighten the part other
than the piping insulation
material.
Gas piping
Liquid piping
Sealing pad
medium-2 (12)
(accessory)
Screw mounting part
of piping presser plate
(2 locations)
Fig. 16
CAUTION
For field insulation, be sure to insulate field piping all the way into the pipe connections inside the machine.
Exposed piping may cause condensation or burns on contact.
12
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
125
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
CAUTION
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
“Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant piping. Therefore, use the phosphor copper brazing filler metal
(BCuP-2/B-Cu93P-710/795) which does not require flux.”
(Flux has extremely harmful influence on refrigerant piping systems. For instance, if the chlorine based flux is
used, it will cause pipe corrosion or, in particular, if the flux contains fluorine, it will damage the refrigerant oil.)
• Before brazing field refrigerant piping, nitrogen gas shall be blown through the piping to expel air from the
piping.
If you brazing is done without nitrogen gas blowing, a large amount of oxide film develops inside the piping,
and could cause system malfunction.
• When brazing the refrigerant piping, only begin brazing after having carried out nitrogen substitution or
while inserting nitrogen into the refrigerant piping. Once this is done, connect the indoor unit with a flared
or a flanged connection.
• Nitrogen should be set to 2.9psi with a pressure-reducing valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into the
piping. (Refer to Fig. 17)
Refrigerant piping
Pressure-reducing valve
Taping
Part to be
Hands valve
brazed
Nitrogen
Nitrogen
Fig. 17
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK
(1) Rig drain piping
• As for drain work, perform piping in such a manner that water can be drained properly.
• Employ a pipe with either the same diameter or with the diameter larger (excluding the raising section) than
that of the connecting pipe (PVC pipe, nominal diameter 1in., outside diameter 1-1/4in.).
• Keep the drain pipe short and sloping downwards at a gradient of at least 1/100 to prevent air pockets from
forming.
• If the drain pipe cannot be sufficiently set on a slope, execute the drain raising piping.
• To keep the drain pipe from sagging, space hanger bracket every 3 to 5ft..
Hanger bracket
GOOD
3-5ft. 1/100 gradient or more
Fig. 18-1
WRONG
Fig. 18-2
CAUTION
Water pooling in the drainage piping can cause the drain to clog.
• Use the attached drain hose (1) and metal clamp (2).
• Insert the drain hose into the drain socket up to the base, and tighten the metal clamp securely within the
portion of a white tape of the hose-inserted tip. Tighten the metal clamp until the screw head is less than
5/32in. from the hose.
• Wrap the attached sealing pad (10) over the metal clamp and drain hose to insulate.
English
13
3P161684-6K
126
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
• Make sure that heat insulation work is executed on the following 2 spots to prevent any possible water leakage due to dew condensation.
• Indoor drain pipe
• Drain socket
Metal
clamp (2)
Metal
clamp (2)
(accessory)
Large sealing pad (10)
(accessory)
Drain hose (1)
Tape (White)
≥ 5/32in.
Fig. 19
Fig. 20
<PRECAUTIONS FOR DRAIN RAISING PIPING>
• Install the drain raising pipes at a height of less than 26-1/2in..
The drain pump of this unit has a high delivery flow rate. Therefore, the higher the drain raising height is, the
lower the sound of draining will be. For this reason, a minimum drain raising height of 12in. is recommended.
• Install the drain raising pipes at a right angle to the indoor unit and no more than 11-3/4in. from the unit.
Level or
tilted
slightly up
To prevent air bubbles in the
drain hose part, keep it level or
slightly tilted up. Any bubbles in
the hose might cause the unit
to make noise due to backflow
when the drain pump stops.
Drain raising pipe
Hanger bracket
≥ 33-1/2in.
Ceiling slab
≥ 11-3/4in.
3-5ft.
7in.
Drain hose (1)
(accessory)
Adjustable
(≥ 26-1/2in.)
Raising section
Drain hose (accessory) (1)
Metal clamp
(accessory) (2)
Fig. 21
0 – 26-1/2in.
NOTE
• To ensure no excessive pressure is applied to the included drain hose (1), do not bend or twist when installing. (This may cause leakage.)
• If converging multiple drain pipes, install according to the procedure shown below.
Central drain pipe
The drain pipe should have a downward
slope of at least 1/100 to prevent
air pockets from forming.
Fig. 22
Water accumulating in the drain
piping can cause the drain to clog.
Select converging drain pipes whose gauge is suitable for the operating capacity of the unit.
(2) After piping work is finished, check if drainage flows smoothly.
14
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
127
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS FINISHED
• Add approximately 1/4gal. of water slowly from the air outlet and check drainage flow.
• Check drainage flow during COOL running, explained under ‘‘12. TEST RUN’’.
• Refer to the figure on the following after checking the draining of water, and mount the thermal insulation
material for drainage (14) and thermal insulate the drain socket.
Thermal insulation
material for drainage (14)
(accessory)
Thermal insulation
material for drainage (14)
(accessory)
Sealing pad (Large) (10)
Be sure to lay the sealing
material on (14).
Make sure that there
is no clearance.
WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS NOT FINISHED
CAUTION
• Electrical wiring work should be done by a certified electrician.
• If someone who does not have the proper qualifications performs the work, perform the following after the
test run is complete.
• Remove the control box cover. Connect the single phase power supply (SINGLE PHASE 60Hz 208/230V)
to connections L1 and L2 on the terminal block for wiring the units. Connect the ground wire firmly. When
carrying out wiring work around the control box, make sure none of the connectors come undone. Be sure
to attach the control box cover before turning on the power.
• Put approximately 1/4gal. of water into the drain pan through the blow-off mouth on the left-hand side of the
drain socket. Make sure not to pour water over the drain pump or any electric parts including those of the
drain pump.
• When the power is turned on, the drain pump will operate and you can check the draining of water through
the transparent part of the drain socket. (The drain pump will stop automatically in 10 minutes.)
After checking the draining of water, mount the thermal insulation material for drainage (14) and thermal
insulate the drain socket.
• After confirming drainage (Fig. 23, Fig. 24), turn off the power and remove the power supply.
• Attach the control box cover as before.
Drain sockets
At least
4in.
(Check the
drainage now.)
Plastic watering can
(Tube should be
about 4in. long.)
Drain pump
location
Service drain outlet (with rubber plug)
(Use this outlet to drain water from
the drain pan.)
<Adding water through air discharge outlet>
[Method of adding water]
English
Fig. 23
15
3P161684-6K
128
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
Power supply
wiring terminal
block
Power supply
single phase 208/230V
Ground
L2 L1
wire
Ground
terminal
Control box cover
Fig. 24
CAUTION
Drain piping connections
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sewage might enter the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat exchanger.
8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
8-1 General instructions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must conform to local codes.
Use copper wire only.
For electric wiring work, refer to also “WIRING DIAGRAM” attached to the unit body.
For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician.
A circuit breaker capable of shutting down power supply to the entire system must be installed.
Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply electric wire connected to the outdoor unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring instructions.
• Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
• Do not connect the ground wire to gas pipes, plumbing pipes, lightning rods, or telephone ground wires.
• Gas pipes: might cause explosions or fire if gas leaks.
• Plumbing: no grounding effect if hard vinyl piping is used.
• Telephone ground wires or lightning rods: might cause abnormally high electric potential in the ground
during lighting storms.
16
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
129
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
%LECTRICALCHARACTERISTICS
5NITS
-ODEL
&#10!6*5
&#10!6*5
&#10!6*5
&#10!6*5
&#10!6*5
(Z
6OLTS
6OLTAGERANGE
-AX
-IN
0OWERSUPPLY
-#!
-/0
&ANMOTOR
K7
&,!
-#!-INIMUM#IRCUIT!MPACITY! -/0-AXIMUM/VERCURRENT0ROTECTIVE$EVICE!
K7&AN-OTOR2ATED/UTPUTK7 &,!&ULL,OAD!MPACITY!
3PECIFICATIONSFORFIELDSUPPLIEDFUSESANDWIRE
0OWERSUPPLYWIRING
&USE"REAKER
!
3IZE
7IRESIZEMUSTCOMPLYWITH
LOCALCODES
2EMOTECONTROLLERWIRING
4RANSMISSIONWIRING
7IRE
3TRANDEDNONSHIELDED
COPPERCONDUCTOR
3IZE
!7'
!LLOWABLELENGTHOFTRANSMISSIONWIRINGSANDREMOTECONTROLLERWIRINGAREASFOLLOWS
/UTDOORUNIT)NDOORUNIT
-AXFT4OTALWIRINGLENGTHFT
)NDOORUNIT2EMOTECONTROLLER
-AXFT
./4%
6INYLCORDWITHSHEATHORCABLE)NSULATEDTHICKNESSINORMORE
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE
7)2).'%8!-0,%!.$(/74/3%44(%2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2
(OWTOCONNECTWIRES
#ONNECTIONOFWIRINGBETWEENUNITSGROUNDWIREANDTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIRE2EFERTO&IG
s 7IRINGTHEUNITSANDGROUNDWIRE
2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVERANDCONNECTWIRESOFMATCHINGNUMBERTOTHETERMINALBLOCKFORWIRINGTHE
UNITS0INSIDE!NDCONNECTTHEGROUNDWIRETOTHEGROUNDTERMINAL)NDOINGTHISPULLTHEWIRESINSIDE
THROUGHTHEHOLEANDFIXTHEWIRESSECURELYWITHTHEINCLUDEDCLAMPPOINTS
s 2EMOTECONTROLLERWIRESNOTNECESSARYFORSLAVEUNITOFSIMULTANEOUSOPERATIONSYSTEM
2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVERANDPULLTHEWIRESINSIDETHROUGHTHEHOLEANDCONNECTTOTHETERMINALBLOCK
FORREMOTECONTROLLER0NOPOLARITY3ECURELYFIXTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIREWITHTHEINCLUDEDCLAMP
POINTS
s !FTERCONNECTIONATTACHSEALINGPAD
s "ESURETOATTACHITTOPREVENTTHEINFILTRATIONOFWATERFROMTHEOUTSIDE
English
17
C: 3P161684-6K
130
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
[ PRECAUTIONS ]
1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the power supply terminal block.
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
• Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)
• Use the specified electric wire. Connect the wire securely to the terminal. Lock the wire down without
applying excessive force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 1lbf·ft. ±10 %)
Attach insulation sleeve
Round crimp-style terminal
Electric wire
Fig. 25
2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
• Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small, the
head of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be properly tightened.
• If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws might be damaged.
• Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the terminal screws.
Terminal
Terminal block for remote controller (6P)
Power supply terminal block (3P)
Size
M3.5
M4
Tightening torque
0.58 – 0.72lbf·ft
0.87 – 1.06lbf·ft
When none is available, follow the instructions below.
3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same grounding terminal.
Connect wires of the
same gauge to both
side.
Do not connect wires
of the same gauge to
one side.
Do not connect wires
of different gauges.
Fig. 26
Looseness in the connection may deteriorate protection.
4. Outside the unit, keep transmission wiring at least 2in. away from power supply wiring. The equipment
may malfunction if subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wiring, refer to the “INSTALLATION MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER.”
attached to the remote controller.
6. Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for remote controller. A mistake of the
sort could damage the entire system.
7. Use only specified wire and tightly connect wires to terminals. Be careful wires do not place external stress
on terminals. Keep wiring in neat order and so as not to obstruct other equipment such as popping open
the control box cover. Make sure the cover closes tight. Incomplete connections could result in overheating, and in worse case, electric shock or fire.
8. Pass the power supply wire through the attached insulation tube (16) between the outlet of conduit and the
power supply terminal, and bind them together with the attached clamp (4). (Refer to Fig. 27-2)
9. Use a pair of conduit mounting plate (17) and (18) to connect a conduit to the unit as shown Fig. 27-1.
18
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
131
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
10. Use a 90° elbow type of conduit with dimensions Fig. 27-1 to prevent it from hitting the swing motor housing of decoration panel.
Conduit
<1-3/8
Conduit mounting
plate (17)
≥3/8
Conduit mounting
plate (18)
Fig. 27-1
Power supply and
ground wire
Conduit mounting
plate (17) (18)
Remote
Transmission
controller wiring wiring
Remote controller wiring
(low voltage)
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Approximately Sheaths
1/4in.
Peel back
Forced off
3/8 – 5/8in.
the sheath
2-3/4
–
3-1/2in.
on the power
line and twist. Length of Clamp (4)
sheath to Cut off any excess
peel back material after tightening.
Power supply
terminal block
(3P)
Transmission
wiring
Insulation
tube (16)
Remote
controller
wiring
Electric insulation
Wiring
through-holes
Clamping position
Insulation
tube (16)
Secure the ground wire
power supply and with
both edges aligned.
3~4in.
(Length of sheath to peel back)
3/8~5/8in.
Power supply
and ground
wire sheath
Terminal block
for remote
controller
(P1 • P2)
Clamp (4)
Cut off any
excess material
after tightening
the power
supply wiring
and ground
Ground terminal wire together.
L2 L1
Control box cover
Wiring diagram
(Backside of control box cover)
<<Power supply and ground wire (high voltage)>>
Fig. 27-2
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the terminal block for wiring the units.
English
19
3P161684-6K
132
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
CAUTION
• When clamping wiring, use the included clamping material to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the
wiring connections and clamp firmly. When doing the wiring, make sure the wiring is neat and does not
cause the control box cover to stick up, then close the cover firmly.
• When attaching the control box cover, make sure you do not pinch any wires.
• After all the wiring connections are done, fill in any gaps in the through holes with putty or insulation (procured locally) to prevent small animals and insects from entering the unit from outside. (If they get in, they
could cause short circuits in the control box.)
• Outside the unit, separate the low voltage wiring (remote controller wire) and high voltage wiring (power
supply, ground, and other power wiring) at least 2in. so that they do not pass through the same place
together. Proximity may cause electrical interference, malfunctions, and breakage.
Processing method of wiring through-holes
Wiring through-holes
Remote controller wiring
Sealing pad (Small) (13)
Putty or thermal insulation material
(procured locally)
9-2 Wiring example
WARNING
Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
The installation of a ground fault circuit interrupter is imperative for the prevention of electric shocks and fire
accidents.
• Fit the power supply wiring of each unit with a disconnect switch and a maximum overcurrent protective
device as shown in the drawing.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE
Power supply
Main
switch
Outdoor unit
Power supply wire
Transmission wire
Disconnect switch
Maximum overcurrent
protective device
Indoor unit
Remote controller
Fig. 28
20
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
133
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
1. When using 1 remote controller (Normal operation)
Power supply
208/230V Outdoor unit
1 ~ 60Hz
Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P1 P2
Remote
controller
Fig. 29
2. When using 2 remote controllers
Power supply
208/230V Outdoor unit
Control box
1~ 60Hz
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P1 P2
P1 P2
For use with
2 remote
controllers
Fig. 30
English
21
3P161684-6K
134
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
[ PRECAUTIONS ]
1. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or lightning rods, or crossground with telephones.
Improper grounding could result in electric shock.
9-3 Control by 2 remote controllers (controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)
• When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN” and the other to “SUB”.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
• The settings of the BRC1E71 remote controller should be switched while referring to the manual supplied
with the remote controller.
• In case of the BRC1D71 remote controller.
(1) Insert a
screwdriver into the recess between the upper and lower part of remote controller and, working
from the 2 positions, pry off the upper part. (The remote controller PC board is attached to the upper part
of remote controller.) (Refer to Fig. 31)
(2) Turn the main/sub changeover switch on one of the two remote controller PC boards to “S”. (Leave the
switch of the other remote controller set to “M”.) (Refer to Fig. 32)
Upper part of
remote controller
Insert the screwdriver here and gently work
off the upper part of remote controller.
(Factory setting)
Only one remote controller needs
to be changed if factory settings
have remained untouched.
Lower part of
remote controller
Fig. 31
S
M
S
M
Remote
controller
PC board
Fig. 32
Wiring Method (See ‘‘ELECTRIC WIRING WORK’’)
(3) Remove the control box cover
(4) Add remote control 2 (slave) to the terminal block for remote controller (P1, P2) in the control box.
(There is no polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 30 and 8-3.)
22
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
135
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
9-4 Computerized control (forced off and on/off operation)
(1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
• Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of the terminal block for remote controller.
F2
T1
T2
FORCED
OFF
Input A
Wire specificationCONDUCTORSTRANDEDNONSHIELDEDCOPPER06#ORVINYLJAKCET
Gauge
AWG18 - Length
Max. 328ft.
External terminal
Contact that can ensure the minimum applicable load of 15 V DC, 1 mA.
(2) Actuation
• The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
FORCED OFF
ON/OFF OPERATION
Input “ON” stops operation (impossible by remote controllers.) Input OFF → ON turns ON unit.
Input OFF enables control by remote controller.
Input ON → OFF turns OFF unit.
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
• Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to select operation.
9-5 Centralized control
• For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group No. For details, refer to the manual of each
optional controllers for centralized control.
10. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL
<If performing a test run without attaching the decoration panel, read “11. FIELD SETTING” and “12. TEST
RUN” first.>
Refer to the installation manual attached to the decoration panel.
After installing the decoration panel, ensure that there is no space between the unit body and decoration panel.
Note:
Since the electric insulation sheet stacked to the control box cover gets sandwiched between the unit body and
decoration panel, when closing the cover, slip the insulation sheet between them first and then attach the cover
to the control box.
English
23
3P161684-6K
136
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
11. FIELD SETTING
CAUTION
When performing field setting or test run without attaching the decoration panel, do not touch the
drain pump. This may cause electric shock.
• Check that the outdoor unit has been wired properly.
Make sure the control box covers are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
Field setting must be made from the remote controller and in accordance with installation conditions.
• Setting can be made by changing the “Mode No.”, “FIRST CODE NO.” and “SECOND CODE NO.”.
• For setting procedures and instructions, see “Field settings” in the installation manual provided with the
remote controller.
FIELD SET MODE
Mode No.
Field settings
Mode
10
0–01
4–––
8–––
Return
FIRST CODE NO.
Setting
SECOND CODE NO.
11-1 Setting ceiling height
• Select the SECOND CODE NO. that corresponds to the ceiling height in “Table 4”.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01”.)
Table 4
FCQ - PAVJU
18 · 24 · 30 type
36 · 42 type
≤ 8-3/4
≤ 10-1/2
8-3/4 - 10
10 - 11-1/2
10-1/2 - 12
12 - 13-3/4
Standard · All
Ceiling round outlet
height (ft.) High ceiling 1
High ceiling 2
Mode No.
Note) 1
FIRST
CODE NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
01
13 (23)
0
02
03
Note:
1. “Mode No.” setting is done in a batch for the group. To make or confirm settings for an individual unit, set
the internal mode number in parentheses.
2. The figure of the ceiling height is for the all round outlet. For the settings for four-direction (part of corner
closed off), three-direction and two-direction outlets, see the installation manual supplied with the sealing
member of air discharge kit sold separately.
11-2 Setting of air direction
• See the installation manual supplied with the sealing member of air discharge outlet kit sold separately
technical guide, for ceiling height settings for two and three-direction air discharge.
(The SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” (all round outlet) before shipping.)
11-3 Settings for optional accessories
• When installing optional accessories, refer to the installation manual provided with them and make necessary settings.
24
English
3P161684-6K
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
137
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
11-4 Setting of air filter sign
• Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display air filter signs to display the time to clean air filters.
• Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to “Table 5” depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” for filter contamination-light.)
Table 5
Setting
Air filter contamination-light
Air filter contamination-heavy
No Display
Spacing time of display air filter
sign (long life type)
Approx. 2500 hrs
Approx. 1250 hrs
Mode No.
10 (20)
FIRST CODE
NO.
0
3
SECOND
CODE NO.
01
02
Note:
1. “Mode No.” setting is done in a batch for the group. To make or confirm settings for an individual unit, set
the internal mode number in parentheses.
2. Make settings for “No Display” in cases where no cleaning display is required, e.g., at the time of regular
maintenance servicing.
• The air conditioner is provided with a long life filter as a standard accessory. Explain to the customer the
necessity of cleaning the filter periodically along with the set time for filter cleaning for the prevention of
clogging.
12. TEST RUN
Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
• The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction
code on the liquid crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation of malfunction codes and
the corresponding trouble is provided in the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit or the service
manual.
If any of the items in “Table 6” is displayed, there may be a problem with the wiring or power supply, so check
the wiring again.
Table 6
Remote controller display
“
” is lit up
“U4” is lit up
“UH” is lit up
No display
Contents
• There is a short circuit at the FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2).
• The power supply on the outdoor unit is off.
• The outdoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the transmission and / or the FORCED OFF.
• The power supply on the indoor unit is off.
• The indoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the remote controller, the transmission, and /
or the FORCED OFF.
• If the decoration panel is installed on the indoor unit during the test run, check the operation of the swing
flap on the panel.
• In order to protect the indoor unit, instruct the customer not to operate the air conditioner until the interior
work is completed if the interior work has not been finished at the end of the test run.
(If the air conditioner is operated, substances discharged from the paint, adhesive, etc. can contaminate the
indoor unit, and they may cause splashing or leakage of water.)
NOTE
• After the test run is finished, check the items listed in “2. Items to be checked at time of delivery”.
English
25
3P161684-6K
138
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
16.2
Installation of indoor unit
FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS …………………………… 2
BEFORE INSTALLATION ………………………………… 3
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE ……………………… 4
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION …………… 5
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION …………………………… 6
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ………………………… 7
DRAIN PIPING WORK …………………………………… 9
ELECTROLLER ………………………………………… 10
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE
CONTROLLER ………………………………………… 10
10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE, THE DECORATION
PANELS AND THE PROTECTION NET ……………… 12
11. FIELD SETTING ………………………………………… 12
12. TEST OPERATION ……………………………………… 13
1.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Please read these “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS” carefully
before installing air conditioning equipment and be sure to
install it correctly. After completing the installation, make sure
that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and
keep it maintained.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation
manual along with the operation manual for future reference.
This air conditioner comes under the term “appliances not accessible to the general public”.
Meaning of danger, warning, caution and note symbols.
DANGER …………Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result
in death or serious injury.
WARNING …………lndicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION …………lndicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result
in minor or moderate injury. lt may
also be sued to alert against unsafe
practices.
NOTE ………………lndicates situation that may result in
equipment or property-damage-only
accidents.
DANGER
• Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could
cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or
death, and to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in
an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials
are present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious
injury or death.
2
Installation manual
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and displaces oxygen.
A massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could
occur leading to serious injury or death.
• If the refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate
the area immediately.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
• After completing the installation work, check that the
refrigerant gas does not leak.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
• Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
parts, may cause stabs or other injuries. Tear apart and
throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not
play with them. Children playing with plastic bags face the
danger of death by suffocation.
WARNING
• Ask your dealer or qualified personnel to carry out
installation work. Do not try to install the air conditioner
by yourself.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
shocks or fire.
• Perform installation work in accordance with this installation manual.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
shocks or fire.
• Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts
for installation work.
Failure to use the specified parts may result in water leakage,
electric shocks, fire or the unit falling.
• Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough
to withstand the weight of the unit.
A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the equipment falling and causing injuries.
• Carry out the specified installation work after considering strong winds, typhoons or earthquakes.
Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling
and causing accidents.
• Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
out by qualified personnel according to local laws and
regulations and this installation manual.
An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical
construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
• Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specified wires
are used, and no external forces act on the terminal connections or wires.
Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
• When wiring the power supply and connecting the remote
controller wire and transmission wire, position the wires
so that the control box lid can be securely fastened.
Improper positioning of the control box lid may result in electric shocks, fire or the terminals overheating.
English
C: 3PN06240-12Q
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
139
Installation of indoor unit
• Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
• Do not touch the switch with wet fingers.
Touching a switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in
electric shocks, or fire.
• Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations :
(a) where a mineral oil mist or an oil spray or vapor is produced, for example in a kitchen.
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in
water leakage.
(b) where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is produced.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in
refrigerant leakage.
(c) near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the
control system and result in a malfunction of the equipment.
• Refrigerant pipes may be very hot or very cold during or
immediately after operation.
Touching them could result in burns or frostbite. To avoid
injury give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or,
if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves.
CAUTION
• Install drain pipe in order to ensure proper drainage and
do the thermal insulation of the pipe in order to prevent
condensate.
Improper drain pipe may result in water leakage and property
damage.
• Be very careful about product transportation.
Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any
PP bands for a means of transportation. It is dangerous.
• Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
parts, may cause stabs or other injuries.
Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that
children will not play with them. If children play with a plastic
bag which was not torn apart, they face the risk of suffocation.
• Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping
operation.
Always wait at least 5 minutes before turning off the power.
Otherwise, water leakage and trouble may occur.
• Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order
to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by
small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause
malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to
keep the area around the unit clean.
NOTE
• Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wire
and transmission wire at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions
or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may not
be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
• Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
can result shorter than expected in rooms with electronic fluorescent lamps. (inverter or rapid start types)
Install the indoor unit as far away from fluorescent lamps as
possible.
English
EDUS281120_a
• In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
interference in which case the user may be required to
take adequate measures.
• Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil
and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance
with the relevant local and national regulations.
2.
BEFORE INSTALLATION
• When moving the unit while removing it from the packing case, be sure to lift it by the four hanger brackets.
Avoid putting any pressure on other parts especially the
refrigerant piping.
• Be sure to check the type of refrigerant to be used before
installing the unit. (Using an incorrect refrigerant will prevent
normal operation of the unit.)
• The accessories needed for installation must be retained in
your custody until the installation work is completed. Do not
discard them!
• Decide upon a line of transport.
• Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Where unpacking is unavoidable, use
a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a
rope when lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the unit.
• When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
• For the installation of an outdoor unit, refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
• Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
• Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray
like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate which
could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or
could lead to leaks.)
• Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists.
• (Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode which
could eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.)
• Where machines can generate electromagnetic
waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
• Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that
near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates greatly
such as that in factories. Also in vehicles or vessels.
• This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation
in a commercial and light industrial environment.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electromagnetic interference.
WARNING
• Entrust installation to the place of purchase or a qualified
person. Improper installation could lead to leak and, in worse
cases, electric shock of fire.
• Use of unspecified parts could lead to the unit falling, leaks
and, in worse cases, electric shock or fire.
NOTE
• Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
• Be sure to mount an air filter (part to be procured in the field) in
the suction air passage in order to prevent water leaking, etc.
3
3PN06240-12Q
140
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
2-1 ACCESSORIES
Check the following accessories are included with your unit.
Name
(1) Drain pipe
Quantity
1 pc.
(2) Metal
clamp
1 pc.
(3) Washer for
hanger bracket
8 pcs.
(4) Clamp
9 pcs.
Shape
(5) Paper pattern
for installation
Quantity
1 pc.
Insulation pipe
cover
1 each
(6) For gas pipe
Name
Shape
(7) For liquid pipe
Is the unit safely grounded?
It may result in electric shock.
Is wiring size according to
specifications?
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
Is something blocking the air
outlet or inlet of either the
indoor or outdoor units?
It may result in insufficient
cooling.
Are refrigerant piping length
and additional refrigerant
charge noted down?
The refrigerant charge in the
system is not clear.
b. Items to be checked at time of delivery
Sealing pad
1 each
(8) Large
(9) Small
∗ Also review the “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS”
Items to be checked
Check
Did you explain about operations while showing the operation manual to your customer?
Did you hand the instruction manual over to your customer?
2-3 NOTE TO THE INSTALLER
Name
(10) Resin bush
Quantity
1 pc.
(11) Insulating
tube
3 pcs.
For wire
Shape
(Other)
• Operation manual
• Installation manual
Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit
(especially cleaning filters, operating different functions, and
adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations
themselves while looking at the manual.
3.
2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
• The remote controller are required for this indoor unit in Table 1.
• These are 2 types of remote controllers : wired and wireless.
Select a remote controller according to customer request
and install in an appropriate place.
Table 1
Remote controller
Wired type
BRC1C71
Wireless type
BRC7E83
NOTE
• If you wish to use a remote controller that is not listed in “Table
1” on page 4, select a suitable remote controller after consulting catalogs and technical materials.
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL
CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK
AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.
If not properly done, what is
likely to occur
Are the indoor and outdoor
unit fixed firmly?
The units may drop, vibrate or
make noise.
Is the gas leak test finished?
It may result in insufficient
cooling.
Is the unit fully insulated?
Condensate water may drip.
Please attach additional insulation pipe cover to the unit body
when it is believed that the relative humidity in the ceiling
exceeds 80%. Use glass wool, polyethylene foam, or similar
with a thickness of 3/8 in.. or more as insulation pipe cover.
(1) Select an installation site where the following conditions
are fulfilled and that meets your customer’s approval.
• Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
• Where nothing blocks air passage.
• Where condensate can be properly drained.
• Where the ceiling is strong enough to bear the indoor unit
weight.
• Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
• Where sufficient clearance for maintenance and service
can be ensured.
DANGER
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are
present due to the risk explosion resulting in serious injury or
death.
WARNING
a. Items to be checked after completion of work
Items to be checked
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
Check
• If the supporting structural members are not strong enough
to take the unit’s weight, the unit could fall out of place and
cause serious injury.
NOTE
• When a margin is in the space of the ∗ section, service and
maintenance work will become still easier if it vacates 7 7/8 in.
or more.
Does drainage flow smoothly? Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply voltThe unit may malfunction or
age correspond to that shown
the components burn out.
on the name plate?
Are wiring and piping correct?
4
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
English
3PN06240-12Q
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
141
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
∗
1 3/16 or more
Air outlet
Required service
space
Air inlet
12 or more
∗
1 3/16 or more
Obstruction
Floor
(2) Make holes for suspension bolts, refrigerant and drain
pipe, and wire.
• Refer to the paper pattern for installation.
• Select the location for each of holes and open the holes in
the ceiling.
(3) Remove the parts from the indoor unit.
(3-1) Detach the suction grille.
• Slide the locking knobs (×2) on the suction grille inward
(direction of arrows) and lift upwards. (Refer to Fig. 1)
• With the suction grille open, remove the suction grille forward, holding on to the rear tabs (×2) on the suction grille.
(Refer to Fig. 2)
(Length : in.)
• Where pipe between indoor and outdoor units is possible
within the allowable limit.
(Refer to the installation manual for the outdoor unit.)
• Install the indoor and outdoor units, power wire and
connecting wires at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions or
radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may
not be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Knob
Suction grille
Fig. 1
Tab
Suction grille
(2) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check whether
the ceiling is strong enough to support the weight of
the unit or not. If there is a risk, reinforce the ceiling
before installing the unit.
(Installation pitch is marked on the paper pattern for installation. Refer to it to check for points requiring reinforcing.)
(3) This product may be installed on ceilings up to 10.6 ft.
from the floor.
(4) A direction of installation.
• Refrigerant piping : the rear side, right side or upper part.
• Wiring : only the rear side.
• Drain piping : the rear right side or the right side.
(As the rear left, installation is impossible.)
4.
Fig. 2
(3-2) Remove the decoration panels (left and right) and the pro-
tection net.
• After removing the securing screws for the decoration
panels (one each), pull them forward (in the direction of
the arrow) and remove them. (Refer to Fig. 3)
• Remove the securing screws for the protection net.
(Refer to Fig. 3)
Protection net
securing screws (M4)
Decoration panel
securing screws (M4)
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION
(1) Relation of holes for indoor unit, suspension bolt position, piping and wiring.
Decoration
panel
26 3/4 (Indoor unit)
10 1/4
(Suspension
bolt pitch)
8 1/4
22
25 3/4
27 11/16
62 5/8 (Indoor unit)
61 (Suspension bolt pitch)
27 3/16
24 5/8
Conduit
hole
Drain pipe hole
Decoration panel
(ii)
Accessories
False ceiling view
Protection net
Top gas pipe hole
(i)
Suspension bolt (× 4)
Decoration
panel
Top liquid pipe hole
Air outlet
(length : in.)
Decoration panel
English
Fig. 3
• Raise one side of the protection net upwards (in the direction of the arrow (i)) and remove back (the arrow (ii)).
(Refer to Fig. 4, 5)
• Take out the accessories.
6 1/4
7 1/4
Front view
6
5 5/8
3 3/4
6 1/4
Wiring hole Rear side pipe hole
26 1/8
Decoration panel
securing screw
(M4)
Fig. 4
5
3PN06240-12Q
142
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
NOTE
(ii)
If it raises too much,
a hook stops catching
and falling out.
Protection net
(i)
Hook
• Use a hole-in anchor for existing ceilings, and a sunken insert,
sunken anchor or other field supplied parts for new ceilings to
reinforce the ceiling to bear the weight of the unit. Adjust clearance from the ceiling before proceeding further.
Ceiling slab
Anchor
1–2 3/16
Fig. 5
(3-3) Remove the rear metal plate for transmission wire, remote
controller wire and refrigerant pipe.
• It is necessary to drill the knock out hole in the removable
part. Knock down several times with a punch and hammer and remove the removable part with pliers.
• When setting the refrigerant pipe to the rear side, remove
the securing screws and the metal plate. (Refer to Fig. 6).
After removing, attach the resin bush
(Refer to Fig. 25)
Removable part
(metal plate)
Suspension bolt
False ceiling
All the above parts are field supplied. (Length : in.)
Fig. 9
5.
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
It may be easier to attach accessory parts before installing
the indoor unit. Therefore, please also read the instruction
manuals which are provided with the accessory parts.
If setting the drain pipe to the
right side, block up the hole for
drain pipe with pate etc.
Metal plate
securing
screw (M4)
As for the parts to be used for installation work, be sure to use
the provided accessories and specified parts designated by our
company.
(1) Secure the hanger brackets to the suspension bolts.
(Refer to Fig. 10)
NOTE
If setting the refrigerant pipe to
the rear side, remove this metal plate.
• To ensure they are safely secured, use the included washers,
and secure them with double nuts to make sure.
Fig. 6
(3-4) Remove the hanger brackets.
• Loosen the 2 bolts (M8) used to attach the hanger brackets which are on each side (4 places left and right) to
within 3/8 in.. (Refer to Fig. 7, 8)
• After removing the securing screws (M5) for the hanger
brackets which are on the rear side, pull the hanger
brackets back (in the direction of the arrow), and remove
them. (Refer to Fig. 8)
Length of loosening
should be less than 3/8
(2) Lift the indoor unit’s main body, insert the bolts (M8)
for the hanger brackets into the attachment part on the
hanger brackets, while sliding the main body from the
front. (Refer to Fig. 11)
(3) Fasten the bolts for the hanger brackets (M8) securely
in 4 places, left and right. (Refer to Fig. 11)
(4) Replace the screws for the hanger brackets which had
been removed (M5) securely in 2 places left and right.
This is necessary to prevent any forward and back slide
in the main body of the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 11)
Nut (Field supplied)
Indoor unit
Washer (3) (attached)
3/8 or less
Fig. 7
Hanger bracket
(Length : in.)
Double nuts
(Field supplied)
Hanger bracket
Hanger bracket
fixing screw (M5)
Fig. 10
Hanger bracket
Hanger bracket
setting bolt (M8)
Hanger bracket
Fig. 8
(4) Attach the suspension bolts. (Use suspension bolts
which are W3/8 or M8-M10 in size.)
• Adjust the distance of the suspension bolts from the ceiling in
advance. (Refer to Fig. 9)
6
Hanger bracket
setting bolt (M8)
Attachment
part
Hanger bracket
fixing screw (M5)
Fig. 11
English
3PN06240-12Q
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
143
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(5) When hanging the indoor unit main body, be sure to
use a level or a plastic tube with water in it to make sure
the drain piping is set either level or slightly tilted, in
order to ensure proper drainage. (Refer to Fig. 12)
A
1˚ or less
B
1˚ or less
A.B
1˚ or less
• Before refrigerant pipe work, check which type of refrigerant is used.
Proper operation is not possible if the types of refrigerant are not the same.
6-2 CONNECTING THE REFRIGERANT PIPE
• The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.
• Use copper alloy seamless pipes.
• Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together,
as shown in the drawing, when connecting or disconnecting
pipes to/from the unit. (Refer to Fig. 13)
• Refer to “Table 2” to determine the proper tightening torque.
• Refer to “Table 2” for the dimensions of flare shape.
• When connecting the flare nut, coat the flare section with
ester oil or ether oil, rotate three or four times first, then
screw in. (Refer to Fig. 14)
Torque wrench
Pipe union
Fig. 12
A.When the drain piping is tilted to the right, or to the right
and back.
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the right or the back. (1° or less.)
B.When the drain piping is tilted to the left, or to the left and
back.
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the left or the back. (1° or less.)
Flare nut
Spanner
Fig. 13
CAUTION
CAUTION
• Setting the unit at an angle opposite to the drain piping might
cause a water leakage.
6.
• Be careful for oil not to adhere to any portions other than a
flare part. If oil adhere to resin parts etc., there is a possibility of damaging by deterioration.
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
Ester oil or ether oil.
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
Fig. 14
NOTE
• Use the flare nut included with the unit main body.
Table 2
φ5/8
24.1-29.4
45.6-55.6
0.504-0.520
0.760-0.776
45˚±
φ3/8
Flare shape (in.)
2˚
Pipe size Tightening torque Flare dimensions A
(in.)
(ft. lbf)
(in.)
R0.016-0.031
A
• Use a pipe cutter and flare suitable for the type of refrigerant.
• To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from infiltrating the tube, either pinch the end or cover it with tape.
• Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such as air,
etc. If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the
unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away.
90˚± 2˚
CAUTION
6-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
• For refrigerant pipe of outdoor units, see the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit.
• Execute thermal insulation work completely on both
sides of the gas pipe and the liquid pipe.
Otherwise, a water leakage can result.
"ESURETOUSEINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSE
WITH(6!#SYSTEMS
• Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of
the refrigerant pipe sections might exceed 86ºF or RH
80%, reinforce the thermal insulation. (3/4 in. or thicker)
Condensate may form on the surface of the insulation
pipe cover.
English
CAUTION
• Overtightening may damage the flare and cause a refrigerant
leakage
Not recommended but in case of emergency
You must use a torque wrench, but if you are obliged to install
the unit without a torque wrench, you may follow the installation method mentioned below.
When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner,
there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly
increases. From that position, further tighten the flare nut
the angle shown below :
7
3PN06240-12Q
144
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
Table 3
Pipe size
Recommended arm length of tool
Further tightening angle
(in.)
(in.)
φ3/8
60 to 90 degrees
Approx. 7 7/8
φ5/8
30 to 60 degrees
Approx. 11 13/16
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there
is no gas leak.
Procedure for thermal insulation of gas-side pipe
Insulation pipe cover
for gas pipe (6)
Flare nut connection
Insulation pipe
cover (main unit)
Orient so that the end of
the wrapped insulation
Attach to base
pipe cover is facing up
Wind around the
pipe, beginning at
the base.
Small sealing
pad (9)
Main unit
Insulation pipe cover
(Locally procured)
6-3 BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
DANGER
Insulation pipe cover for gas pipe (6)
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT
PIPING
“Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant pipe. Therefore, use
the phosphor copper brazing filler metal (BCuP) which does not
require flux.”
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping systems. For instance, if chlorine based flux is used, it will cause
pipe corrosion. If the flux contains fluorine, it will damage the
refrigerant oil.)
• Before brazing local refrigerant pipe, nitrogen gas shall be
blown through the pipe to expel air from the pipe.
If you brazing is done without nitrogen gas blowing, a large
amount of oxide film develops inside the pipe, and could
cause system malfunction.
• When brazing the refrigerant pipe, only begin brazing after
having carried out nitrogen substitution or while inserting
nitrogen into the refrigerant pipe. Once this is done, connect
the indoor unit with a flared or a flanged connection.
• Nitrogen should be set to 2.9 psi with a pressure-reducing
valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into the pipe.
(Refer to Fig. 15)
Refrigerant pipe
Clamp (4)
Part to be
brazed
Taping
hands valve
Pressure-reducing
valve
Nitrogen
Fig. 15
Nitrogen
DANGER
• Use of oxygen may cause an explosion resulting in serious
injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas.
CAUTION
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Insulation pipe cover for liquid pipe (7)
Clamp (4) (× 4)
Attach to the bottom
(For both gas pipe and liquid pipe)
Procedure for thermal insulation of liquid-side pipe
Insulation pipe cover for
liquid pipe (7)
Flare nut connection
Orient so that the end of
the wrapped insulation
material is facing up
Insulation pipe cover
(Locally procured)
Insulation pipe cover (main unit)
Attach to base
Main unit
Clamp (4)
Fig. 16
(1) For piping facing back.
Remove the rear metal plate for pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
• The figure of the direction of back shows when both the piping and drain pipe are set backward.
When setting the piping to face up or right, attach the rear
metal plate for refrigerant pipe and plug a hole for drain pipe.
(See “4 PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION” (3-3) on
page 6)
(2) For piping facing up.
• When setting the piping to face up, the L-shaped branch
pipe kit sold separately is required.
• Removing the top penetration lid and use the L-shaped branch
pipe kit sold separately to set the pipe. (Refer to Fig. 18, 19)
(3) For piping facing right.
• Cut out a slit hole on the decoration panel (right) and set the
pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
• Be sure to insulate any field piping all the way to the piping
connection inside the unit. Any exposed piping may cause
condensate or a burn if touched.
6-4 PIPING INSULATION
• Make absolutely sure to execute thermal insulation works on
the pipe-connecting section after checking gas leakage by
thoroughly studying the following figure and using the insulation pipe cover (6) and (7). (Fasten both ends with the clamps
(4).) (Refer to Fig. 16)
• Wrap the small sealing pad (9) only around the insulation for
the joints on the gas piping side. (Refer to Fig. 16)
8
Right-facing
refrigerant
piping
Rear-facing
refrigerant pipe
Rear right-facing
drain pipe
Right-facing drain pipe
Decoration panel (right) removable part
If only setting the drain pipe to
face right, cut this section only.
Fig. 17
English
3PN06240-12Q
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
145
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Good
Top plate
Tilt down
Wrong
Do not lift Make sure there
is no slack
Make sure it is
not in the water
Top penetration lid
This hole not using it.
Cut out
Fig. 18 (A figure from an inside bottom)
Fig. 21
CAUTION
Upward-facing
refrigerant pipe
L-shaped branch pipe
kit (Optional accessories)
Fig. 19
Thermistor lead line
Top penetration
lid clamp section
• Water accumulating in the drain piping can cause the drain to
clog.
• Be sure to use the drain pipe (1) and metal clamp (2).
Also, insert the drain pipe completely into the drain socket, and
securely attach the metal clamp bracket inside the gray tape
area on the inserted tip of the drain pipe. (Refer to Fig. 22)
Screw the screws on the metal clamp bracket until there is 5/
32 in. left. (Pay attention to the direction of the attachment to
prevent the metal clamp bracket from coming into contact
with the suction grille.) (Refer to Fig. 23)
Swing motor
lead line
Metal clamp (2)
Taping area (Gray)
Fig. 22
Drain pipe (1)
5/32 or less
Fig. 20 (A figure from an inside bottom)
• When piping is complete, cut the removed penetration lid into
the shape of the pipe using scissors and attach.
As when before removing the top penetration lid, secure the
lead lines for the swing motor and thermistor by passing them
through the clamp section on the top penetration lid.
(Refer to Fig. 18, 20)
• When doing this, block any gaps between the pipe penetration lid and the pipes using putty to prevent dust from entering the indoor unit.
7.
DRAIN PIPING WORK
(1) Carry out the drain piping.
• Make sure piping provides proper drainage.
• You can select whether to bring the drain piping out from the
rear right or right. For rear right-facing and right-facing situations, refer to “6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK” on page 7.
• Make sure the pipe diameter is the same or bigger than the
branch piping. (vinyl-chloride piping, nominal diameter 1 in.,
external diameter 1 1/4 in.)
• Make sure the piping is short, has at least a 1/100 slope, and
can prevent air pockets from forming. (Refer to Fig. 21)
• Do not allow any slack to gather in the drain pipe inside the
indoor unit.
(Slack in the drain pipe can cause the suction grille to break.)
English
Large sealing pad (8)
Metal clamp (2)
< Facing rear right or right >
Fig. 23
(Length : in.)
• Insulate the metal clamp bracket and drain pipe from the bottom using the large sealing pad (8). (Refer to Fig. 23)
• Be sure to insulate all drain piping running indoors.
(2) Check to make sure the water flows smoothly after piping is complete.
• Slowly pour 600 ml of drain-checking water into the drain pan
through the air outlet.
Plastic container for pouring
Air outlet
Make sure not to splash the water.
Fig. 24
CAUTION
• Drain piping connections :
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that
smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sewage might enter
the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat
exchanger.
9
3PN06240-12Q
146
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
• Keep in mind that it will become the cause of getting drain
pipe blocked if water collects on drain pipe.
8.
CAUTION
8-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
• All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must
conform to local codes.
• Use copper wire only.
• For electric wiring work, refer to also “Wiring diagram label”
attached to the control box lid.
• For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation
manual attached to the remote controller.
• All wires must be performed by an authorized electrician.
• An earth leakage circuit breaker capable of shutting down
power supply to the entire system must be installed.
• Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit
for the size of power supply wiring connected to the outdoor
unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring
instructions.
• Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
DANGER
• Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could cause a
severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and
to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in an explosion
which could lead to severe injury or death.
8-2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Model
Hz
Volts
Voltage
range
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU 60 208-230V
Max. 253V
Min. 187V
FHQ30PVJU
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET
THE REMOTE CONTROLLER
9-1 HOW TO CONNECT WIRES
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
Units
9.
Power supply
Fan motor
MCA MFA
W
FLA
1.3
15
130
1.0
1.3
15
130
1.0
1.3
15
130
1.0
• Even if the control box lid is removed, pull the remote controller wire, transmission wire and the power supply wire inside
the unit using conduits for each, so that the wires do not come
into contact with the opening section of the metal casing.
• Pass conduits through the wall and secure along with the
refrigerant pipe in order to prevent external pressure being
applied to transmission wire and power supply wire.
• To avoid short circuits in the electric parts box, be sure to apply
the sealing material or putty (not included) to the wiring hole to
prevent the infiltration of water, insects or other small creatures.
• Arrange the wires and fix a lid firmly so that the lid does not
float during wiring work.
• Do not clamp remote controller wire and transmission wire
together with power supply wire. Doing so may cause malfunction.
• Remote controller wire, transmission wire and power supply
wire should be located at least 5 in. from other electric wires.
Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to
electrical noise.
<Method of wiring power supply, units and connecting remote controller wiring> (Refer to Fig. 26)
• Attaching the resin bush
Attach the resin bush (10) for remote controller wiring.
• Installation of conduit
Insert the conduit for power supply wire in the conduit hole,
and fix it with the lock nut.
Lock nut
MCA : Min. Circuit Amps (A);
MFA : Max. Fuse Amps (A)
W: Fan Motor Rated Output (W); FLA : Full Load Amps (A)
Conduit hole
8-3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELD SUPPLIED FUSES
AND WIRES
Power supply wiring
Model
fUSEBREAKER
&(106*5
&(106*5
&(106*5
!
3IZE
Remote controller wiring
Transmission wiring
7IRE
3IZE
7IRESIZEMUST
CONDUCTOR
COMPLYWITH
!7'
NONSHIELDED
LOCALCODES
!LLOWABLELENGTHOFTRANSMISSIONWIREBETWEENINDOOROUTDOOR
UNITSANDBETWEENTHEINDOORUNITANDTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIRE
AREASFOLLOWS
/UTDOORUNIT)NDOORUNIT-AXFT
)NDOORUNIT2EMOTECONTROLLER-AXFT
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE
10
Conduit
Resin bush (10)
Fig. 25
• Power supply wire
Holding the control box lid, loosen the 2 securing screws,
remove the control box lid, match up the phases on the power
supply terminal block inside (2P), and make the connections.
After this is done, use the attached clamp (4) to bind wire
between units to the anchor point. (Refer to Fig. 27)
• Remote controller wire and transmission wire
Holding the control box lid, loosen the 2 securing screws,
remove the control box lid.
Thread the remote controller wire and transmission wire
through the insulating tube (11) and secure with the clamp
(4), and cut off the insulating tube (11) to suitable length. Pull
the wires inside through resin bush and connect the wires to
the transmission terminal block (6P) inside the control box.
After connecting, use the clamp (4) to bind the remote controller wire together with the transmission wire to the anchor.
(Refer to Fig. 26, 27, 28)
English
C: 3PN06240-12Q
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
147
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Refer to Fig. 27
Power supply
Remote controller wire
terminal block (2P)
Transmission
and transmission wire
Control box terminal block (6P)
Ground terminal
Power supply wire
• Use the specified electric wire. Connect the wire securely to
the terminal. Lock the wire down without applying excessive
force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 0.97 ft lbf ±10%)
Attach insulation sleeve
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Drain pipe
Clamp (4)
Insulating tube (11)
L1
L2
POWER SUPPLY
power supply
How to connect power supply
terminal block (2P)
Fig. 26
Clamp (4)
Ground wire
Fastener
Clamp (4)
Remote controller wire and
transmission wire
Fastener
Fig. 27
Transmission
terminal block (6P)
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
REMOTE
CNTRL
TRANSMISSION
WIRING
FORCED
OFF
Clamp (4)
Insulating
tube (11)
1 in.
Transmission wire
Fig. 28
Remote controller wire
• In the insulating tube (11), it can let the remote controller wire
and transmission wire pass to 2.
WARNING
• Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for
remote controller wiring as this could damage the entire system.
• Use only specified wire and connect wires to the terminal
tightly. Be careful wires do not place external stress on terminals. Keep wires in neat order so as to not obstruct other
equipment. Make sure that the electric box lid fits tightly.
Incomplete connections could result in overheating and, in
worse case, result in electric shock or fire.
NOTE
1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the
power supply terminal block.
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
• Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same
power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)
English
2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
• Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal
screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small, the head
of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be
properly tightened.
• If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws
might be damaged.
• Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the
terminal screws.
Table 4
Size
Tightening torque
(ft-lbf)
Transmission terminal block (6P)
M3.5
0.58 – 0.72
Power supply terminal block (2P)
M4
0.87 – 1.06
Ground terminal
M4
0.87 – 1.06
Terminal
After securing the
cramp material
to the bracket,
cut off any extra
material.
Power supply wire
Connect wires of the
same gauge to both side.
Conduit
Corking or Putty
Resin bush (10)
Control box
lid securing screw (2pcs.)
Control box lid
Electric wire
Round crimp-style terminal
3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same ground
terminal. Looseness in the connection may deteriorate protection.
4. Outside of the unit, keep transmission wire at least 5 in.
away from power supply wire. The equipment may malfunction if subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wire, refer to the “INSTALLATION
MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER” attached to the
remote controller.
9-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
• Fit the power supply wire of each unit with a switch and fuse
as shown in the drawing.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE
Power supply
Main
switch
Power supply wire
Outdoor unit
Transmission wire
Switch
Fuse
Indoor unit
Remote controller
11
C: 3PN06240-12Q
148
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
1. When using 1 remote controller for 1 indoor unit.
(Normal operation)
Power supply
208-230V
Decoration
panel
Outdoor unit
60Hz
Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
(ii)
Protection net
Hook
(i)
(ii)
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P 1 P2
Remote controller
Hook
2. When using 2 remote controllers for 1 indoor unit.
(ii)
Power supply
208-230V
Outdoor unit
Control box
60Hz
(i)
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
(iii)
Indoor unit
P1 P 2
P1 P2
For use with 2 remote controllers
NOTE
1. All transmission wires except for remote controller wire are
polarized and must match the terminal symbol.
2. A single switch can be used to supply power to units on the
same system. However, branch switches and branch circuit
breakers must be selected carefully.
3. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or
lightning rods, or crossground with telephones. Improper
grounding could result in electric shock.
Protection net
securing screws (M4)
Fig. 29
11. FIELD SETTING
Make sure the control box lids are closed on the indoor and
outdoor units, and turn on the power.
Field setting must be made from the remote controller in
accordance with the installation manual.
• Setting can be made by changing the “Mode No.”, “FIRST
CODE NO.”, and “SECOND CODE NO.”.
• For setting and operation, refer to the “FIELD SETTING” in
the installation manual of the remote controller.
11-1 Setting air filter sign
10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE,
THE DECORATION PANELS AND THE
PROTECTION NET
Once wiring is complete, firmly attach the control box lid, the
suction grille, the decoration panels and the protection net in the
order opposite to detachment.
• Attaching the protection net
Attach the protection net from the way of the hook (i), fix 2
securing screws of the middle of the other side first (ii), then
fix the remaining securing screws (iii).
• Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display
air filer signs to display the time to clean air filters.
• Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to “Table 5”
depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” for air filter contamination-light.)
Table 5
Setting
Spacing time of
Mode
display air filter sign
No.
(long life type)
Air filter contaminaApprox. 2500 hrs
tion-light
Air filter contaminaApprox. 1250 hrs
tion-heavy
FIRST SECOND
CODE
CODE
NO.
NO.
01
10 (20)
0
02
<When using wireless remote controllers>
• When using wireless remote controllers, wireless remote
controller address setting is necessary. Refer to the installation manual attached to the wireless remote controller for
setting instructions.
12
English
C: 3PN06240-12Q
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
149
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
11-2 2 remote controllers control
(Controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)
• When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN”
and the other to “SUB”.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
(1) Insert a
screw driver into the recess between the upper and lower part of remote controller and, working from
the 2 positions, pry off the upper part.
The remote controller PC board is attached to the upper
part of remote controller. (Refer to Fig. 30)
(2) Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on one of the 2
remote controllers PC boards to “S”. (Leave the switch of
the other remote controllers set to “M”.) (Refer to Fig. 31)
Upper part of
remote controller
Wire specification
STRANDEDNONSHIELDEDCOPPERCONDUCTOR
Gauge
AWG 18-
Length
Max. 328 ft.
External terminal
Contact that can ensure the minimum applicable load of 15 V DC, 10 mA.
(2) Actuation
• The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF
OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
FORCED OFF
ON/OFF OPERATION
Input “ON” stops operation (impossible by
remote controllers.)
Input OFF → ON turns
ON unit.
Input OFF enables control by remote controller.
Input ON → OFF turns
OFF unit.
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
• Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to
select operation.
11-4 CENTRALIZED CONTROL
Lower part of
remote controller
Insert the screw driver
here and gently work
off the upper part of
remote controller.
Fig. 30
(Factory setting)
Only 1 remote
controller needs
to be changed if
factory settings
have remained
untouched.
• For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group
No. For details, refer to the manual of each optional controllers for centralized control.
12. TEST OPERATION
S
M
Remote controller
PC board
S
M
Fig. 31
Wiring Method
(See “8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK” and “9. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER” on
page from 10 to 12.)
(3) Remove the control box lid.
(4) Add 2nd remote controller to the transmission terminal
block (P1, P2) in the control box. (There is no polarity.)
(Refer to Fig. 28 on page 11 and Table 4 on page 11)
11-3 COMPUTERISED CONTROL
(FORCED OFF AND ON/OFF OPERATION)
See “FIELD SETTING” on page 12 for local settings.
Refer to the section of “FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS,
TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.” on page 4.
• Make sure if the service lids are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
• After finishing the construction of refrigerant pipe, drain pipe
and electric wire, conduct the check operation referring to the
installation manual of the outdoor unit.
• The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a
malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction code on the liquid
crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation
of malfunction codes and the corresponding trouble is provided in the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
It any of the items in Table 6 are displayed, there may be a
problem with the wiring or power, so check the wiring again.
Table 6
Remote control display
“
” (under
centralized control) is lit up
• There is a short circuit at the
FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2)
“U4” is lit up
“UF” is lit up
• The power on the outdoor unit is off.
• The outdoor unit has not been wired
for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the transmission
wiring and / or FORCED OFF wiring.
• The transmission wiring is cut.
No display
• The power on the indoor unit is off.
• The indoor unit has not been wired
for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the remote controller wiring, the transmission wiring
and / or the FORCED OFF wiring.
• The remote controller wiring is cut.
(1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of
the transmission terminal block.
F2
T1
T2
FORCED
OFF
Input A
Content
• If “U3” is lit up, the malfunction code shows the check operation has not been performed yet.
12-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR MALFUNCTION
With the power on, it is possible to monitor the type of malfunction by looking at the malfunction code displayed in
the remote controller.
English
13
3PN06240-12Q
150
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
If nothing is displayed in the remote controller, check the following items before attempting a diagnosis based on the malfunction code, as they might be a cause.
• Disconnected or incorrect wiring (between power supply and
the outdoor unit, between the outdoor and indoor units, and
between the indoor unit and the remote controller)
• Burnt out indoor or outdoor unit fuse
• “
” will be displayed for a few seconds on the remote
controller immediately after the power is turned on.
This display indicates that the remote controller is being
checked to see whether it is ok or not, and does not indicate
a malfunction.
Diagnose with the display on the liquid crystal display
remote controller.
1. With the wired remote controller. (NOTE 1)
When the operation stops due to trouble, operation lamp
flashed, and “
” and the malfunction code are indicated
in the liquid crystal display. In such a case, diagnose the fault
contents by referring to the table on the malfunction code list
it case of group control, the unit No. is displayed so that the
indoor unit No. with the trouble can be recognized. (NOTE 2).
2. With the wireless remote controller.
(Refer also to the operation manual attached to the wireless
remote controller)
When the operation stops due to trouble. the display on the
indoor unit flashes. In such a case, diagnose the fault contents with the table on the malfunction code list looking for
the malfunction code which can be found by following procedures. (NOTE 2)
(1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION button,
“
” is displayed and “ 0 ” flashes.
(2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and find the
unit No. which stopped due to trouble.
Number of beeps
3 short beeps Perform all the following
operations
1 short beep Perform (3) and (6)
1 long beep
No trouble
(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and
upper figure of the malfunction code flashes.
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button
unit it makes 2 short beeps and find the upper code.
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and
lower figure of the malfunction code flashes.
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button
unit it makes a long beep and find the lower code.
• A long beep indicate the malfunction code.
NOTE
1. In case wired remote controller. Press the INSPECTION /
TEST OPERATION button on remote controller, “
“
starts flashing.
2. Keep down the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds or longer in
the inspection mode and the above trouble history disappears, after the trouble code goes on and off twice, followed
by the code “
”(normal).
The display changes from the inspection mode to the normal mode.
14
Installation of indoor unit
Order
Operation
(1)
Open gas side stop valve.
(2)
Open liquid side stop valve.
(3)
Electrify crank case heater for 6 hours.
(4)
Set to cooling with the remote controller and push “ ON/OFF ”
button to start operation.
(5)
TEST ”button twice and operate in TEST OPERAPush“
TION MODE for 3 minutes.
(6)
Push“
SWING ”button and confirm its operation.
(7)
Push“
TEST ”button and operate normally.
(8)
Confirm its function according to the operation manual.
12-2 MALFUNCTION CODE
• For places where the malfunction code is left blank, the “
”
indication is not displayed. Though the system continues
operating, be sure to inspect the system and make repairs as
necessary.
• Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the malfunction code may or may not be displayed.
Code
Malfunction/Remarks
A1
Indoor unit's PC board faulty
A3
Condensate level abnormal
A6
Indoor fan motor overloaded, overcurrent or locked.
A7
Air flow direction adjust motor is fault.
A9
Drive for electronic expansion valve is fault.
AJ
Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing programmed in the data hold IC.
C4
Sensor R2T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
C5
Sensor R3T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
C9
Sensor R1T for suction air temperature is fault.
Type set improper
Sensor for remote controller is fault.
CJ
The remote controller thermistor does not function, but
the system thermo run is possible.
E3
High pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E4
Low pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E5
Compressor motor lock malfunction
E7
Outdoor fan motor lock malfunction
Outdoor fan instantaneous overcurrent malfunction
E9
Electronic expansion valve faulty (outdoor unit)
F3
Discharge pipe temperature abnormal (outdoor unit)
F6
The refrigerant is overcharged.
H9
Outdoor air thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J3
Discharge pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J5
Suction pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J6
Heat exchanger thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J9
Sensor for heat exchanger is fault.
JA
Sensor for high pressure is fault.
JC
Sensor for low pressure is fault.
L4
Overheated heat-radiating fin (outdoor)
Inverter cooling defect.
English
C: 3PN06240-12Q
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
151
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Instantaneous overcurrent (outdoor)
L5
Possible GROUND fault or short circuit in the compressor
motor.
Electric thermal (outdoor)
L8
L9
Possible electrical overload in the compressor or cut
line in the compressor motor.
Stall prevention (outdoor)
Compressor possibly locked.
LC
Transmission malfunction between the outdoor control
units' inverters (outdoor)
P1
Open-phase (outdoor)
P3
PC board temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor)
P4
Heat-radiating fin temperature sensor malfunction
(outdoor)
Type set improper (outdoor unit)
PJ
Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing
programmed in the data hold IC.
U0
Suction pipe temperature abnormal
U2
U3
Power source voltage malfunction
Includes the defect in K1M.
The check operation has not performed.
Transmission error (indoor unit - outdoor unit)
U4
UF
U9
Miswiring between indoor and outdoor units or malfunction of the PC board mounted on the indoor and the
outdoor units.
If UF is shown, the wire between the indoor and outdoor
units is not properly wired. Therefore, immediately
disconnect the power supply and correct the wire. (The
compressor and the fan mounted on the outdoor unit
may start operation independent of the remote controller
operation.) The power is not supplied to outdoor unit.
Same transmission for in / outdoor unit is fault.
Miss setting for multi system
UA
English
Setting is wrong for selector switch of multi-system. (see
switch SS2 on the main unit's PC board)
15
3PN06240-12Q
152
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
16.3
Installation of indoor unit
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ..........................................2
BEFORE INSTALLATION.................................................3
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE ..................................4
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION........................ 5
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION........................................6
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ......................................7
DRAIN PIPING WORK.....................................................9
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK...........................................10
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE
CONTROLLER...............................................................10
10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE, THE DECORATION
PANELS AND THE PROTECTION NET ........................12
11. FIELD SETTING ............................................................12
12. TEST OPERATION ........................................................13
1.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Please read these “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS” carefully
before installing air conditioning equipment and be sure to
install it correctly. After completing the installation, make sure
that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and
keep it maintained.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation
manual along with the operation manual for future reference.
This air conditioner comes under the term “appliances not
accessible to the general public”.
Meaning of danger, warning, caution and note symbols.
DANGER ...............Indicates an imminently hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING .............Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION ...............Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injury. It may also be
sued to alert against unsafe practices.
NOTE .....................Indicates situation that may result in
equipment or property-damage-only
accidents.
DANGER
• Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could
cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or
death, and to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in
an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials
are present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious
injury or death.
Installation manual
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and displaces oxygen.
A massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could
occur leading to serious injury or death.
• If the refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate
the area immediately.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
• After completing the installation work, check that the
refrigerant gas does not leak.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
• Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
parts, may cause stabs or other injuries. Tear apart and
throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not
play with them. Children playing with plastic bags face the
danger of death by suffocation.
WARNING
• Ask your dealer or qualified personnel to carry out
installation work. Do not try to install the air conditioner
by yourself.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
shocks or fire.
• Perform installation work in accordance with this installation manual.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
shocks or fire.
• Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts
for installation work.
Failure to use the specified parts may result in water leakage,
electric shocks, fire or the unit falling.
• Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough
to withstand the weight of the unit.
A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the equipment falling and causing injuries.
• Carry out the specified installation work after considering strong winds, typhoons or earthquakes.
Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling
and causing accidents.
• Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
out by qualified personnel according to local laws and
regulations and this installation manual.
An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical
construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
• Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specified wires
are used, and no external forces act on the terminal connections or wires.
Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
• When wiring the power supply and connecting the remote
controller wire and transmission wire, position the wires
so that the control box lid can be securely fastened.
Improper positioning of the control box lid may result in electric shocks, fire or the terminals overheating.
2
3PN06240-2H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
153
Installation of indoor unit
• Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
• Do not touch the switch with wet fingers.
Touching a switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.
• Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations :
(a) where a mineral oil mist or an oil spray or vapor is produced, for example in a kitchen.
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in
water leakage.
(b) where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is produced.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in
refrigerant leakage.
(c) near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the
control system and result in a malfunction of the equipment.
• Refrigerant pipes may be very hot or very cold during or
immediately after operation.
Touching them could result in burns or frostbite. To avoid
injury give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or,
if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves.
CAUTION
• Install drain pipe in order to ensure proper drainage and
do the thermal insulation of the pipe in order to prevent
condensate.
Improper drain pipe may result in water leakage and property
damage.
• Be very careful about product transportation.
Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any
PP bands for a means of transportation. It is dangerous.
• Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
parts, may cause stabs or other injuries.
Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that
children will not play with them. If children play with a plastic
bag which was not torn apart, they face the risk of suffocation.
• Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping
operation.
Always wait at least 5 minutes before turning off the power.
Otherwise, water leakage and trouble may occur.
• Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to
prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by
small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause
malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to
keep the area around the unit clean.
NOTE
• Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wire
and transmission wire at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions
or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may not
be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
• Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
can result shorter than expected in rooms with electronic fluorescent lamps. (inverter or rapid start types)
Install the indoor unit as far away from fluorescent lamps as
possible.
EDUS281120_a
• In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
interference in which case the user may be required to
take adequate measures.
• Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil
and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance
with the relevant local and national regulations.
2.
BEFORE INSTALLATION
• When moving the unit while removing it from the packing case, be sure to lift it by the four hanger brackets.
Avoid putting any pressure on other parts especially the
refrigerant piping.
• Be sure to check the type of refrigerant to be used before
installing the unit. (Using an incorrect refrigerant will prevent
normal operation of the unit.)
• The accessories needed for installation must be retained in
your custody until the installation work is completed. Do not
discard them!
• Decide upon a line of transport.
• Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Where unpacking is unavoidable, use
a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a
rope when lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the unit.
• When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
• For the installation of an outdoor unit, refer to the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit.
• Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
• Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray
like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate which
could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or
could lead to leaks.)
• Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists.
(Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode which
could eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.)
• Where machines can generate electromagnetic
waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
• Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that
near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates greatly
such as that in factories. Also in vehicles or vessels.
• This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation
in a commercial and light industrial environment.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electromagnetic interference.
WARNING
• Entrust installation to the place of purchase or a qualified
person. Improper installation could lead to leak and, in worse
cases, electric shock of fire.
• Use of unspecified parts could lead to the unit falling, leaks
and, in worse cases, electric shock or fire.
NOTE
• Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
• Be sure to mount an air filter (part to be procured in the field) in
the suction air passage in order to prevent water leaking, etc.
3
3PN06240-2H
154
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
2-1 ACCESSORIES
Check the following accessories are included with your unit.
Name
(1) Drain pipe
Quantity
1 pc.
(2) Metal
clamp
(3) Washer for
hanger bracket
(4) Clamp
8 pcs.
9 pcs.
1 pc.
Shape
Is the unit safely grounded?
It may result in electric shock.
Is wiring size according to
specifications?
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
Is something blocking the air
outlet or inlet of either the
indoor or outdoor units?
It may result in insufficient
cooling.
Are refrigerant piping length
and additional refrigerant
charge noted down?
The refrigerant charge in the
system is not clear.
b. Items to be checked at time of delivery
Name
(5) Paper pattern
for installation
Insulation pipe
cover
Sealing pad
Quantity
1 pc.
1 each
1 each
(6) For gas pipe
(8) Large
(7) For liquid pipe
(9) Small
∗ Also review the “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS”
Items to be checked
Check
Did you explain about operations while showing the operation manual to your customer?
Did you hand the instruction manual over to your customer?
Shape
2-3 NOTE TO THE INSTALLER
Name
(10) Resin bush
Quantity
1 pc.
(11) Insulating
tube
3 pcs.
For wire
(Other)
• Operation manual
• Installation manual
Shape
2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
• The remote controller are required for this indoor unit in Table 1.
• These are 2 types of remote controllers : wired and wireless.
Select a remote controller according to customer request
and install in an appropriate place.
Table 1
Remote controller
Wired type
BRC1C71
Wireless type
BRC7E83
NOTE
• If you wish to use a remote controller that is not listed in “Table
1” on page 4, select a suitable remote controller after consulting catalogs and technical materials.
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL
CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK
AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.
If not properly done, what is
likely to occur
Are the indoor and outdoor
unit fixed firmly?
The units may drop, vibrate or
make noise.
Is the gas leak test finished?
It may result in insufficient
cooling.
Is the unit fully insulated?
Condensate water may drip.
3.
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
Please attach additional insulation pipe cover to the unit body
when it is believed that the relative humidity in the ceiling
exceeds 80%. Use glass wool, polyethylene foam, or similar
with a thickness of 3/8 in.. or more as insulation pipe cover.
(1) Select an installation site where the following conditions
are fulfilled and that meets your customer’s approval.
• Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
• Where nothing blocks air passage.
• Where condensate can be properly drained.
• Where the ceiling is strong enough to bear the indoor unit
weight.
• Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
• Where sufficient clearance for maintenance and service
can be ensured.
DANGER
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are
present due to the risk explosion resulting in serious injury or
death.
WARNING
a. Items to be checked after completion of work
Items to be checked
Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit
(especially cleaning filters, operating different functions, and
adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations
themselves while looking at the manual.
Check
• If the supporting structural members are not strong enough
to take the unit's weight, the unit could fall out of place and
cause serious injury.
NOTE
• When a margin is in the space of the ∗ section, service and
maintenance work will become still easier if it vacates 7 7/8 in.
or more.
Does drainage flow smoothly? Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply voltage correspond to that
shown on the name plate?
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
Are wiring and piping correct?
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
4
3PN06240-2H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
155
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
∗
1 3/16 or more
∗
1 3/16 or more
(2) Make holes for suspension bolts, refrigerant and drain
pipe, and wire.
• Refer to the paper pattern for installation.
• Select the location for each of holes and open the holes in
the ceiling.
(3) Remove the parts from the indoor unit.
(3-1) Detach the suction grille.
Required service
space
Air inlet
• Slide the locking knobs (×2) on the suction grille inward
(direction of arrows) and lift upwards. (Refer to Fig. 1)
• With the suction grille open, remove the suction grille forward, holding on to the rear tabs (×2) on the suction grille.
(Refer to Fig. 2)
12 or more
Air outlet
Obstruction
Floor
(Length : in.)
• Where pipe between indoor and outdoor units is possible
within the allowable limit.
(Refer to the installation manual for the outdoor unit.)
• Install the indoor and outdoor units, power wire and connecting wires at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions or
radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may
not be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Knob
Suction grille
Fig. 1
Tab
Suction grille
(2) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check whether
the ceiling is strong enough to support the weight of
the unit or not. If there is a risk, reinforce the ceiling
before installing the unit.
(Installation pitch is marked on the paper pattern for installation. Refer to it to check for points requiring reinforcing.)
(3) This product may be installed on ceilings up to 10.6 ft.
from the floor.
(4) A direction of installation.
• Refrigerant piping : the rear side, right side or upper part.
• Wiring : only the rear side.
• Drain piping : the rear right side or the right side.
(As the rear left, installation is impossible.)
4.
Fig. 2
(3-2) Remove the decoration panels (left and right) and the pro-
tection net.
• After removing the securing screws for the decoration
panels (one each), pull them forward (in the direction of
the arrow) and remove them. (Refer to Fig. 3)
• Remove the securing screws for the protection net.
(Refer to Fig. 3)
Protection net
securing screws (M4)
Decoration panel
securing screws (M4)
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION
(1) Relation of holes for indoor unit, suspension bolt position, piping and wiring.
26 3/4 (Indoor unit)
10 1/4
(Suspension
bolt pitch)
8 1/4
22
25 3/4
27 11/16
62 5/8 (Indoor unit)
61 (Suspension bolt pitch)
27 3/16
24 5/8
Conduit
hole
Drain pipe hole
Decoration
panel
Decoration panel
Fig. 3
• Raise one side of the protection net upwards (in the direction of the arrow (i)) and remove back (the arrow (ii)).
(Refer to Fig. 4, 5)
• Take out the accessories.
6 1/4
7 1/4
Front view
Decoration panel
securing screw
(M4)
6
5 5/8
3 3/4
6 1/4
Wiring hole Rear side pipe hole
26 1/8
(ii)
Accessories
False ceiling view
Protection net
Top gas pipe hole
(i)
Suspension bolt (× 4)
Decoration
panel
Top liquid pipe hole
Air outlet
(length : in.)
Decoration panel
Fig. 4
5
3PN06240-2H
156
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
NOTE
(ii)
If it raises too much,
a hook stops catching
and falling out.
Protection net
(i)
Hook
• Use a hole-in anchor for existing ceilings, and a sunken insert,
sunken anchor or other field supplied parts for new ceilings to
reinforce the ceiling to bear the weight of the unit. Adjust clearance from the ceiling before proceeding further.
Ceiling slab
Anchor
1–2 3/16
Fig. 5
(3-3) Remove the rear metal plate for transmission wire, remote
controller wire and refrigerant pipe.
• It is necessary to drill the knock out hole in the removable
part. Knock down several times with a punch and hammer and remove the removable part with pliers.
• When setting the refrigerant pipe to the rear side, remove
the securing screws and the metal plate. (Refer to Fig. 6).
After removing, attach the resin bush
(Refer to Fig. 25)
Removable part
(metal plate)
Suspension bolt
False ceiling
All the above parts are field supplied. (Length : in.)
Fig. 9
5.
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
It may be easier to attach accessory parts before installing
the indoor unit. Therefore, please also read the instruction
manuals which are provided with the accessory parts.
If setting the drain pipe to the
right side, block up the hole for
drain pipe with pate etc.
Metal plate
securing
screw (M4)
As for the parts to be used for installation work, be sure to use
the provided accessories and specified parts designated by our
company.
(1) Secure the hanger brackets to the suspension bolts.
(Refer to Fig. 10)
NOTE
If setting the refrigerant pipe to
the rear side, remove this metal plate.
• To ensure they are safely secured, use the included washers,
and secure them with double nuts to make sure.
Fig. 6
(3-4) Remove the hanger brackets.
• Loosen the 2 bolts (M8) used to attach the hanger brackets which are on each side (4 places left and right) to
within 3/8 in.. (Refer to Fig. 7, 8)
• After removing the securing screws (M5) for the hanger
brackets which are on the rear side, pull the hanger
brackets back (in the direction of the arrow), and remove
them. (Refer to Fig. 8)
Length of loosening
should be less than 3/8
(2) Lift the indoor unit’s main body, insert the bolts (M8) for
the hanger brackets into the attachment part on the
hanger brackets, while sliding the main body from the
front. (Refer to Fig. 11)
(3) Fasten the bolts for the hanger brackets (M8) securely
in 4 places, left and right. (Refer to Fig. 11)
(4) Replace the screws for the hanger brackets which had
been removed (M5) securely in 2 places left and right.
This is necessary to prevent any forward and back slide
in the main body of the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 11)
Indoor unit
Nut (Field supplied)
3/8 or less
Fig. 7
Washer (3) (attached)
Hanger bracket
(Length : in.)
Double nuts
(Field supplied)
Hanger bracket
Hanger bracket
fixing screw (M5)
Fig. 10
Hanger bracket
Hanger bracket
setting bolt (M8)
Hanger bracket
Fig. 8
(4) Attach the suspension bolts. (Use suspension bolts
which are W3/8 or M8-M10 in size.)
• Adjust the distance of the suspension bolts from the ceiling in
advance. (Refer to Fig. 9)
Hanger bracket
setting bolt (M8)
Attachment
part
Hanger bracket
fixing screw (M5)
Fig. 11
6
3PN06240-2H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
157
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(5) When hanging the indoor unit main body, be sure to
use a level or a plastic tube with water in it to make sure
the drain piping is set either level or slightly tilted, in
order to ensure proper drainage. (Refer to Fig. 12)
A
• Before refrigerant pipe work, check which type of refrigerant is used.
Proper operation is not possible if the types of refrigerant are not the same.
6-2 CONNECTING THE REFRIGERANT PIPE
1˚ or less
B
1˚ or less
A.B
1˚ or less
• The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.
• Use copper alloy seamless pipes.
• Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together,
as shown in the drawing, when connecting or disconnecting
pipes to/from the unit. (Refer to Fig. 13)
• Refer to “Table 2” to determine the proper tightening torque.
• Refer to “Table 2” for the dimensions of flare shape.
• When connecting the flare nut, coat the flare section (inside)
with ester oil or ether oil, rotate three or four times first, then
screw in. (Refer to Fig. 14)
Torque wrench
Pipe union
Fig. 12
A.When the drain piping is tilted to the right, or to the right
and back.
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the right or the back. (1° or less.)
Flare nut
Spanner
B.When the drain piping is tilted to the left, or to the left and
back.
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the left or the back. (1° or less.)
CAUTION
• Setting the unit at an angle opposite to the drain piping might
cause a water leakage.
6.
Fig. 13
CAUTION
• Be careful for oil not to adhere to any portions other than a
flare part. If oil adhere to resin parts etc., there is a possibility
of damaging by deterioration.
Ester oil or ether oil.
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
6-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
• For refrigerant pipe of outdoor units, see the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit.
• Execute thermal insulation work completely on both
sides of the gas pipe and the liquid pipe.
Otherwise, a water leakage can result sometimes.
(The
temperature
of the gasthat
pipeis
can
reach upfor
to use
Be sure
to use insulation
designed
approximately 250°F, so use insulation pipe cover
with HVAC systems.
which is sufficiently resistant.)
• Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of
the refrigerant pipe sections might exceed 86°F or RH
80%, reinforce the thermal insulation. (3/4 in. or thicker)
Condensate may form on the surface of the insulation
pipe cover.
• Use the flare nut included with the unit main body.
Table 2
φ5/8
45.6–55.6
0.504–0.520
0.760–0.776
45˚±
2
24.1–29.4
R0.016-0.031
A
φ3/8
Flare shape (in.)
˚
Pipe size Tightening torque Flare dimensions A
(in.)
(ft. lbf)
(in.)
90˚± 2˚
CAUTION
• Use a pipe cutter and flare suitable for the type of refrigerant.
• To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from infiltrating the tube, either pinch the end or cover it with tape.
• Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such as air,
etc. If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the
unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away.
Fig. 14
NOTE
CAUTION
• Overtightening may damage the flare and cause a refrigerant
leakage.
Not recommended but in case of emergency
You must use a torque wrench, but if you are obliged to install
the unit without a torque wrench, you may follow the installation method mentioned below.
When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner,
there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly
increases. From that position, further tighten the flare nut
the angle shown below :
7
C: 3PN06240-2H
158
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
Table 3
Pipe size
Recommended arm length of tool
Further tightening angle
(in.)
(in.)
φ3/8
60 to 90 degrees
Approx. 7 7/8
φ5/8
30 to 60 degrees
Approx. 11 13/16
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there
is no gas leak.
Procedure for thermal insulation of gas-side pipe
Insulation pipe cover
for gas pipe (6)
Flare nut connection
Insulation pipe
cover (main unit)
Orient so that the end of
the wrapped insulation
Attach to base
pipe cover is facing up
Wind around the
pipe, beginning at
the base.
Small sealing
pad (9)
Main unit
Insulation pipe cover
(Locally procured)
6-3 BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
CAUTION
Insulation pipe cover for gas pipe (6)
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT
PIPING
“Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant pipe. Therefore, use
the phosphor copper brazing filler metal (BCuP) which does not
require flux.”
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping systems. For instance, if chlorine based flux is used, it will cause
pipe corrosion. If the flux contains fluorine, it will damage the
refrigerant oil.)
• Before brazing local refrigerant pipe, nitrogen gas shall be
blown through the pipe to expel air from the pipe.
If you brazing is done without nitrogen gas blowing, a large
amount of oxide film develops inside the pipe, and could
cause system malfunction.
• When brazing the refrigerant pipe, only begin brazing after
having carried out nitrogen substitution or while inserting
nitrogen into the refrigerant pipe. Once this is done, connect
the indoor unit with a flared or a flanged connection.
• Nitrogen should be set to 2.9 psi with a pressure-reducing
valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into the pipe.
(Refer to Fig. 15)
Refrigerant pipe
Clamp (4)
Part to be
brazed
Taping
hands valve
Pressure-reducing
valve
Nitrogen
Fig. 15
Nitrogen
DANGER
• Use of oxygen may cause an explosion resulting in serious
injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas.
CAUTION
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Insulation pipe cover for liquid pipe (7)
Clamp (4) (× 4)
Attach to the bottom
(For both gas pipe and liquid pipe)
Procedure for thermal insulation of liquid-side pipe
Insulation pipe cover for
liquid pipe (7)
Flare nut connection
Orient so that the end of
the wrapped insulation
material is facing up
Insulation pipe cover
(Locally procured)
Insulation pipe cover (main unit)
Attach to base
Main unit
Clamp (4)
Fig. 16
(1) For piping facing back.
• Remove the rear metal plate for pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
• The figure of the direction of back shows when both the piping and drain pipe are set backward.
When setting the piping to face up or right, attach the rear
metal plate for refrigerant pipe and plug a hole for drain pipe.
(See “4 PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION” (3-3) on
page 6)
(2) For piping facing up.
• When setting the piping to face up, the L-shaped branch pipe
kit sold separately is required.
• Removing the top penetration lid and use the L-shaped branch
pipe kit sold separately to set the pipe. (Refer to Fig. 18, 19)
(3) For piping facing right.
• Cut out a slit hole on the decoration panel (right) and set the
pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
• Be sure to insulate any field piping all the way to the piping
connection inside the unit. Any exposed piping may cause
condensate or a burn if touched.
6-4 PIPING INSULATION
• Make absolutely sure to execute thermal insulation works on
the pipe-connecting section after checking gas leakage by
thoroughly studying the following figure and using the insulation pipe cover (6) and (7). (Fasten both ends with the clamps
(4).) (Refer to Fig. 16)
• Wrap the small sealing pad (9) only around the insulation for
the joints on the gas piping side. (Refer to Fig. 16)
Right-facing
refrigerant
piping
Rear-facing
refrigerant pipe
Rear right-facing
drain pipe
Right-facing drain pipe
Decoration panel (right) removable part
If only setting the drain pipe to
face right, cut this section only.
Fig. 17
8
3PN06240-2H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
159
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Good
Top plate
Tilt down
Wrong
Do not lift Make sure there
is no slack
Make sure it is
not in the water
Top penetration lid
This hole not using it.
Cut out
Fig. 18 (A figure from an inside bottom)
Fig. 21
CAUTION
• Water accumulating in the drain piping can cause the drain to
clog.
Upward-facing
refrigerant pipe
L-shaped branch pipe
kit (Optional accessories)
Fig. 19
Thermistor lead line
Top penetration
lid clamp section
• Be sure to use the drain pipe (1) and metal clamp (2).
Also, insert the drain pipe completely into the drain socket, and
securely attach the metal clamp bracket inside the gray tape
area on the inserted tip of the drain pipe. (Refer to Fig. 22)
Screw the screws on the metal clamp bracket until there is 5/
32 in. left. (Pay attention to the direction of the attachment to
prevent the metal clamp bracket from coming into contact
with the suction grille.) (Refer to Fig. 23)
Swing motor
lead line
Metal clamp (2)
Taping area (Gray)
Fig. 22
Drain pipe (1)
5/32 or less
Large sealing pad (8)
Fig. 20 (A figure from an inside bottom)
• When piping is complete, cut the removed penetration lid into
the shape of the pipe using scissors and attach.
As when before removing the top penetration lid, secure the
lead lines for the swing motor and thermistor by passing them
through the clamp section on the top penetration lid.
(Refer to Fig. 18, 20)
• When doing this, block any gaps between the pipe penetration lid and the pipes using putty to prevent dust from entering the indoor unit.
7.
DRAIN PIPING WORK
(1) Carry out the drain piping.
• Make sure piping provides proper drainage.
• You can select whether to bring the drain piping out from the
rear right or right. For rear right-facing and right-facing situations, refer to “6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK” on page 7.
• Make sure the pipe diameter is the same or bigger than the
branch piping. (vinyl-chloride piping, nominal diameter 1 in.,
external diameter 1 1/4 in.)
• Make sure the piping is short, has at least a 1/100 slope, and
can prevent air pockets from forming. (Refer to Fig. 21)
• Do not allow any slack to gather in the drain pipe inside the
indoor unit.
(Slack in the drain pipe can cause the suction grille to break.)
Metal clamp (2)
< Facing rear right or right >
Fig. 23
(Length : in.)
• Insulate the metal clamp bracket and drain pipe from the bottom using the large sealing pad (8). (Refer to Fig. 23)
• Be sure to insulate all drain piping running indoors.
(2) Check to make sure the water flows smoothly after piping is complete.
• Slowly pour 600 ml of drain-checking water into the drain pan
through the air outlet.
Plastic container for pouring
Air outlet
Make sure not to splash the water.
Fig. 24
CAUTION
• Drain piping connections :
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that
smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sewage might enter
the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat
exchanger.
9
3PN06240-2H
160
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
• Keep in mind that it will become the cause of getting drain
pipe blocked if water collects on drain pipe.
8.
CAUTION
8-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
• All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must
conform to local codes.
• Use copper wire only.
• For electric wiring work, refer to also “Wiring diagram label”
attached to the control box lid.
• For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation
manual attached to the remote controller.
• All wires must be performed by an authorized electrician.
• An GROUND leakage circuit breaker capable of shutting down
power supply to the entire system must be installed.
• Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit
for the size of power supply wiring connected to the outdoor
unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring
instructions.
• Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
DANGER
• Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or lightning rods because incomplete grounding could cause a
severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and
to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in an explosion
WHICHCOULDLEADTOSEVEREINJURYORDEATH
%,%#42)#!,#(!2!#4%2)34)#3
-ODEL
(Z
6OLTAGE
RANGE
6OLTS
0OWERSUPPLY
&ANMOTOR
-#! -&!
7
&,!
&(1-6*5
&(1-6*5
&(1-6*5
6
-AX6
-IN6
&(1-6*5
7)2).'%8!-0,%!.$(/74/3%4
4(%2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2
(/74/#/..%#47)2%3
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
5NITS
• Even if the control box lid is removed, pull the remote controller wire, transmission wire and the power supply wire inside
the unit using conduits for each, so that the wires do not come
into contact with the opening section of the metal casing.
• Pass conduits through the wall and secure along with the
refrigerant pipe in order to prevent external pressure being
applied to transmission wire and power supply wire.
• To avoid short circuits in the electric parts box, be sure to apply
the sealing material or putty (not included) to the wiring hole to
prevent the infiltration of water, insects or other small creatures.
• Arrange the wires and fix a lid firmly so that the lid does not
float during wiring work.
• Do not clamp remote controller wire and transmission wire
together with power supply wire. Doing so may cause malfunction.
• Remote controller wire, transmission wire and power supply
wire should be located at least 5 in. from other electric wires.
Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to
ELECTRICALNOISE
-ETHODOFWIRINGPOWERSUPPLYUNITSANDCONNECT
INGREMOTECONTROLLERWIRING2EFERTO&IG
s !TTACHINGTHERESINBUSH
!TTACHTHERESINBUSHFORREMOTECONTROLLERWIRING
s )NSTALLATIONOFCONDUIT
)NSERTTHECONDUITFORPOWERSUPPLYWIREINTHECONDUITHOLE
ANDFIXITWITHTHELOCKNUT
Lock nut
Conduit hole
-#!-IN#IRCUIT!MPS!
-&!-AX&USE!MPS!
7&AN-OTOR2ATED/UTPUT7 &,!&ULL,OAD!MPS!
30%#)&)#!4)/.3&/2&)%,$3500,)%$&53%3
!.$7)2%3
0OWERSUPPLYWIRING
-ODEL
&IELDFUSES
&(1-6*5
&(1-6*5
&(1-6*5
!
3IZE
2EMOTECONTROLLERWIRING
4RANSMISSIONWIRING
7IRE
3IZE
7IRESIZEMUSTCONDUCTOR
3TRANDEDNON
!7'
COMPLYWITH
SHIELDEDCOPPER
LOCALCODES
&(1-6*5
!LLOWABLELENGTHOFTRANSMISSIONWIREBETWEENINDOOROUTDOOR
UNITSANDBETWEENTHEINDOORUNITANDTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIRE
AREASFOLLOWS
/UTDOORUNITn)NDOORUNIT-AXFT
)NDOORUNITn2EMOTECONTROLLER-AXFT
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE
Conduit
Resin bush (10)
Fig. 25
s 0OWERSUPPLYWIRE
(OLDINGTHECONTROLBOXLIDLOOSENTHESECURINGSCREWS
REMOVETHECONTROLBOXLIDMATCHUPTHEPHASESONTHEPOWER
SUPPLYTERMINALBLOCKINSIDE0ANDMAKETHECONNECTIONS
!FTERTHISISDONEUSETHEATTACHEDCLAMPTOBINDWIRE
BETWEENUNITSTOTHEANCHORPOINT2EFERTO&IG
s 2EMOTECONTROLLERWIREANDTRANSMISSIONWIRE
(OLDINGTHECONTROLBOXLIDLOOSENTHESECURINGSCREWS
REMOVETHECONTROLBOXLID
4HREADTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIREANDTRANSMISSIONWIRE
THROUGHTHEINSULATINGTUBEANDSECUREWITHTHECLAMP
ANDCUTOFFTHEINSULATINGTUBETOSUITABLELENGTH0ULL
THEWIRESINSIDETHROUGHRESINBUSHANDCONNECTTHEWIRESTO
THETRANSMISSIONTERMINALBLOCK0INSIDETHECONTROLBOX
!FTERCONNECTINGUSETHECLAMPTOBINDTHEREMOTECON
TROLLERWIRETOGETHERWITHTHETRANSMISSIONWIRETOTHEANCHOR
2EFERTO&IG
10
C: 3PN06240-2H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
161
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Refer to Fig. 27
Power supply
Remote controller wire
terminal block (2P)
Transmission
and transmission wire
Control box terminal block (6P)
Ground terminal
Power supply wire
• Use the specified electric wire. Connect the wire securely to
the terminal. Lock the wire down without applying excessive
force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 0.97 ft lbf ±10%)
Attach insulation sleeve
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Drain pipe
Clamp (4)
Insulating tube (11)
L1
L2
POWER SUPPLY
power supply
How to connect power supply
terminal block (2P)
Fig. 26
Clamp (4)
Ground wire
Fastener
After securing the
cramp material
to the bracket,
cut off any extra
material.
Power supply wire
Clamp (4)
Remote controller wire and
transmission wire
Fastener
Fig. 27
Transmission
terminal block (6P)
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
REMOTE
CNTRL
TRANSMISSION
WIRING
Connect wires of the
same gauge to both side.
Conduit
Corking or Putty
Resin bush (10)
Control box
lid securing screw (2pcs.)
Control box lid
FORCED
OFF
Clamp (4)
Insulating
tube (11)
1 in.
Transmission wire
Fig. 28
Remote controller wire
• In the insulating tube (11), it can let the remote controller wire
and transmission wire pass to 2.
Electric wire
Round crimp-style terminal
2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
• Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal
screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small, the head
of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be
properly tightened.
• If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws
might be damaged.
• Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the
terminal screws.
Table 4
Terminal
Size
Tightening torque
(ft-lbf)
Transmission terminal block (6P)
M3.5
0.58 – 0.72
Power supply terminal block (2P)
M4
0.87 – 1.06
Ground terminal
M4
0.87 – 1.06
3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same ground
terminal. Looseness in the connection may deteriorate protection.
4. Outside of the unit, keep transmission wire at least 5 in.
away from power supply wire. The equipment may malfunction if subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wire, refer to the “INSTALLATION
MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER” attached to the
remote controller.
9-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
• Fit the power supply wire of each unit with a switch and fuse
as shown in the drawing.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE
WARNING
• Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for
remote controller wiring as this could damage the entire system.
• Use only specified wire and connect wires to the terminal
tightly. Be careful wires do not place external stress on terminals. Keep wires in neat order so as to not obstruct other
equipment. Make sure that the electric box lid fits tightly.
Incomplete connections could result in overheating and, in
worse case, result in electric shock or fire.
NOTE
1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the
power supply terminal block.
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
• Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same
power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)
Power supply
Main
switch
Power supply wire
Outdoor unit
Transmission wire
Switch
Fuse"REAKER
Indoor unit
Remote controller
11
C: 3PN06240-2H
162
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
1. When using 1 remote controller for 1 indoor unit.
(Normal operation)
Power supply
208-230V
Decoration
panel
Outdoor unit
60Hz
Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F 1 F 2 F1 F2
L1 L2
(ii)
Protection net
Hook
(i)
(ii)
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P1 P2
Remote controller
Hook
2. When using 2 remote controllers for 1 indoor unit.
(ii)
Power supply
208-230V
Outdoor unit
Control box
60Hz
(i)
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
(iii)
P1 P2
P1 P 2
For use with 2 remote controllers
NOTE
1. All transmission wires except for remote controller wire are
polarized and must match the terminal symbol.
2. A single switch can be used to supply power to units on the
same system. However, branch switches and branch circuit
breakers must be selected carefully.
3. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or
lightning rods, or crossground with telephones. Improper
grounding could result in electric shock.
Protection net
securing screws (M4)
Fig. 29
11. FIELD SETTING
Make sure the control box lids are closed on the indoor and
outdoor units, and turn on the power.
Field setting must be made from the remote controller in
accordance with the installation manual.
• Setting can be made by changing the “Mode No.”, “FIRST
CODE NO.”, and “SECOND CODE NO.”.
• For setting and operation, refer to the “FIELD SETTING” in
the installation manual of the remote controller.
11-1 Setting air filter sign
10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE,
THE DECORATION PANELS AND THE
PROTECTION NET
Once wiring is complete, firmly attach the control box lid, the
suction grille, the decoration panels and the protection net in the
order opposite to detachment.
• Attaching the protection net
Attach the protection net from the way of the hook (i), fix 2
securing screws of the middle of the other side first (ii), then
fix the remaining securing screws (iii).
• Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display
air filer signs to display the time to clean air filters.
• Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to “Table 5”
depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” for air filter contamination-light.)
Table 5
Setting
Spacing time of display air filter sign
(long life type)
Air filter contamination-light
Approx. 2500 hrs
Air filter contamination-heavy
Approx. 1250 hrs
Mode
No.
FIRST
CODE
NO.
10 (20)
0
SECOND
CODE
NO.
01
02
<When using wireless remote controllers>
• When using wireless remote controllers, wireless remote
controller address setting is necessary. Refer to the installation manual attached to the wireless remote controller for setting instructions.
12
C: 3PN06240-2H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
163
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
11-2 2 remote controllers control
(Controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)
• When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN”
and the other to “SUB”.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
(1) Insert a
screw driver into the recess between the upper
and lower part of remote controller and, working from the 2
positions, pry off the upper part.
The remote controller PC board is attached to the upper
part of remote controller. (Refer to Fig. 30)
(2) Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on one of the 2
remote controllers PC boards to “S”. (Leave the switch of
the other remote controllers set to “M”.) (Refer to Fig. 31)
Upper part of
remote controller
Wire specification3TRANDEDNONSHIELDEDCOPPER (2CONDUCTOR)
Gauge
AWG 18-
Length
Max. 328 ft.
External terminal
Contact that can ensure the minimum applicable load of 15 V DC, 10 mA.
(2) Actuation
• The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF
OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
FORCED OFF
ON/OFF OPERATION
Input “ON” stops operation (impossible by
remote controllers.)
Input OFF → ON turns
ON unit.
Input OFF enables control by remote controller.
Input ON → OFF turns
OFF unit.
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
• Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to
select operation.
11-4 CENTRALIZED CONTROL
Lower part of
remote controller
Insert the screw driver
here and gently work
off the upper part of
remote controller.
Fig. 30
(Factory setting)
Only 1 remote
controller needs
to be changed if
factory settings
have remained
untouched.
• For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group
No. For details, refer to the manual of each optional controllers for centralized control.
12. TEST OPERATION
S
M
Remote controller
PC board
S
M
Fig. 31
Wiring Method
(See “8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK” and “9. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER” on
page from 10 to 12.)
(3) Remove the control box lid.
(4) Add 2nd remote controller to the transmission terminal
block (P1, P2) in the control box. (There is no polarity.)
(Refer to Fig. 28 on page 11 and Table 4 on page 11)
11-3 COMPUTERISED CONTROL
(FORCED OFF AND ON/OFF OPERATION)
Refer to the section of “FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS,
TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.” on page 4.
• Make sure if the service lids are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
• After finishing the construction of refrigerant pipe, drain pipe
and electric wire, conduct the check operation referring to the
installation manual of the outdoor unit.
• The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a
malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction code on the liquid
crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation
of malfunction codes and the corresponding trouble is provided in the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
It any of the items in Table 6 are displayed, there may be a
problem with the wiring or power, so check the wiring again.
Table 6
Remote control display
• There is a short circuit at the
FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2)
“U4” is lit up
“UF” is lit up
• The power on the outdoor unit is off.
• The outdoor unit has not been wired
for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the transmission
wiring and / or FORCED OFF wiring.
• The transmission wiring is cut.
No display
• The power on the indoor unit is off.
• The indoor unit has not been wired
for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the remote controller wiring, the transmission wiring
and / or the FORCED OFF wiring.
• The remote controller wiring is cut.
See “FIELD SETTING” on page 12 for local settings.
(1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
• Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of
the transmission terminal block.
F2
T1
T2
FORCED
OFF
Input A
Content
“
” (under
centralized control) is lit up
• If “U3” is lit up, the malfunction code shows the check operation has not been performed yet.
12-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR MALFUNCTION
With the power on, it is possible to monitor the type of malfunction by looking at the malfunction code displayed in
the remote controller.
13
3PN06240-2H
164
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
If nothing is displayed in the remote controller, check the following items before attempting a diagnosis based on the malfunction code, as they might be a cause.
• Disconnected or incorrect wiring (between power supply and
the outdoor unit, between the outdoor and indoor units, and
between the indoor unit and the remote controller)
• Burnt out indoor or outdoor unit fuse
• “
” will be displayed for a few seconds on the remote
controller immediately after the power is turned on.
This display indicates that the remote controller is being
checked to see whether it is ok or not, and does not indicate
a malfunction.
Diagnose with the display on the liquid crystal display
remote controller.
1. With the wired remote controller. (NOTE 1)
When the operation stops due to trouble, operation lamp
flashed, and “
” and the malfunction code are indicated in
the liquid crystal display. In such a case, diagnose the fault
contents by referring to the table on the malfunction code list
it case of group control, the unit No. is displayed so that the
indoor unit No. with the trouble can be recognized. (NOTE 2).
2. With the wireless remote controller.
(Refer also to the operation manual attached to the wireless
remote controller)
When the operation stops due to trouble. the display on the
indoor unit flashes. In such a case, diagnose the fault contents with the table on the malfunction code list looking for
the malfunction code which can be found by following procedures. (NOTE 2)
(1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION button, “
” is displayed and “ 0 ” flashes.
(2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and find the
unit No. which stopped due to trouble.
Number of beeps
3 short beeps Perform all the following
operations
1 short beep
Perform (3) and (6)
1 long beep
No trouble
(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and
upper figure of the malfunction code flashes.
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button
unit it makes 2 short beeps and find the upper code.
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and
lower figure of the malfunction code flashes.
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button
unit it makes a long beep and find the lower code.
• A long beep indicate the malfunction code.
NOTE
1. In case wired remote controller. Press the INSPECTION /
TEST OPERATION button on remote controller, “
”
starts flashing.
2. Keep down the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds or longer in
the inspection mode and the above trouble history disappears, after the trouble code goes on and off twice, followed
by the code “
”(normal).
The display changes from the inspection mode to the normal mode.
Installation of indoor unit
Order
Operation
(1)
Open gas side stop valve.
(2)
Open liquid side stop valve.
(3)
Electrify crank case heater for 6 hours.
(4)
Set to cooling with the remote controller and push “ ON/OFF ”
button to start operation.
(5)
Push“
TEST ”button twice and operate in TEST OPERATION MODE for 3 minutes.
(6)
Push“
SWING ”button and confirm its operation.
(7)
Push“
TEST ”button and operate normally.
(8)
Confirm its function according to the operation manual.
12-2 MALFUNCTION CODE
• For places where the malfunction code is left blank, the “
”
indication is not displayed. Though the system continues
operating, be sure to inspect the system and make repairs as
necessary.
• Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the malfunction code may or may not be displayed.
Code
Malfunction/Remarks
A1
Indoor unit’s PC board faulty
A3
Condensate level abnormal
A6
Indoor fan motor overloaded, overcurrent or locked.
A7
Air flow direction adjust motor is fault.
A9
Drive for electronic expansion valve is fault.
Type set improper
AJ
Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing programmed in the data hold IC.
C4
Sensor R2T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
C5
Sensor R3T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
C9
Sensor R1T for suction air temperature is fault.
Sensor for remote controller is fault.
CJ
The remote controller thermistor does not function, but
the system thermo run is possible.
E3
High pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E4
Low pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E5
Compressor motor lock malfunction
E7
Outdoor fan motor lock malfunction
Outdoor fan instantaneous overcurrent malfunction
E9
Electronic expansion valve faulty (outdoor unit)
F3
Discharge pipe temperature abnormal (outdoor unit)
F6
The refrigerant is overcharged.
H9
Outdoor air thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J3
Discharge pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J5
Suction pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J6
Heat exchanger thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J9
Sensor for heat exchanger is fault.
JA
Sensor for high pressure is fault.
JC
L4
Sensor for low pressure is fault.
Overheated heat-radiating fin (outdoor)
Inverter cooling defect.
14
C: 3PN06240-2H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
165
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Instantaneous overcurrent (outdoor)
L5
Possible GROUND fault or short circuit in the compressor
motor.
Electric thermal (outdoor)
L8
L9
Possible electrical overload in the compressor or cut line
in the compressor motor.
Stall prevention (outdoor)
Compressor possibly locked.
LC
Transmission malfunction between the outdoor control
units’ inverters (outdoor)
P1
Open-phase (outdoor)
P3
PC board temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor)
P4
Heat-radiating fin temperature sensor malfunction
(outdoor)
Type set improper (outdoor unit)
PJ
Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing programmed in the data hold IC.
U0
Suction pipe temperature abnormal
U2
U3
Power source voltage malfunction
Includes the defect in K1M.
The check operation has not performed.
Transmission error (indoor unit – outdoor unit)
U4
UF
U9
Miswiring between indoor and outdoor units or malfunction of the PC board mounted on the indoor and the outdoor units.
If UF is shown, the wire between the indoor and outdoor
units is not properly wired. Therefore, immediately disconnect the power supply and correct the wire. (The
compressor and the fan mounted on the outdoor unit
may start operation independent of the remote controller
operation.) The power is not supplied to outdoor unit.
Same transmission for in / outdoor unit is fault.
Miss setting for multi system
UA
Setting is wrong for selector switch of multi-system. (see
switch SS2 on the main unit’s PC board)
15
3PN06240-2H
166
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
16.4
Installation of indoor unit
FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioner
Installation manual
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ………………………………………………………………1
BEFORE INSTALLATION ……………………………………………………………………3
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE …………………………………………………………5
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION………………………………………………………………7
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ………………………………………………………… 10
DRAIN PIPING WORK …………………………………………………………………… 13
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK ……………………………………………………………… 14
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER …………… 15
FIELD SETTINGS ………………………………………………………………………… 20
TEST OPERATION ………………………………………………………………………… 21
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Please read these “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS” carefully before installing air conditioning equipment and
be sure to install it correctly. After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and keep it maintained.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation manual along with the operation manual for
future reference.
This air conditioner comes under the term “appliances not accessible to the general public”.
Meaning of danger, warning, caution and note symbols.
DANGER ...........Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which,if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.
WARNING .........Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION ..........Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury. It may also be sued to alert against unsafe practices.
NOTE .................Indicates situation that may result in equipment or property-damage-only accidents.
1
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
167
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
DANGER
• Do not ground the unit to water pipes, telephone wires or lightning rods as incomplete grounding
could cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and to gas pipes because a
gas leak could result in an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious injury or death.
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and displaces oxygen. A massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
• If the refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area immediately.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or
cooking device. Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
• After completing the installation work, check that the refrigerant gas does not leak.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or
cooking device. Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
• Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts, may cause stabs or other injuries. Tear
apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not play with them. Children playing
with plastic bags face the danger of death by suffocation.
WARNING
• Ask your dealer or an authorized personnel to carry out installation work. Do not try to install the
unit by yourself.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
• Perform installation work in accordance with this installation manual.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
• Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts for installation work.
Failure to use the specified parts may result in water leakage, electric shocks, fire or the unit falling.
• Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough to withstand the weight of the unit.
A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the equipment falling and causing injuries.
• Carry out the specified installation work after taking account of strong winds, typhoons or earthquakes.
Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling and causing accidents.
• Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work
is carried out by an authorized personnel according to local laws and regulations and this installation manual.
An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
• Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specified wires are used, and no external forces act on the
terminal connections or wires.
Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
• When wiring the power supply and connecting the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring, position the wires so that the electric parts box lid can be securely fastened.
Improper positioning of the electric parts box lid may result in electric shocks, fire or the terminals
overheating.
• Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
• Do not touch the switch with wet fingers.
Touching a switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.
• Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
(a) where a mineral oil mist or an oil spray or vapor is produced, for example in a kitchen. Plastic parts
may deteriorate and fall off or result in water leakage.
English
2
3PN07521-2C
168
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
(b) where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is produced. Corroding copper pipes or soldered
parts may result in refrigerant leakage.
(c) near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of
the control system and result in a malfunction of the equipment.
(d) where flammable gases may leak, where there are carbon fiber or ignitable dust suspensions in the
air, or where volatile liquids such as thinner or gasoline are handled.
Operating the unit in such conditions may result in fire.
• Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut.
To avoid injury wear gloves to cover the fins when working around them.
• Refrigerant pipes may be very hot or very cold during or immediately after operation.
Touching them could result in burns or frostbite. To avoid injury give the pipes time to return to normal
temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves.
CAUTION
• While following the instructions in this installation manual, insulate piping in order to prevent condensation.
Improper piping insulation may result in water leakage and property damage.
• Be very careful about product transportation.
Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any PP bands for a means of transportation. It
is dangerous.
• Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation.
Always wait at least five minutes before turning off the power. Otherwise, water leakage and trouble may occur.
• Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a
shelter by small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct
the customer to keep the area around the unit clean.
NOTE
• Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring and connecting wires at least 3.5ft. away
from televisions or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5ft. may not be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
• Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance can result shorter than expected in rooms
with electronic fluorescent lamps. (inverter or rapid start types)
Install the indoor unit as far away from fluorescent lamps as possible.
• Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in
accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
• When moving the unit while removing it from the packing case, be sure to lift it by the four hanger
brackets. Avoid putting any pressure on other parts, especially, horizontal flaps, the refrigerant piping, drain piping, and other resin parts.
• Be sure to remove a cushion (corrugated paper) located between the heat exchanger and the right air filter.
• Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used before installing the unit. (Using an incorrect
refrigerant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)
• The accessories needed for installation must be retained in your custody until the installation work is
completed. Do not discard them!
• Decide upon a line of transport.
• Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Where unpacking is
unavoidable, use a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a rope when lifting, to avoid
damage or scratches to the unit.
3
English
C: 3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
169
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• For the installation of an outdoor unit, refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
• When using the wireless remote controller, refer to the installation manual attached to the wireless remote controller.
• Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
• Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate which could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or could lead to leaks.)
• Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists. (Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode
which could eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.)
• Where machines can generate electromagnetic waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
• Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates greatly such as that in factories.
Also in vehicles or vessels.
• This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation in a commercial and light industrial environment.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electromagnetic interference.
WARNING
• Entrust installation to the place of purchase or an authorized serviceman. Improper installation could lead
to leaks and, in worse cases, electric shock of fire.
• Use of unspecified parts could lead to the unit falling, leaks and, in worse cases, electric shock or fire.
NOTE
• Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
2-1 ACCESSORIES
Check the following accessories are included with your unit.
Name
Quantity
(1) Installation
panel
(2) Attachment screws
for the installation panel
1 set
9 pcs.
(3) Paper pattern
for installation
(4) Insulating tape
1 pc.
1 pc.
Shape
M4 × 25L
Name
Quantity
(5) Clamp
1 large 4 small
(6) Securing screws
2 pcs.
(7) Insulating tube
1 long 1 short
(Other)
• Operation manual
• Installation manual
Shape
M4 × 12L
2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Remote controller type
Wired type
Wireless type
English
Model
BRC1C71
BRC7E818
4
3PN07521-2C
170
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.
1. Items to be checked after completion of work
Items to be checked
If not properly done, what is likely to occur
Are the indoor and outdoor unit fixed
The units may drop, vibrate or make noise.
firmly?
Is the gas leak test finished?
It may result in insufficient cooling.
Is the unit fully insulated?
Condensate water may drip.
Does drainage flow smoothly?
Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply voltage correspond The unit may malfunction or the
to that shown on the name plate?
components burn out.
The unit may malfunction or the
Are wiring and piping correct?
components burn out.
Is the unit safely grounded?
It may be dangerous at electric leakage.
The unit may malfunction or the
Is wiring size according to specifications?
components burn out.
Is something blocking the air outlet or inlet
It may result in insufficient cooling.
of either the indoor or outdoor units?
Are refrigerant piping length and additional The refrigerant charge in the system is not
refrigerant charge noted down?
clear.
Check
2. Items to be checked at time of delivery
* Also review the “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS”
Items to be checked
Check
Did you explain about operations while showing the operation manual to your customer?
Did you hand the operation manual over to your customer?
2-3 NOTE TO THE INSTALLER
Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit (especially cleaning filters, operating different functions, and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations themselves while looking
at the manual.
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
(1) Select an installation site where the following conditions are fulfilled and that meets with your
customer's approval.
• In the upper space (including the back of the ceiling) of the indoor unit where there is no possible
dripping of water from the refrigerant pipe, drain pipe, water pipe, etc.
• Where the wall is strong enough to bear the indoor unit weight.
• Where sufficient clearance for installation and maintenance can be ensured.
(Refer to Fig. 1 and Fig. 2)
• Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
• Where nothing blocks the air passage.
• Where condensate can be properly drained.
5
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
171
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• Where the wall is not significantly tilted.
• Where piping between indoor and outdoor units is possible within the allowable limit.
(Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.)
• Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring and connecting wires at least 3.5ft. away from
televisions or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5ft. may not be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
• Where the cool (warm) air reaches all across the room.
≥2
≥ 1 1/4
≥2
≥ 3 1/2
[ Space required for installation (in.) ]
Fig. 1
Obstruction
≤ 4 3/4
≥ 100 (from floor)
For installation
in high places.
Floor
Fig. 2
(2) Consider whether the place where the unit will be installed can support the full weight of the
unit, and reinforce it with boards and beams, etc. if needed before proceeding with the installation. Also, reinforce the place to prevent vibration and noise before installing.
(The installation pitch can be found on the paper pattern for installation (3), so refer to it when
considering the necessity for reinforcing the location.)
(3) The indoor unit may not be directly installed on the wall. Use the attached installation panel (1)
before installing the unit.
DANGER
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are present due to risk of explosion resulting in
serious injury or death.
WARNING
• If the supporting structural members are not strong enough to take the unit's weight, the unit could fall
out of place and cause serious injury.
English
6
3PN07521-2C
172
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
4. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
• Use only accessories and parts which are of the designated specification when installing.
CAUTION
• Install so that the unit does not tilt to either side or forward.
• Do not hold the unit by the horizontal flaps when lifting it. (This may damage the horizontal flaps.)
(1) Open the piping through-hole.
• The refrigerant pipe and drain pipe can be passed out in one of 5 directions: left, bottom-left, back-left,
bottom-right, and back-right. (Refer to Fig. 3)
• Using the paper pattern for installation (3), choose where to pass the piping out and open a throughhole (φ3 1/8”) in the wall.
Open the hole so that there is a downward slope for the drain piping. (See “ 6.DRAIN PIPING WORK ”)
(2) Remove the installation panel (1) from the unit and attach to the wall.
(The installation panel is temporarily attached to the unit with a screw. (In case of 12 type))
(Refer to Fig. 3)
(a) Check the location for the hole using the included paper pattern for installation (3).
• Choose a location so that there is at least a 3 1/2” gap between the ceiling and the main unit.
(b) Temporarily attach the installation panel (1) at the temporary-securing position on the paper pattern for
installation (3) and use a level to make sure the drain hose is either level or tilted slightly downward.
(c) Secure the installation panel (1) to the wall using either screws or bolts.
• If using the attachment screws for the installation panel (2), attach using at least 4 screws on
either side (for a total of 9 screws) of the recommended installation cleat position on the included
paper pattern for installation (3).
• If using bolts, attach using a M8 - M10 bolt or equivalent (for a total of 2 bolts) on either side.
• If dealing with concrete, use commercially available foundation bolts (M8 - M10 or equivalent).
(3) If using the left, bottom-left, or bottom-right positions for the piping, cut out the through-hole for
the piping in the front grillE. (Refer to Fig. 4)
Installation panel (1)
Temporary screw
(In case of 12 type)
Front grillE
Left pipe
Cut out along
the groove.
Back-left pipe
Bottom-left pipe
Cut away
Back-right pipe
Fig. 3
7
Bottom-right pipe
Fig. 4
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
173
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(4) Remove the front panel and the service lid. (Refer to Fig. 5)
< How to remove the front panel and service lid >
(1) Open the front panel to the point where it stops.
(2) Push the axes on either side of the front panel towards the center of the main unit and remove. (You
can also remove it by sliding the front panel either to the left or right and pulling it forward.)
(3) Remove the screw from the service lid and pull the handle forward.
Axis
Front panel
Axis
(1)
(2)
Service lid
(2)
(3)
Handle
Axis
Screw
Fig. 5
(5) Point the pipe in the direction it will be passed out.
For bottom-right and back-right piping (Refer to Fig. 6)
• Wrap the drain hose and the refrigerant piping together with the insulating tape (4) so that the drain hose is below the refrigerant piping.
For left, bottom-left, and back-left piping
Remove
the front grillE. (Refer to Fig. 7)
< How to remove the front grillE >
Remove the front grillE as described below when securing the indoor
unit with screws or when attaching Optional Accessories (wireless
remote controller, adapter PC board, etc.).
Insulating tape (4)
Refrigerant piping
Fig. 6
Drain hose
(1) Remove the front panel.
(2) Remove the screws (3 places) securing the front grillE.
(3) Remove the tabs (3 places) securing the front grillE by pushing them in the direction of the arrows.
(4) Making sure not to catch the horizontal flaps, remove the front grillE by pulling in the direction of the arrow
Tab position
(3)
(3)
Tab
Tab position
(3)
Front grillE
(4)
Screw position
(2)
(2)
(2)
Fig. 7
Screw position
English
8
3PN07521-2C
174
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
• Remove the drain plug, the insulation tube, and the drain hose from the drain pan and replace.
(Refer to Fig. 8)
• Connect the local refrigerant piping ahead of time, matching it to the liquid pipe and gas pipe marks engraved on the installation panel (accessory) (1).
< Replacing the drain hose and drain plug >
(1) Remove the drain plug and insulation tube.
(2) Remove the drain hose and replace onto the left side.
(3) Replace the drain plug and the insulation tube onto the right side.
Drain plug
Insulating tube
Do not place lubricant (refrigerant oil) when inserting.
This may cause deterioration and water leaks.
Make sure
there are
no gaps.
Insert using a hexagon wrench (4mm).
Fig. 8
(6) Hook the indoor unit onto the installation panel. (Refer to Fig. 9)
• Placing buffering material between the wall and the indoor unit at this time will make work easier.
Service lid
Front panel
Hook the indoor unit hook onto the installation panel (1).
Front grillE
Place buffering material
Wall
Be sure to pass all wires through
the wiring guide.
Power supply wiring,
Ground wiring
Conduit
Refrigerant piping
Wiring (locally procured)
Tab
(There are 2 places.)
Installation panel
(accessory) (1)
Transmission wiring, Remote controller wiring
Fig. 9
For bottom-right and back-right piping
• Pass the drain hose and the refrigerant piping to the wall.
(7) Pass power supply wiring and ground wiring threaded through conduit (For connecting the conduit to the unit, see “8-1 HOW TO CONNECT WIRINGS”), and remote controller wiring through the
wiring guide in through the back of the indoor unit and to the front.
9
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
175
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(8) Connect the piping. (See “5.REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK” and Fig. 10)
Refrigerant piping
Secure with
vinyl tape.
Drain hose
Transmission wiring and
remote controller wiring
A
Transmission wiring
and remote controller
wiring
Refrigerant piping
A arrow view
Conduit
Seal with putty corking material.
Fig. 10
Wrap the insulating tape overlapping at least half the width with each wrap.
Wrap the insulating tape all the way to the L-shaped bend.
• Seal the piping through-hole with putty corking material.
(9) Push on both bottom edges of the indoor unit using both hands and hook the tab on the back of
the indoor unit onto the installation panel (1). (Refer to Fig. 9)
• At this time remove the buffering material placed in step (6).
• Make sure power supply wiring, transmission wiring, ground wiring and remote controller wiring are
not caught inside the indoor unit.
„ When screwing in the indoor unit
Installation panel
(accessory) (1)
•Remove the front grillE. (Refer to Fig. 7)
• Secure the indoor unit to the installation panel (1) with the securing
screws (6). (Refer to Fig. 11)
Refrigerant piping
Insulating tape
(accessory) (4)
Fig. 11
M4 × 12L
(accessory) (6)
5. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
〈For refrigerant piping of outdoor units, see the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.〉
〈Execute heat insulation work completely on both sides of the gas piping and the liquid piping.
Otherwise, a water leakage can result sometimes.〉 "ESURETOUSEINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSEWITH(6!#SYSTEMS
〈Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of the refrigerant piping sections might exceed
86ºF or RH80 %, reinforce the refrigerant insulation. (13/16” or thicker) Condensation may form on
the surface of the insulating material.〉
〈Before refrigerant piping work, check which type of refrigerant is used. Proper operation is not
possible if the types of refrigerant are not the same.〉
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or
cooking device. Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
English
10
3PN07521-2C
176
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
NOTE
• Use a pipe cutter and flare suitable for the type of refrigerant.
• To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from infiltrating the tube, either pinch the end or cover it
with tape.
• Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such
as air, etc.
• If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away.
• The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.
• Use copper alloy seamless pipes.
• Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together, as shown
in the drawing, when connecting or disconnecting pipes to/from the
unit. (Refer to Fig. 12)
• Refer to “Table 1” for the dimensions of flare.
• When connecting the flare nut, coat the flare section (inside) with ester
oil or ether oil, rotate three or four times first, then screw in.
(Refer to Fig. 13)
CAUTION
Torque wrench
Spanner
Piping union
Flare nut
Fig. 12
Ester oil or ether oil
• Over-tightening may cause the flare nuts to crack or the refrigerant to
leak.
• Use the flare nut included with the unit.
Fig. 13
• Refer to Table 1 for tightening torque.
Table 1
φ 3/8”
24.1 – 29.4
0.504 – 0.520
φ 5/8”
45.6 – 55.6
0.760 – 0.776
Flare shape (in.)
45 0Ⳳ2 0
Flare dimensions A (in.)
R0.016-0.031
A
Tightening torque (ft-lbf)
900Ⳳ20
Pipe size
Not recommended but in case of emergency
You must use a torque wrench but if you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, you may
follow the installation method mentioned below.
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there is no gas leak.
When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner, there is a point where the tightening torque
suddenly increases. From that position, further tighten the flare nut the angle shown below:
Table 2
Pipe size (in.)
φ 3/8”
φ 5/8”
11
Further tightening angle
60 to 90 degrees
30 to 60 degrees
Recommended arm length of tool (in.)
Approx. 77/8”
Approx. 1113/16”
English
C: 3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
177
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
CAUTION
• CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
“Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant piping. Therefore, use the phosphor copper brazing filter metal
(BCuP) which does not require flux.”
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping systems. For instance, if chlorine based flux
is used, it will cause pipe corrosion. If the flux contains fluorine, it will damage the refrigerant oil.)
• When brazing the refrigerant piping, only begin brazing after having carried out nitrogen substitution
(NOTE 1) or while inserting nitrogen into the refrigerant piping (NOTE 2). Once this is done, connect the
indoor unit with a flared or a flanged connection.
DANGER
• Use of oxygen may cause an explosion resulting in serious injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas.
NOTE
1. Refer to the “Manual for Multi Installation for Buildings” for directions on how to carry out nitrogen
substitution. (Inquire with your dealer.)
2. Nitrogen should be set to 2.9 psi with a pressure-reducing valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into
the piping. (Refer to Fig. 14)
Pressure-reducing valve
Refrigerant piping
Part to be
brazed
Taping
hands valve
Nitrogen
Nitrogen
Fig. 14
• After checking for gas leaks, be sure to insulate the pipe connections using the supplementary piping
insulation tubing and insulating tape (4). The insulating tape (4) should be wrapped from the L-shaped
bend all the way to the end inside the unit. (Refer to Fig. 15)
Clamping material large
(accessory) (5)
Indoor unit piping insulation tubing
Insulating tubing tape
Insulating tubing tape
Insulating tubing tape
Local piping
L-shaped
bend
Indoor unit piping
Indoor unit piping insulation tubing
Insulating tape (accessory) (4)
See “ 4.INDOOR UNIT
INSTALLATION ”
Start wrapping
Insulation tubing seam
Attach the insulation tubing
tape so that there are no gaps
in the insulation tubing seam.
Fig. 15
CAUTION
• Be sure to insulate any field piping all the way to the piping connection inside the unit. Any exposed piping
may cause condensate or burns if touched.
English
12
3PN07521-2C
178
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
6. DRAIN PIPING WORK
(1) Install the drain piping. (Refer to Fig. 16)
• The drain pipe should be short with a downward slope and should prevent air pockets from forming.
• Watch out for the points in the figure 16 when performing drain work.
Make sure the drain
hose is at a downward
slope.
Drain hose
Drain hose
(Downward
slope)
Make sure the tip does
not go underwater even
when water is added.
Fig. 16
• When extending the drain hose, use a commercially available drain extension hose, and be sure to
insulate the extended section of the drain hose which is indoors. (Refer to Fig. 17)
Indoor unit drain hose
Extension drain piping
(commercially available)
Insulating tube
(commercially available)
Insulating tape (accessory) (4)
( See “4.INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION” )
Fig. 17
4 or more
• Make sure the diameter of the extension drain piping is the same as the indoor unit drain hose (hard
vinyl chloride, I.D. 9/16”) or bigger.
• In case of converging multiple drain pipes, install them referring to Fig. 18.
• Select diameter of drain piping which adapts to the capacity of the unit connected.
Fig. 18
(Slope of at least 1/100)
(2) Make sure the drain works properly.
• After drain work is complete, perform a drain Plastic container
check by opening the front panel, removing for pouring
the air filter, pouring water into the drain pan,
and making sure water flows smoothly out of
the drain hose. (Refer to Fig. 19)
Drain pan
Fig. 19
13
Make sure not to splash the water.
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
179
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
CAUTION
• Drain piping connections
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the
sewage might enter the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat exchanger.
Keep in mind that it will become the cause of getting drain pipe blocked if water collects on drain pipe.
7. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
7-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
• All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must conform to local codes.
• Use copper wire only.
• For electric wiring work, refer to also “WIRING DIAGRAM” attached to the unit.
• For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
• All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician.
• This system consists of multiple indoor units. Mark each indoor unit as unit A, unit B..., and be sure the
terminal block wiring to the outdoor unit and BRANCHSELECTOR unit is properly matched. If wiring and piping
outdoor unit and indoor unit are mismatched, the system may cause a malfunction.
• A circuit breaker capable of shutting down power supply to the entire system must be installed.
• Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply wiring connected
to the outdoor unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring instructions.
• Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
DANGER
• Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or lightning rods because incomplete grounding
could cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and to gas pipes because a gas
leak could result in an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.
7-2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Units
Power supply
Model
Hz
Volts
Voltage range
MCA
MFA
FAQ18PVJU
0.4
15
Max. 253
60
208-230
Min. 187
FAQ24PVJU
0.6
15
MCA: Min. Circuit Amps (A);
MFA: Max. Fuse Amps (A)
W: Fan Motor Rated Output (W);
FLA: Full Load Amps (A)
Fan motor
W
FLA
43
0.3
43
0.5
7-3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELD SUPPLIED FUSES AND WIRE
Model
Power supply wiring
FUSEBREAKER
Size
Remote controller wiring
Transmission wirinG
Wire
Size
FAQ18PVJU
Size must comply
2 CONDUCTORSTRANDED!7G18-
15A
with local codes.NONSHIELDEDCOPPER
FAQ24PVJU
• Allowable length of transmission wiring and remote controller wiring are as follows.
(1) Outdoor unit - Indoor unit:Max.3280ft. (Total wiring length: 6560ft.)
(2) Indoor unit - Remote controller:Max.1640ft.
• Insulated thickness: 1/16” or more.
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE
English
14
C: 3PN07521-2C
180
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
8. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER
8-1 HOW TO CONNECT WIRINGS
• Conduit for power supply wiring
Unscrew and remove the conduit mounting plate from the electric parts box. (Refer to Fig. 20)
Fix a conduit to the plate with a lock nut and reattach them at original position.
Conduit
Lock nut
Conduit mounting plate
Refrigerant piping
Electric parts box
Screw
Fig. 20
• Power supply wiring and ground wiring
Unscrew and remove the service lid.
Thread the power supply wiring and ground wiring through the included insulating tube (short) (7) and
secure them with the included clamp (small) (5). (Refer to Fig. 21)
Connect the power supply wiring and ground wiring to the power supply terminal block (3P).
When doing this, firmly secure using the included clamp (small) (5) according to the figure.
(Refer to Fig. 22)
• Transmission wiring and remote controller wiring
Unscrew and remove the service lid.
Thread the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring through the included insulating tube (long) (7)
and secure them with the included clamp (small) (5). (Refer to Fig. 21)
Connect the remote controller wiring and the transmission wiring to the terminal block (6P).
When doing this, tie the remote controller wiring and the transmission wiring using the included clamp (small)
(5) and then firmly secure using the included clamp (small) (5) according to the figure. (Refer to Fig. 22)
Insulating tube (short)
Clamp small
(accessory) (7)
(accessory) (5)
Fig. 21
15
(1in.)
Insulating tube (long)
Clamp small
(accessory) (7)
(accessory) (5)
Power
supply
wiring
Ground
(1in.)
wiring
Transmission
wiring
Remote
controller
wiring
English
C: 3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
181
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Power supply
terminal block (3P)
< Wiring clamp method >
Clamp small
(accessory) (5)
Power supply wiring
Ground terminal
Ground wiring
Insulating tube
L1
L2
Ground wiring
Remote controller
wiring
Clamp small
(accessory) (5)
Power supply wiring
Remote
controller wiring
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
REMOTE TRANSMISSION FORCED
CNTRL WIRING
OFF
Terminal block (6P)
Transmission wiring
Insulating tube
Clamp small
(accessory) (5)
(3 places)
Cut off any excess
material after tightening.
Transmission wiring
Fig. 22
WARNING
• Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for remote controller wiring as this could damage the entire system.
• Use only specified wire and connect wires to the terminal tightly. Be careful wires do not place external
stress on terminals. Keep wires in neat order so as not to obstruct other equipment. Make sure that the
electric box lid fits tightly. Incomplete connections could result in overheating and, in worse case, result in
electric shock or fire.
• To avoid a short circuit in the electric parts box, be sure to apply sealing material or putty (not included)
to the wiring hole to prevent the infiltration of water as well as insects or other small creatures. Otherwise
a short-circuit may occur inside the electric parts box.
CAUTION
• When clamping the wirings, be sure no tension is applied to the wire connections by using the included
clamp. Also, when wiring, make sure the lid on the electric parts box fits snugly by arranging the wirings neatly and attaching the service lid firmly. When attaching the service lid, make sure no wirings get
caught in the edges. Pass wiring through holes to prevent damage to them.
• Make sure the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring between the units, and other electrical
wiring do not pass through the same locations outside the unit, separating them by at least 5”, otherwise
electrical noise (external static) could cause incorrect operation or breakage.
Use only specified wire and tightly connect wires to terminals. Be careful wires do not place external
stress on terminals. Keep wiring in neat order and so as not to obstruct other equipment such as popping
open the service cover. Make sure the cover closes tight. Incomplete connections could result in overheating, and in worse case, electric shock or fire.
English
16
3PN07521-2C
182
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
[ PRECAUTIONS ]
1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the power supply terminal block.
(Refer to Fig. 23)
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
• Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)
• Use the specified electric wire. Connect the wire securely to the terminal. Lock the wire down without
applying excessive force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 0.97ft.lbf ±10 %)
Attach insulation sleeve
Round crimp-style terminal
Electric wire
Fig. 23
2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
• Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small,
the head of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be properly tightened.
• If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws might be damaged.
• Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the terminal screws.
Tightening torque
Terminal
Size
(ft-lbf)
Remote controller, Transmission wiring and
M3.5
0.58 – 0.72
Forced off terminal block (6P)
Power supply and Ground terminal block (3P)
M4
0.87 – 1.06
3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same ground terminal. Looseness in the connection may
lessen protection.
4. Keep transmission wiring at least 5” away from power supply wiring. The equipment may malfunction if
subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wiring, refer to the “INSTALLATION MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER” attached to the remote controller.
8-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
• Fit the power supply wire of each unit with a switch and fuse as shown in the drawing.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE
Power supply
Outdoor unit
Main
switch
Power supply wire
Transmission wire
Switch
Fuse%UHDNHU
Indoor unit
Remote controller
17
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
183
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
1. When using 1 remote controller for 1 indoor unit. (Normal operation)
Power Supply
208-230V
~
Outdoor unit
60Hz
Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P1 P2
Remote
controller
2. When using 2 remote controllers for 1 indoor unit.
Power Supply
208-230V
Outdoor unit
~
Control box
60Hz
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P1 P2
P1 P 2
For use with
2 remote
controllers
NOTE
1. A single switch can be used to supply power to units on the same system. However, branch switches
and branch circuit breakers must be selected carefully.
2. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or lightning rods, or crossground with telephones. Improper grounding could result in electric shock.
English
18
3PN07521-2C
184
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
8-3 CONTROL BY 2 REMOTE CONTROLLERS (CONTROLLING 1 INDOOR UNIT BY
2 REMOTE CONTROLLERS)
• When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN” and the other to “SUB”.
Upper part of
remote controller
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
(1) Insert a
screwdriver into the recess between the
upper and lower part of remote controller, and
working from the 2 positions, pry off the upper part.
The remote controller PC board is attached to the
upper part of the remote controller. (Refer to Fig. 28)
Lower part of
remote controller
Insert the screwdriver here
and gently work off the
upper part of the remote controller.
(2) Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on one of
the two remote controller PC boards to “S”.
(Leave the switch of the other remote controller set to
“M”.) (Refer to Fig. 29)
Wiring Method (See “7.ELECTRIC WIRING WORK”)
(3) Remove the service lid.
(4) Add remote control 2 (slave) to the terminal block
(6P) for remote controller (P1, P2) in the electric
parts box.
(There is no polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 26 and section
7-3 for the wiring size.)
(Factory setting)
(Only one remote
controller needs
to be changed if
factory settings
have remained
untouched.)
Fig. 28
S
M
S
M
Remote
controller
PC board
Fig. 29
8-4 COMPUTERISED CONTROL (FORCED OFF AND ON/OFF OPERATION)
(1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
• Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of the terminal block (6P).
Input A
F2
T1
T2
FORCED
OFF
Fig. 30
Wire specificatioN
Gauge
Length
External terminal
STRANDEDNONSHIELDED COPPERCONDUCTER06#ORVINYLJACKET
AWG18-
Max. 328 ft.
Contact that can ensure the minimum
applicable load of 15V DC, 10 mA.
(2) Actuation
• The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
FORCED OFF
ON/OFF OPERATION
Input “ON” stops operation (impossible by remote controllers).
Input OFF → ON turns ON unit.
Input OFF enables control by remote controller.
Input ON → OFF turns OFF unit.
19
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
185
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
SECOND CODE NO.
Mode No.
• Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to
select operation.
• Set the remote controller to the field set mode. For details,
refer to the “HOW TO SET IN THE FIELD”, in the remote
controller manual.
• When in the field set mode, select mode No. 12, then set
SETTING
the first code (switch) No. to “1”. Then set second code
(position) No. to “01” for FORCED OFF and “02” for ON/
OFF OPERATION.
(FORCED OFF at factory set) (Refer to Fig. 31)
FIRST CODE NO. FIELD SET MODE
Fig. 31
8-5 CENTRALIZED CONTROL
• For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group No. For details, refer to the manual of each
optional controllers for centralized control.
9. FIELD SETTINGS
(1) Make sure the service lids are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
(2) Field settings must be made from the remote controller in accordance with installation conditions.
• Settings can be made by changing the “Mode No”, “FIRST CODE NO.” and “SECOND CODE NO.”.
Refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
• The “Field Settings” included with the remote controller lists the order of the settings and method of operation.
*Setting is made in all units in a group. To set for individual indoor units or to check the setting, use the
mode Nos. (with “2” in upper digit) in parentheses ( ).
9-1 SETTING AIR FILTER SIGN
• Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display air filter signs to display the time to clean air filters.
• Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to Table 3 depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” for air filter contamination-light)
Table 3
Setting
Air filter
contamination-light
Air filter
contamination-heavy
English
Spacing time of display
air filter sign
Mode No.
FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO.
Approx. 200 hrs
01
10 (20)
Approx. 100 hrs
0
02
20
C: 3PN07521-2C
186
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
9-2 SETTING AIR FLOWRATE INCREASE MODE
• It is possible to raise set air flow (HIGH and LOW) from the field. Change the SECOND CODE NO. as
shown in Table 4 to suit your needs.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” for Standard.)
Table 4
Setting
Standard
A little increase
Increase
Mode No.
FIRST CODE NO.
13 (23)
0
SECOND CODE NO.
01
02
03
〈When using wireless remote controllers〉
• When using wireless remote controllers, wireless remote controller address setting is necessary. Refer to
the installation manual attached to the wireless remote controller for setting instructions.
10. TEST OPERATION
Make sure the service lids are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
• The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction
code on the liquid crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation of malfunction codes and
the corresponding trouble is provided in the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
If any of the items in Table 5 are displayed, there may be a problem with the wiring or power, so check
the wiring again.
Table 5
Remote controller display
” (under centralized
“
control) is lit up
Content
• There is a short circuit at the FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2).
• The power on the outdoor unit is off.
• The outdoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
“U4” is lit up
• Incorrect wiring for the transmission wiring and/or FORCED
“UH” is lit up
OFF wiring.
• The transmission wiring is cut.
• The power on the indoor unit is off.
• The indoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
No display
• Incorrect wiring for the remote controller wiring, the
transmission wiring, and/or the FORCED OFF wiring.
• The remote controller wiring is cut.
• If “U3” is lit up, the malfunction code shows the test operation has not been performed yet.
21
English
3PN07521-2C
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
187
Installation of indoor unit
16.5
EDUS281120_a
FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS .......................................... 1
BEFORE INSTALLATION ................................................ 3
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE .................................. 4
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION ................... 5
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION........................................ 6
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK....................................... 7
DRAIN PIPING WORK ..................................................... 8
DUCT WORK.................................................................. 10
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK............................................ 11
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET
THE REMOTE CONTROLLER....................................... 11
11. FIELD SETTING ............................................................. 15
12. TEST RUN ...................................................................... 16
1.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation
carefully before installing air conditioning equipment. After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the startup operation.
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit.
Inform customers that they should store this Installation Manual
with the Operation Manual for future reference.
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this product. Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire, or explosion.
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE
Symbols:
DANGER................. Indicates an imminently hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING............... Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION................ Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result
in minor or moderate injury. It may also
be used to alert against unsafe practices.
NOTE ...................... Indicates situations that may result in
equipment or property-damage accidents only.
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen.
A massive leak can lead to oxygen depletion, especially
in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur
leading to serious injury or death.
English
Installation manual
• Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, telephone
wires, or lightning rods as incomplete grounding can
cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or
death. Additionally, grounding to gas pipes could cause a
gas leak and potential explosion causing severe injury or
death.
• If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the
area immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas
if it comes in contact with fire. Exposure to this gas could
cause severe injury or death.
• After completing the installation work, check that the refrigerant gas does not leak throughout the system.
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials
are present due to risk of explosions that can cause serious injury or death.
• Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials
in accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordinances. Packing materials such as nails and other metal or
wood parts, including plastic packing materials used for
transportation may cause injuries or death by suffocation.
WARNING
• Only qualified personnel must carry out the installation
work. Installation must be done in accordance with this
installation manual. Improper installation may result in
water leakage, electric shock, or fire.
• When installing the unit in a small room, take measures
to keep the refrigerant concentration from exceeding allowable safety limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in the
event of an accident in a closed ambient space, can lead
to oxygen deficiency.
• Use only specified accessories and parts for installation
work. Failure to use specified parts may result in water
leakage, electric shocks, fire, or the unit falling.
• Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough
that it can withstand the weight of the unit. A foundation
of insufficient strength may result in the unit falling and
causing injuries.
• Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes when installing. Improper installation may result
in the unit falling and causing accidents.
• Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried out
by qualified personnel according to local, state and national regulations. An insufficient power supply capacity
or improper electrical construction may lead to electric
shocks or fire.
• Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specified wires
are used, and that no external forces act on the terminal
connections or wires. Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
• When wiring, position the wires so that the control box
cover can be securely fastened. Improper positioning of
the control box cover may result in electric shocks, fire,
or the terminals overheating.
1
3PN14093-12A
188
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
• Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
• Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one
is not already available. This helps prevent electrical
shocks or fire.
• Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel). If
the terminal cover/panel is not installed properly, dust or
water may enter the outdoor unit causing fire or electric
shock.
• When installing or relocating the system, keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) such as air. Any presence of air
or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit can
cause an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in
injury.
• Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If the
pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than
those specified by Daikin are used, fire or explosion may
occur.
CAUTION
• Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. Touching a
switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
• Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to prevent injury.
• Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immediately after operation as the refrigerant pipes may be hot or
cold, depending on the condition of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant piping, compressor, and other
refrigerant cycle parts. Your hands may suffer burns or
frostbite if you touch the refrigerant pipes. To avoid injury, give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or,
if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves.
• Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut.
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the fins when working
around them.
• Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain
piping may result in water leakage and property damage.
• Insulate piping to prevent condensation.
• Be careful when transporting the product.
• Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation. Always wait for at least 5 minutes before turning
off the power. Otherwise, water leakage may occur.
• Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylinder
may cause the refrigerant to deteriorate.
• Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean, dry,
and tight.
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral
oils such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be prevented from getting into the system.
(b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does
not destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce the
earth’s protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation.
R410A can contribute to the greenhouse effect if it is
released. Therefore take proper measures to check
for the tightness of the refrigerant piping installation.
Read the chapter Refrigerant Piping and follow the
procedures.
2
Installation of indoor unit
• Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refrigerant must be charged in its liquid state. If the refrigerant is
charged in a state of gas, its composition can change and
the system will not work properly.
• The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor
models that can be connected. Normal operation is not
possible when connected to other units.
• Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
can be shorter than expected in rooms with electronic
fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start types). Install
the indoor unit far away from fluorescent lamps as much
as possible.
• Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor
units can be installed either outdoors or indoors.
• Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
(a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is produced, for example, in a kitchen.
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in
water leakage.
(b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is
produced.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result
in refrigerant leakage.
(c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of
the control system and cause the unit to malfunction.
(d) Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fiber, or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or
where volatile flammables such as thinner or gasoline are handled. Operating the unit in such conditions can cause a fire.
• Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit from
being used as a shelter by small animals. Small animals
making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke, or fire. Instruct the customer to keep the
area around the unit clean.
NOTE
• Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor
and outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from televisions
or radios to prevent image interference or noise. Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 feet may not be
sufficient to eliminate the noise.
• Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and
additional parts must be done in accordance with the relevant local, state, and national regulations.
• Do not use the following tools that are used with conventional refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose, gas
leak detector, reverse flow check valve, refrigerant
charge base, vacuum gauge, or refrigerant recovery
equipment.
• If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are
mixed in R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.
• This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be accessible to the general public.
• The wall thickness of field-installed pipes should be selected in accordance with the relevant local, state, and
national regulations.
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
189
Installation of indoor unit
2.
BEFORE INSTALLATION
• When moving the unit while removing it from the carton
box, be sure to lift it by holding on to the four lifting lugs
without exerting any pressure on other parts, especially,
the refrigerant piping, drain piping, flanges and other
resin parts.
• Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used
before installing the unit. (Using an incorrect refrigerant will
prevent normal operation of the unit.)
• The accessories needed for installation must be retained in
your custody until the installation work is completed. Do not
discard them!
• Decide upon a line of transport.
• Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Where unpacking is unavoidable, use
a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a
rope when lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the unit.
• When moving the unit or after opening, hold the unit by the
hanger brackets (× 4). Do not apply force to the refrigerant
piping, drain piping, flanges or plastic parts.
• For the installation of outdoor unit, refer to the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit.
• Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
• Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray
like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate which
could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or
could lead to leaks.)
• Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists. (Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode which could
eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.)
• Where exposed to combustible gases and where volatile flammable gas like thinner or gasoline is used.
(Gas in the vicinity of the unit could ignite.)
• Where machines can generate electromagnetic
waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
• Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that
near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates greatly
such as that in factories.
Also in vehicles or vessels.
• This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation in a
commercial and light industrial environment.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electromagnetic interference.
2-1
[PRECAUTION]
The accessories are required for the installation of the air conditioner. Be sure to keep them until the installation work is completed.
(1) - (12)
Operation manual
Installation manual
Fig. 1
Name
Metal
clamp (1)
Drain
hose (2)
Screws for duct
flanges (3)
Insulation for
fitting
Quantity
1 pc.
1 pc.
As described in
table below
1 each
Thin
M5×5/8 for liquid pipe
(4)
Shape
18 • 24 •
30 type
18
36 • 42 type
26
Thick
for gas pipe
(5)
Name
Sealing pad
Clamp (8)
Washer fixing plate (9)
Wire sealing
material (10)
Quantity
–
11 pcs.
4 pcs.
2 pcs.
Shape
1 pc.
Large
(Dark gray) (6)
Small
(Gray)
2 pcs.
Middle
(Dark gray) (7)
PRECAUTIONS
• Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
• Entrust installation to the place of purchase or a qualified serviceman. Improper installation could lead to leaks and, in
worse cases, electric shock or fire.
• Use only parts provided with the unit or parts satisfying
required specifications. Unspecified parts could cause the
unit to fall out of place, or could lead to leaks and, in worse
cases, electric shock or fire.
• Be sure to mount an air filter (part to be procured in the field)
in the suction air passage in order to prevent water leaking,
etc.
2-2
EDUS281120_a
Name
Washer (11)
Insulation
tube (12)
Quantity
8 pcs.
2 pcs.
(Other)
• Operation manual
• Installation manual
Shape
ACCESSORIES
Check that the following accessories are provided and that each
accessory is correct in amount.
Refer to the Fig. 1 of this page.
English
3
3PN14093-12A
190
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
2-3
Installation of indoor unit
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
b. Items to be checked at time of delivery
• These is one type of remote controller: wired.
Items to be checked
NOTE
Are you sure the control box cover, air filter, air inlet grille,
and air outlet grille are mounted?
• If you wish to use a remote controller that is different from the
above, select a suitable remote controller after consulting
catalogs and technical materials.
Did you explain about operations while showing the operation manual to your customer?
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL
CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK
AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.
If not properly done, what is
likely to occur.
Are the indoor and outdoor
unit fixed firmly?
The units may drop, vibrate
or make noise.
Was the installation of the
outdoor unit completed?
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
Is the gas leak test
finished?
No cooling or heating.
Is the unit fully insulated?
(Refrigerant piping, drain
piping, and duct)
Condensate water may drip.
Dose drainage flow
smoothly?
Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply voltThe unit may malfunction or
age conform to the indicathe components burn out.
tion on the name plate?
Are wiring and piping
correct?
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
Is the air conditioner properly grounded?
Dangerous in case of current leakage.
Is wiring size according to
specifications?
The unit may malfunction or
the components burn out.
Is something blocking the
No cooling or heating.
air outlet or inlet of either
the indoor or outdoor units?
Did you set the external
static pressure?
No cooling or heating.
Are refrigerant piping length
The refrigerant charge in
and additional refrigerant
the system is not clear.
charge noted down?
Did you check that no wiring
connection screws were
Electric shock or fire.
loose?
Also review the “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS”.
4
Did you deliver the operation manual along with the installation manual to the customer?
Did you explain the customer the handling and cleaning
methods of the field supplies (e.g., the air filter, air inlet
grilles, and air outlet grille)?
Did you deliver instruction manual, if any, for the field supplies to the customer?
a. Items to be checked after completion of work
Items to be checked
Check
Check
c. Points for explanation about operations
The items with WARNING and CAUTION marks in the operation
manual are the items pertaining to possibilities for bodily injury and
material damage in addition to the general usage of the product.
Accordingly, it is necessary that you make a full explanation about the
described contents and also ask your customers to read the operation manual.
2-4
NOTE TO INSTALLER
• Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the
unit (especially cleaning filters, operating different functions,
and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out
operations themselves while looking at the manual.
3.
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
〈Hold the hanger brackets in the case of moving the indoor
and outdoor units at the time of and after opening the packages. Do not impose undue force on other parts, such as
the refrigerant piping, drain piping, or flanges, in particular.〉
〈Add heat insulation material to the indoor unit if the temperature above the ceiling is likely to exceed 86°F and a relative humidity of 80%.〉
〈Make sure that the insulation material is made of glass wool
or polyethylene foam, has a minimum thickness of 3/8 in.,
and can be accommodated in the opening on the ceiling.〉
(1) Select an installation site where the following conditions are
fulfilled and that meets with your customer’s approval.
• A place where cool (warm) air is delivered to the entire
room.
• Where nothing blocks the air passage.
• Where condensate can be properly drained.
• If supporting structural members are not strong enough
to take the unit’s weight, the unit could fall out of place
and cause serious injury.
• Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
• Where there is no risk of flammable gas leakage.
• Where sufficient clearance for maintenance and service
can be ensured. (Refer to Fig. 2-1)
• Where piping between indoor and outdoor units is possible within the allowable limit. (Refer to the installation
manual of the outdoor unit.)
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
191
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
CAUTION
(length: in.)
Case 1
*H3=Min. 12
Control box
Inspection hatch
Ceiling
28
24-13/16
(Suspension bolt pitch)
(2) Use suspension bolts to install the indoor unit. Check that
the place of installation withstands the weight of the indoor
unit. Secure the suspension bolts with proper beams if necessary.
(Suspension bolt pitch)
Suspension bolt (× 4)
Fig. 2-2
Case 2, 3
Inspection hatch
(Ceiling opening)
Control box
Min. 28 (service space)
Fig. 2-1
Inspection hatch
A
Ceiling
Inspection hatch 1
(17-3/4×17-3/4)
Min. 8
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION
Inspection hatch 3
(Same as the indoor
unit size +12 or more)
Control box
Min. D=B+12
[Required installation place]
The dimensions indicate the
minimum required space of
installation.
Control box
B
(1) Check the positional relationship between the ceiling opening hole and the suspension bolt of the unit.
• For the maintenance, inspection, and other servicing
purposes of the control box and drain pump, prepare one
of the following service spaces.
1. Inspection hatch 1 (17-3/4 × 17-3/4) for the control
box and a minimum space of 12 in. for the lower part
of the product. (Refer to Fig. 2-2)
2. Inspection hatch 1 (17-3/4 × 17-3/4) for the control
box and inspection hatch 2 for the lower part of the
product (see arrow view A-1). (Refer to Fig. 2-3)
3. Inspection hatch 3 for the lower part of the product
and the lower part of the control box (see arrow view
A-2). (Refer to Fig. 2-3)
English
B
Bottom of unit
*H3=Min. 3/4
Floor surface
• The H1 dimension indicates the
height of the product.
• Determine the H2 dimension by
maintaining a downward slope of
at least 1/100 as specified in
“7. DRAIN PIPING WORK”.
4.
Air outlet
Min. 18
*H2=Min. 25
Min. 99
(If no ceiling board is provided.)
Ceiling
Control box
Air inlet
Min. 12
*H1=12
Min. 1
(length: in.)
Inspection hatch 1
(17-3/4×17-3/4)
C
• Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring and
connecting wires at least 3.3 ft away from televisions or radios
in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.3 ft may not
be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
• In the case of the installation of a wireless remote controller, the
transmission distance of the wireless remote controller may be
shortened if the room has a fluorescent light of electronic lighting type (i.e., an inverter or rapid-start fluorescent light).
Keep the distance between the receiver and the fluorescent
light as far as possible.
28
Inspection
hatch 2
(Same as the
indoor unit
size or more)
Arrow view A-1
28
Arow view A-2
Fig. 2-3
• Determine the H3
dimension by maintaining a
downward slope of at least
1/100 as specified in
“7. DRAIN PIPING WORK”.
Model
18 • 24 • 30 type
36 • 42 type
B
C
D
40 40-7/8 52
56 56-5/8 68
(length: in.)
5
3PN14093-12A
192
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
(2) Mount the canvas ducts to the air outlet and inlet so that the
vibration of the air conditioner will not be transmitted to the
duct or ceiling. Apply a sound-absorbing material (insulation material) to the inner wall of the duct and vibration insulation rubber to the suspension bolts (refer to 8. DUCT
WORK).
(3) Open installation holes (if the ceiling already exists).
• Open the installation holes on the ceiling. Lay the refrigerant piping, drain piping, power line, transmission wiring, and remote controller wiring for the piping and wiring
connection port of the unit.
In the case of the installation of a wireless remote controller, refer to the installation manual provided with the
wireless remote controller.
Refer to 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK, 7. DRAIN
PIPING WORK, and 10. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW
TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER.
• The ceiling framework may need reinforcement in order
to keep the ceiling horizontal and prevent the vibration of
the ceiling after the installation holes are opened. For
details, consult your construction or interior contractor.
(4) Install the suspension bolts. Make sure that the suspension
bolts are M10 or the equivalent in size.
• Use hole-in anchors if the suspension bolts already exist;
otherwise use embedded inserts and embedded foundation bolts so that they will withstand the weight of the unit.
Adjust the distance to the ceiling surface in advance.
5.
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
〈It may be easier to install accessories (sold separately)
before installing the indoor unit. Refer to the installation
manuals provided to the accessories as well.〉
Be sure to use the accessories and specified parts for
installation work.
(1) Temporally install the indoor unit.
• Connect the hanger brackets to the suspension bolts. Be
sure to use and tighten the nut and washer (11) for each
hanger bracket from both upper and lower sides of the
hanger bracket. (Refer to Fig. 3) At that time, the fall of
the washer (11) for the hanger bracket can be prevented
if the washer fixing plate (9) is used.
[Fixing hanger brackets]
Part to be procured in the field
Washer (11) (accessory)
Tighten from above and below
(Double nut)
[Fixing method of washers]
Installation example
Nut on the upper side
Ceiling slab
Anchor
Insert
Long nut or turn-buckle
Suspension bolt
Indoor unit
Washer fixing plate (9)
(accessory)
Note) All the above parts are field supplied.
Fig. 3
CAUTION
• During the installation work, perform the curing of the air
outlet and protect the resin drain pan of the indoor unit
from the intrusion of foreign substances, such as welding spatters.
Otherwise, water leakage may occur as a result of damage,
such as hole damage, to the resin drain pan.
(2) Make adjustments so that the unit will be in the right position.
(3) Check the level of the unit.
(4) Remove the washer fixing plates for the falling prevention of
the washers for the hanger brackets, tighten the nuts on the
upper side, and securely fix the unit.
Hanger bracket
Bottom of product
Level
6
Vinyl tube
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
193
Installation of indoor unit
CAUTION
• Use the level and check that the unit is installed horizontally.
(4-directions)
• In the case of using a vinyl tube (filled with water) in place of
the level, align the bottom of the unit to the water surface at
both edges of the vinyl tube to make levelness adjustment.
If the unit is installed at a slant with the drain pipe side set
high, in particular, the float switch will not operate normally
and water leakage may result.
EDUS281120_a
(1) Connect the piping.
• The outdoor unit is filled with refrigerant.
• When connecting or disconnecting piping to or from the
unit, be sure to use a spanner and a torque wrench.
(Refer to Fig. 4)
Torque wrench
Spanner
Flare nut
6.
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
〈As for the refrigerant piping of the outdoor unit, refer to the
installation manual provided to the outdoor unit.〉
〈Perform heat insulation work on both gas piping and liquid
piping, or otherwise water leakage may result.〉
〈Use the insulation material that withstands a temperature
of 250°F.〉
〈Reinforce the insulation material for the refrigerant piping if
the ambient temperature is high, or otherwise dew condensation may result on the surface of the insulation material.〉
〈Make sure that the refrigerant is R410A before refrigerant
piping work. If the refrigerant is different, the air conditioner will not operate normally.〉
Piping union
Fig. 4
• Refer to Table 1 for the processing dimensions of the
flare.
• Use the flare nut provided with the unit.
• Apply ether oil or ester oil only to inner side of the
flare and screw in the flare nut three to four turns first by
hand at the time of connecting the flare nut.
(Refer to Fig. 5)
Apply ester oil or ether oil
only to inner side of flare.
CAUTION
Flare
Pipe
Tightening torque dimensions
size
A (in.)
24.1 – 29.4 lbf·ft
0.504 – 0.520
φ 1/2
36.5 – 44.5 lbf·ft
0.638 – 0.654
φ 5/8
45.6 – 55.6 lbf·ft
0.760 – 0.776
0
φ 3/8
R0.016-0.031
0
0.342 – 0.358
45 ±2
10.4 – 12.7 lbf·ft
0
φ 1/4
Flare shape
A
• Be sure to use the specified type of refrigerant for the
refrigeration cycle and do not contaminate the refrigerant
with air.
• Ventilate the room in case of refrigerant leakage during
installation work.
Table 1
0
CAUTION
Fig. 5
• Refer to Table 1 for the corresponding tightening torque.
90 ±2
This product uses new refrigerant (R410A) only. Be sure to
keep the following items and conduct the installation work.
• Use a dedicated pipe cutter and flare tool for R410A.
• When connecting the flare, apply ether oil or ester oil
only to inner side of the flare.
• Be sure to use the flare nut provided with the unit. (Do
not use a different flare nut (such as a type-1 flare nut),
or otherwise refrigerant leakage may result.)
• Perform the curing of the piping with pinching or taping
of the piping in order to prevent the intrusion of dirt, dust,
and moisture into the piping.
CAUTION
• Do not excessively tighten the flare nut.
Doing so will break the flare nut and refrigerant leakage may
result.
• Make sure that all parts around the flare are free of oil.
The drain pan and the resin part may be deteriorated if oil is
attached.
• If no torque wrenches are available, refer to Table 2 as a
standard.
When the flare nut is tightened with the spanner, the
tightening torque should increase suddenly. Tighten the
flare nut further for the corresponding angle shown in
Table 2.
English
7
3PN14093-12A
194
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
Table 2
Pipe size
• Wrap the middle sealing material (7) around the insulation for fitting (4) and (5) for the joint (flare nut part).
Recommended arm length of
Further tightening angle
tool
φ 1/4
60 to 90 degrees
Approx. 5-7/8 in.
φ 3/8
60 to 90 degrees
Approx. 7-7/8 in.
φ 1/2
30 to 60 degrees
Approx. 9-13/16 in.
φ 5/8
30 to 60 degrees
Approx. 11-13/16 in.
(2) On completion of installation work, check that there is no
gas leakage.
(3) Refer to the following illustration and be sure to perform
heat insulation work on the piping joints after gas leakage
checks. (Refer to Fig. 6)
CAUTION
• Be sure to perform the heat insulation of the local piping
up to the piping joint.
If the piping is exposed, dew condensation may result. Furthermore, a burn may be caused if a human body comes in
contact with the piping.
• Perform nitrogen substituent or apply nitrogen into the
refrigerant piping (see NOTE 1) in the case of refrigerant
piping blazing (see NOTE 2). Then perform the flare connection of the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 7)
Heat insulation procedure for liquid piping
Insulation for fitting (4) (accessory)
Insulation material
for piping
(on unit side)
Refrigerant
piping
Flare nut joint
Make sure that
Middle sealing pad (7)
the seam faces
(accessory)
upward.
Attached to
the surface.
Taping
hands
valve
Nitrogen
Nitrogen
Main unit
Clamp (8)
(accessory)
Fig. 7
CAUTION
Wrap the insulation material
around the portion from the
surface of the main unit to the
upper part of the flare nut joint.
Insulation material
for piping (field supply)
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Fig. 6
Heat insulation procedure for gas piping
Insulation for fitting (5) (accessory)
Insulation material
for piping
(on unit side)
Attached to
the surface.
Flare nut joint
Make sure that
Middle sealing pad (7)
the seam faces
(accessory)
upward.
Clamp (8)
(accessory)
Insulation material
for piping (field supply)
Wrap the insulation material
around the portion from the
surface of the main unit to the
upper part of the flare nut joint.
• Use the insulation for fitting (4) and (5) provided to the
liquid piping and gas piping, respectively, and conduct
heat insulation work.
(Tighten both edges of the insulation for fitting (4) and (5)
for each joint with the clamp (8).)
• Make sure that the joint of the insulation for fitting (4) and
(5) for the joint on the liquid piping and gas piping side
faces upward.
8
Pressure-reducing valve
Part to be
brazed
• Do not use any antioxidant at the time of piping blazing.
The piping may be clogged with a residual antioxidant and
parts may malfunction.
NOTE
1. At the time of blazing, set the pressure of nitrogen to
approximately 2.9 PSI (close to the pressure of a breeze
coming in contact with the cheek) with a pressure-reducing valve.
2. Do not use flux at the time of blazing and connecting the
refrigerant piping. Use a copper phosphorus brazing alloy
(BCuP-2/BCu 93P-710/795), which does not require flux,
for blazing.
(Flux has a bad influence on the refrigerant piping. Chlorine-based flux will cause piping corrosion. Furthermore, if
it contains fluorine, the flux will deteriorate refrigerant oil.)
• As for the branching of the refrigerant piping or refrigerant,
refer to the installation manual provided with the outdoor unit.
7.
DRAIN PIPING WORK
(1) Conduct drain piping work.
Refrigerant
Check that the piping
piping
ensures proper draining.
• Make sure that the diamDrain socket
eter of the piping excludSocket
for
ing the rising part is the
maintenance
same as or larger than
(with rubber cap)
the diameter of the connecting pipe (vinyl chloride pipe with an outer diameter
of 1-1/4 in. and a nominal inner diameter of 31/32 in.).
• Make sure that the piping is short enough with a downward slope of at least 1/100 and that there is no air
bank formed. No drain trap is required.
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
195
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• The drain piping will be clogged with water and water leakage
may result if the water is accumulated in the drain piping.
• Select the diameter of the concentrated drain piping to
suit the capacity of equipment connecting to the concentrated drain piping (see the equipment design sheet).
Ceiling slab
12 in. max.
• Conduct drain-up piping work if the gradient is insufficient.
• Attach a support bracket at 3.3 to 4.9 ft intervals for
the prevention of piping deflection.
3.3 - 4.9 ft
Support bracket
28 in. max.
CAUTION
Drain-up piping
(field supply)
Support bracket
3.3 - 4.9 ft
Adjustable
(18-3/8 in. max.)
Metal clamp (1) (accessory)
Drain hose (2) (accessory)
Downward slope of at least 1/100
Drain hose (2) (accessory)
• Be sure to use the drain hose (2) and metal clamp (1).
Insert the drain hose (2) deep into the base of the
drain socket, and securely fasten the metal clamp (1)
within the taped part on the insertion front end of the
hose.
Be sure to fasten the screw of the metal clamp (1) until
the margin of the screw thread decreases to 3/16 in. or
less.
Metal clamp (1)
(accessory)
Horizontal or
upward slope
Locate the drain hose horizontally
or with a little upward gradient.
If there is an air bank, noise may be generated
as a result of a water backflow when the drain
pump comes to a stop.
(2) Check the smooth draining of the piping on completion of
the installation of the piping.
Tape
Drain hose (2)
(accessory)
18 - 3/8 in.
NOTE
Be sure to follow the instructions as below.
• Do not connect the drain piping directly to a sewer that
smells of ammonia.
The ammonia in the sewer may reach through the drain
piping and corrode the heat exchanger of the indoor unit.
• Do not bend or twist the provided drain hose (2) in order
not to impose excessive force on the hose. (Doing so
may result in water leakage.)
• Take the procedure shown in the following illustration to
perform concentrated drain piping.
Concentrated drain piping
Maintain a downward slope of at least
1/100 so that no air bank will be formed.
The drain piping will be clogged with water
and water leakage may result if the water is
accumulated in the drain piping.
[Before electrical work]
CAUTION
• A licensed electrical engineering technician must conduct electrical wiring work (including grounding work).
• If no licensed electrical engineering technician is available, take steps 3 and 4 after the test run of the air conditioner is finished.
1. Remove the control box cover, and connect the singlephase electric wires to terminals L1 and L2 of the terminal block and the ground wiring to the ground terminal.
Perform wiring according to 10-1. CONNECTING
POWER SUPPLY, GROUND, REMOTE CONTROLLER,
AND TRANSMISSION WIRING in 10. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER.
CAUTION
• In order not to impose tension on the wire connections, perform clamping securely with the provided clamp (8) specified
in 3 in 10-1. CONNECTING POWER SUPPLY, GROUND,
REMOTE CONTROLLER, AND TRANSMISSION WIRING.
2. Check that the control box cover is closed before turning
the air conditioner ON.
3. Provide approximately 1/4 gal of water gradually into the
drain pan through the water inlet on the bottom of the drain
socket or the outlet. Make sure that the water is not spilled
onto the drain pump.
4. The drain pump will operate with the power turned ON.
Check that the pump drains water smoothly. (The drain
pump will stop automatically in 10 minutes.)
English
9
3PN14093-12A
196
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
The drainage can be checked with the water level change
in the drain pan through the water inlet.
CAUTION
• Do not touch the drain pump.
Otherwise, an electric shock may be received.
• Do not impose external force on the float switch.
Otherwise, a failure may result.
5. On completion of the drainage check, shut off the power
supply and disconnect the power supply line.
6. Put the control box cover to the original position.
[After electrical work]
• After completion of 8. DUCT WORK provide approximately
1/4 gal of water gradually into the drain pan through the
water inlet on the bottom of the drain socket, and check that
the water is drained while the air conditioner is in cooling
operation according to 11. FIELD SETTING and 12. TEST
RUN. Make sure that the water is not spilled onto the electric
parts of the drain pump and others.
(3) Be sure to conduct heat insulation work on the following portions, or otherwise water leakage may occur as
a result of dew condensation.
• Drain piping indoors
• Drain socket
Drain socket
Drain pan
Water inlet
Refrigerant piping
Control box cover
Control box
Terminal block for
power supply
Air outlet
Drain pump position
Socket for maintenance
(with rubber cap)
Screw
Water inlet lid
Plastic water container
• On completion of the drainage check, refer to the following illustration, and use the provided large sealing pad
(6) and heat insulate the metal clamp (1) and drain hose
(2).
Make sure that the
seam faces upward.
8.
DUCT WORK
Pay the utmost attention to the following items and conduct
the ductwork.
• Check that the duct will not be in excess of the setting range
of external static pressure for the unit. (Refer to the technical
datasheet for the setting range. Each model has each setting
range of external static pressure.)
• Attach a canvas duct each to the air outlet and air inlet so that
the vibration of the equipment will not be transmitted to the
duct or ceiling.
Use a sound-absorbing material (insulation material) for the
lining of the duct and apply vibration insulation rubber to the
suspension bolts.
• At the time of duct welding, perform the curing of the duct so
that the sputter will not come in contact with the drain pan for
the filter.
• If the metal duct passES through a metal lath, wire lath, or METALplate of a wooden structure, separate the duct and
WALLELECtrically.
• Be sure to heat insulate the duct for the prevention of dew
condensation. (Material: Glass wool or styrene foam; Thickness: 31/32 in.)
• Be sure to attach the field supply air filter to the air inlet of the
unit or field supply inlet in the air passage on the air suction
side. (Be sure to select an air filter with a duct collection
EFFIciency of 50 weight percent.)
• Explain the operation and washing methods of the locally
procured components (i.e., the air filter, air inlet grille, and air
outlet grille) to the customer.
• Locate the air outlet grille on the indoor side for the prevention of drafts in a position where indirect contact with people.
• The air conditioner incorporates a function to adjust the fan to
rated speed automatically. (11. FIELD SETTING)
Therefore, do not use booster fans midway in the duct.
Connection method of ducts on air inlet and outlet sides.
• Connect the field supply duct in alignment with the inner side
of the flange.
• Connect the flange and unit with the flange connection screw
(3).
• Wrap aluminum tape around the flange and duct joint in order
to prevent air leakage.
Flange on air inlet side
(provided with the unit)
Screws for duct
flanges (3)
(accessory)
Large sealing pad (6)
(accessory)
Flange on air outlet side
(provided with the unit)
Insulation material
(field supply)
Air inlet
Insulation material
(field supply)
Unit
Air outlet
Canvas duct
(field supply)
Screws
for duct
flanges (3)
(accessory)
Metal clamp (1)
(accessory)
3/16 in. max.
CAUTION
Connect the flange and unit with the flange connection screw (3)
regardless of whether the duct is connected to the air inlet side.
10
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
197
Installation of indoor unit
9.
9-1
EDUS281120_a
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
9-3
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
• All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must
conform to local codes.
• Use copper wire only.
• For electric wiring work, refer to also “Wiring diagram”
attached to the control box cover.
• For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation
manual attached to the remote controller.
• All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician.
• A circuit breaker capable of shutting down power supply to
the entire system must be installed.
• Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit
for the size of power supply wiring connected to the outdoor
unit, the capacity of the ground fault circuit interrupter and
switch, and wiring instructions.
• Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
• Do not connect the ground wiring to gas and water pipes,
lightning rods, or telephone ground wires.
• Gas pipes : might cause explosions or fire if gas leaks.
• Water pipes : no grounding effect if hard vinyl piping is
used.
• Telephone ground wires or lightning rods : might cause
abnormally high electric potential in the ground during
lighting storms.
9-2
SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELD SUPPLIED
FUSE
" 2 % !AND
+ % WIRE
2
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
-ODEL
0OWERSUPPLY
&ANMOTOR
+7
&,!
&"106*5
&"106*5
&"106*5
&"106*5
&"106*5
(Z
6OLTS 6OLTAGERANGE -#! -/0
6 -AX6
6 -IN6
MCA: Minimum Circuit Ampacity (A)
MOP: Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device (A)
kW: Fan Motor Rated Output (kW)
FLA: Full Load Ampacity (A)
Power supply wiring
Model
fuseBREAKER
Remote controller wiring
Transmission wiring
Size
Wire
Size
Size must
comply
with local
codes.
STRANDED
NONSHIELDED
CONDUCTOR
AWG18-
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU
15A
FBQ42PVJU
Allowable length of transmission wirings and remote controller
wiring are as follows.
(1) Outdoor unit – Indoor unit:
Max. 3280 ft (Total wiring length: 6560 ft)
(2) Indoor unit – Remote controller:
Max. 1640 ft
NOTE
3HOWSONLYINCASEOFPROTECTEDPIPES5SE(2.&IN
CASEOFNOPROTECTION
6INYLCORDWITHSHEATHORCABLE)NSULATEDTHICKNESS
INORMORE
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE
7)2).'%8!-0,%!.$(/74/3%4
4(%2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2
#/..%#4).'0/7%23500,9'2/5.$
2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2!.$42!.3-)33)/.
7)2).'
2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVERASSHOWNBELOWANDCONNECT
EACHWIRE
2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVER
Screw
(3 portions)
English
11
C: 3PN14093-12A
198
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
(2) Lay the wires in the control box through the wire inlet on the
side of the control box.
Elbow
(Field supply)
Lock nut
(Field supply)
Conduit
(Field supply)
Low-voltage wiring inlet
Transmission wiring
(Low voltage)
Remote controller wiring
(Low voltage)
(3) Follow the instructions below, and lay the wires in the control box.
Fix the wires with
clamp (8) to the
wire fixing bracket
provided to the
control box.
Transmission
wiring (Low voltage)
Remote controller
wiring (Low voltage)
Insert the cord into
the wire clips
provided with the
control box.
Conduit
(field supply)
Power supply wiring
(High voltage)
Ground wiring
(High voltage)
PROHIBITED
Insulation tube
(accessory (12))
Never connect the power
supply wiring.
High-voltage wiring inlet
P1 P2 F1 F2 T 1 T2
Power supply wiring (High voltage)
Ground wiring (High voltage)
Ground L 1 L 2
CAUTION
• Do not lay the remote controller wiring or transmission wiring
along with the power supply wiring or other electric wiring in
the same route. Separate the remote controller wiring and
transmission wiring at least 2 in. from the power supply wiring
or other electric wiring, or otherwise malfunctions or failures
may be caused by external electric noise that may interfere
with the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring.
• For the installation and wiring of the remote controller, refer to
the remote controller installation manual provided with the
remote controller.
• For power supply wiring, refer to the wiring diagram as well.
• Be sure to connect the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring correctly to the right terminal block.
Transmission wiring
(No polarity)
Connection method of
power supply terminals
(X1M)
Remote controller
wiring (No polarity)
Twist and fix the upper part so
that the wires will not drop out.
Fix the cord with the
clamp (8) to the wire
fixing bracket provided
to the control box.
Connection method of remote
controller terminals (X2M)
• If stranded wires are used, do
not solder the front end of the
wires.
Routing power supply wiring and transmission wiring
Let the power supply wiring with a conduit pass through one of
the holes on the side cover, and let the transmission wiring with
a conduit pass through another hole.
• For protection from uninsulated live parts, thread the power
supply wiring or the transmission wiring through the included
insulation tube and secure it with the included clamp.
Insulation tube
(accessory (12))
Power supply wiring
Clamp
or
(accessory (8)) Transmission wiring
(3in.)
When use the insulation tube
• Cut off the insulation tube as need length.
Cut off
WARNING
Trim and lay the wiring neatly and attach the control box
cover securely.
An electric shock or fire may result if the control box cover
catches any wiring or the wires push up the cover.
12
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
199
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(4) Put the control box cover, and wrap the wire sealing material (Small) (10) around the conduit so as to block the wire
through holes.
Wire through holes
10-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
WARNING
Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
The installation of a ground fault circuit interrupter is imperative
for the prevention of electric shocks and fire accidents.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE
Power supply wire
Power supply
Outdoor unit
Transmission wire
Main
switch
Disconnect switch
CAUTION
Maximum overcurrent
protective device
• After all the wiring connections are done, fill in any gaps in the
through holes with putty or insulation (procured locally) to prevent small animals and insects from entering the unit from
outside. (If any do get in, they could cause short circuits in the
control box.)
[Precautions for Power Supply Wiring]
• Connect round crimp-style terminals provided with insulation
sleeves to the terminal block for power supply.
Indoor unit
Remote controller
Attach insulation sleeve
1. When using 1 remote controller (Normal operation)
Round crimp-style terminal
Electric wire
Be sure to follow the instructions provided below if the specified terminals cannot be used.
Otherwise, abnormal heat may be generated as a result
of the loosening of the wires.
Connect the wires
evenly.
Do not connect a
wire to the single
side only.
Do not connect
wires different
from each other in
diameter.
Power Supply
208/230V
1 ~ 60Hz
Outdoor unit
Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P1 P2
• If stranded wires are used, do not solder the front end of the
wires.
• Connect proper wires securely and fix the wires so that external force will not be imposed on the terminals.
• Use an appropriate screwdriver to tighten the terminal
screws. The screw heads may be damaged if the screwdriver
is too small and the terminal screws will not be tightened
properly.
• Do not tighten the terminal screws excessively, or otherwise
the screw heads may be damaged.
• Refer to the table below for the required tightening torque values of the terminal screws.
Remote
controller
Tightening torque (lbf·ft)
Terminal block for remote controller
and transmission wires
0.58 - 0.72
Terminal block for power supply
Ground wiring
0.87 - 1.06
English
13
3PN14093-12A
200
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
2. When using 2 remote controllers
Power Supply
208/230V
1 ~ 60Hz
(2) Set the main/sub switch on one of the remote controller
PCBs to sub. (Keep the switch of the other remote controller
PCB set to main.)
Outdoor unit
Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
(Factory setting)
S
M
Remote controller
PC board
L1 L2
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Indoor unit
P1 P2
P1 P2
For use with
2 remote
controllers
Only one remote
controller needs to be
changed if factory
settings have
remained untouched.
10-4 COMPUTERIZED CONTROL (FORCED OFF
AND ON/OFF OPERATION)
(1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
• Connect the external input to terminals T1 and T2 of the
terminal block for remote controller.
[ PRECAUTIONS ]
F2
1. Make sure that the ground fault circuit interrupter is
designed to protect the air conditioner from ground faults,
overloads, and short-circuiting.
2. The remote controller wiring (P1 and P2) and transmission
wiring (F1 and F2) have no polarity.
10-3 CONTROL BY 2 REMOTE CONTROLLERS (Controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)
• Set one of the remote controllers to main and the other to sub
in the case of remote control with two remote controllers.
Switching Main/Sub
• The setting of the BRC1E71 remote controller should be
switched referring to the manual supplied with the remote
controller.
• In case of BRC1D71 remote controller.
(1) Insert a
screwdriver into the clearance between the
grooves of the lower casing and the upper casing to remove
the upper casing. (2 grooves) (The remote controller PCB is
attached to the upper casing.)
Upper part of
remote controller
S
M
T1
T2
FORCED
OFF
Input A
Wire specificationCONDUCTORSTRANDEDNONSHIELDEDCOPPER06#ORVINYLJACKET
Gauge
AWG18-
Length
Max. 328 ft
External terminal
Contact that can ensure the minimum applicable load of 15 V DC, 1 mA.
(2) Actuation
• The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF
OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
FORCED OFF
ON/OFF OPERATION
Input “ON” stops operation (impossible by
remote controllers.)
Input OFF → ON turns
ON unit.
Input OFF enables control by remote controller.
Input ON → OFF turns
OFF unit.
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
• Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to
select operation.
10-5 CENTRALIZED CONTROL
Lower part of
remote controller
• For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group
No. For details, refer to the manual of each optional controllers for centralized control.
Insert the screwdriver here and gently work
off the upper part of remote controller.
14
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
201
Installation of indoor unit
EDUS281120_a
11. FIELD SETTING
Make sure the control box covers are closed on the indoor
and outdoor units.
Field setting must be made from the remote controller in
accordance with the installation conditions.
• Setting can be made by changing the “Mode No.”, “FIRST
CODE NO.”, and “SECOND CODE NO.”.
• For setting procedures and instructions, refer to the “FIELD
SETTING” in the installation manual of the remote controller.
Field settings
Mode
10
0–01
4–––
8–––
Return
FIELD SET MODE
Mode No.
(3) Make settings for automatic airflow adjustment. After
setting the air conditioner to “fan mode”, stop the air
conditioner, go to “FIELD SET MODE”, select Mode
No. “21” (11 in the case of group settings), set the setting “FIRST CODE NO.” to 7, and set the setting
“SECOND CODE NO.” to 03.
Return to normal mode after these settings, and press
the ON/OFF OPERATION button. Then the operation
lamp will be lit and the air conditioner will go into fan
operation for automatic airflow adjustment. Do not
adjust the throttles of the air outlets or inlets during
automatic adjustment of the air conditioner. After the
air conditioner runs approximately one to eight minutes, the air conditioner will finish airflow adjustment
automatically, the operation lamp will be turned OFF,
and the air conditioner will come to a stop.
Setting
Table 3
FIRST CODE NO.
SECOND CODE NO.
With wireless remote controller used
Set the wireless remote controller address before using the
wireless remote controller.
For the setting method of the address, refer to the operation
manual provided with the wireless remote controller.
NOTE
• Before the test run as explained in 12. TEST RUN, be sure to
make the following field settings.
• A “Mode No.” is set on a group basis. To make a mode setting
on an individual unit basis or check the setting made, however, set the corresponding mode number in the parentheses.
1. Settings for optional accessories
• In case of connecting optional accessories, refer to the
installation manual provided with them and make necessary settings.
2. External static pressure settings
Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as
explained below.
(a) Use the airflow adjustment function to make settings.
Automatic airflow adjustment: The volume of discharge
air is automatically adjusted to the rated quantity.
(1) Check that power supply wiring to the air conditioner
is completed along with duct installation. If a closing
damper is installed in the air-conditioning system,
make sure that the closing damper is opened. Furthermore, check that the air filter as a field supply is
attached to the air passage on the suction side.
(2) If there are a number of air outlets and inlets, adjust the
throttles so that the airflow rate of each air outlet and
inlet will coincide with the designed airflow rate. At that
time, operate the air conditioner in “fan mode”. To
change the airflow rate, press and set the airflow adjustment button of the remote controller to HH, H, or L.
English
Mode No.
FIRST CODE NO.
Setting contents
11 (21)
7
Airflow
adjustment
SECOND CODE NO.
01
02
03
OFF
Completion of
airflow adjustment
Start of airflow
adjustment
(4) After the air conditioner stops operating, check with
“Mode No. 21” on an indoor unit basis that 02 is set
for the “SECOND CODE NO.” in Table 3. If the air
conditioner does not stop operating automatically or
the “SECOND CODE NO.” is not 02, repeat steps
from (3). If the outdoor unit is not turned ON, U4 or
UH as explained in Table 7 will be displayed. This display is not problematic, because this function is set
for the indoor unit. Continue setting the function.
After setting this function, be sure to turn ON the outdoor unit before the test run of the outdoor unit. If any
other error is displayed, refer to Table 7 and the operation manual provided with the outdoor unit and
check the defective point.
CAUTION
• If there is any change after airflow adjustment in the ventilation paths (e.g., the duct and air outlet), be sure to make automatic airflow adjustment again.
• Consult your Daikin representative if there is any change in
the ventilation paths (e.g., the duct and air outlet) after the test
run of the outdoor unit is finished or the air conditioner is
moved to another place.
(b) Select an external static pressure with the remote controller.
Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the “SECOND CODE NO.”
in “Mode No. 21” for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit
basis in Table 3. The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 01
(OFF) at factory set. Change the “SECOND CODE NO.”
as shown in Table 4 according to the external static pressure of the duct to be connected.
(1) The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 07 (an external
static pressure of 0.4 inWG) at factory set.
15
3PN14093-12A
202
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of indoor unit
12. TEST RUN
Table 4
External Static
Pressure
Mode No.
FIRST
CODE NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
0.20 inWG
02
0.24 inWG
03
0.28 inWG
04
0.32 inWG
05
0.36 inWG
06
0.40 inWG
07
0.44 inWG
13 (23)
0.48 inWG
08
06
09
0.52 inWG
10
0.56 inWG
11
0.60 inWG
12
0.64 inWG
13
0.72 inWG
14
0.80 inWG
15
Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
• The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a
malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction code on the liquid
crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation
of malfunction codes and the corresponding trouble is provided in the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit
or the service manual.
If any of the items in Table 7 is displayed, there may be a
problem with the wiring or power supply, so check the wiring
again.
Table 6
Remote controller display
CAUTION
Keep in mind that a shortage of airflow quantity or water leakage
will result because the air conditioner will be operated outside
the rated range of airflow quantity if the external static pressure
is wrongly set.
3. Filter sign settings
• The remote controller is provided with an LCD that tells
the time of air filter cleaning.
• If the air conditioner is used in places with excessive dust,
change the “SECOND CODE NO.” as shown in Table 5.
The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 01 (standard) at factory set.
“A8” is lit up
“C1” is lit up
Fan driver PCB of indoor unit ↔
indoor control PCB transmission
error.
“C6” is lit up
Improper combination of fan driver
PCB of indoor unit or setting failure
in control PCB type.
“U3” is lit up
Test run of outdoor unit has not
been finished.
Table 7
Remote controller display
“
” is lit up
Time for
display
Standard
Approximately 2500
hours
Excessive
dust
Approximately 1250
hours
No display (*)
Mode No.
FIRST
CODE
NO.
“U4” is lit up
“UH” is lit up
No display
• The power supply on the indoor
unit is off.
• The indoor unit has not been
wired for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the remote
controller, the transmission and /
or the FORCED OFF.
SECOND
CODE
NO.
01
10 (20)
0
02
3
* Select “No display” under conditions in which the cleaning
display is not required, such as the time of regular maintenance.
16
Contents
• There is a short circuit at the
FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2)
• The power supply on the outdoor
unit is off.
• The outdoor unit has not been
wired for power supply.
• Incorrect wiring for the transmission and / or the FORCED OFF
wiring.
Table 5
Dirt
Contents
Error in power supply voltage to
indoor unit.
CAUTION
If interior finish work is continuing on completion of the test run
of the air conditioner, explain the customer not to operate the air
conditioner until the interior finish work is completed for the protection of the air conditioner.
Otherwise, substances that will be generated from interior finish
work materials, such as paint and adhesive agents, may contaminate the air conditioner.
English
3PN14093-12A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
203
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
17. Installation of outdoor unit
17.1
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU / RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 /
RZQ30PVJU
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ........................................... 1
INTRODUCTION ............................................................... 3
BEFORE INSTALLATION .................................................. 4
SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION ................... 4
CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION ........................................ 8
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ....................................... 9
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK ............................................ 12
CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK .................. 15
TEST RUN PROCEDURE............................................... 15
CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS ........................ 17
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Read these “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation”
carefully before installing air conditioning equipment. After
completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates
properly during the startup operation.
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit.
Inform customers that they should store this Installation Manual with the Operation Manual for future reference.
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this
product. Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant
leakage, electrical shock, fire, or explosion.
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE
Symbols:
DANGER ................ Indicates an imminently hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING .............. Indicates a potentially hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION ............... Indicates a potentially hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injury.
It may also be used to alert against
unsafe practices.
NOTE ..................... Indicates situations that may result in
equipment or property-damage
accidents only.
1
Installation manual
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen.
A massive leak can lead to oxygen depletion, especially
in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur
leading to serious injury or death.
• Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, telephone wires, or lightning rods as incomplete grounding
can cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe
injury or death. Additionally, grounding to gas pipes
could cause a gas leak and potential explosion causing
severe injury or death.
• If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the
area immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic
gas if it comes in contact with fire. Exposure to this gas
could cause severe injury or death.
• After completing the installation work, check that the
refrigerant gas does not leak throughout the system.
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials
are present due to risk of explosions that can cause
serious injury or death.
• Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials
in accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordinances. Packing materials such as nails and other metal or
wood parts, including plastic packing materials used for
transportation may cause injuries or death by suffocation.
WARNING
• Only qualified personnel must carry out the installation
work. Installation must be done in accordance with this
installation manual. Improper installation may result in
water leakage, electric shock, or fire.
• When installing the unit in a small room, take measures
to keep the refrigerant concentration from exceeding
allowable safety limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in
the event of an accident in a closed ambient space, can
lead to oxygen deficiency.
• Use only specified accessories and parts for installation
work. Failure to use specified parts may result in water
leakage, electric shocks, fire, or the unit falling.
• Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong
enough that it can withstand the weight of the unit. A
foundation of insufficient strength may result in the unit
falling and causing injuries.
• Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes when installing. Improper installation may result
in the unit falling and causing accidents.
• Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
out by qualified personnel according to local, state, and
national regulations. An insufficient power supply
capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to
electric shocks or fire.
• Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specified wires
are used, and that no external forces act on the terminal
connections or wires. Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
English
3P281953-2A
204
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
• When wiring, position the wires so that the control box
cover can be securely fastened. Improper positioning of
the control box cover may result in electric shocks, fire, or
the terminals overheating.
• Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
• Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one
is not already available. This helps prevent electrical
shocks or fire.
• Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel).
If the terminal cover/panel is not installed properly, dust
or water may enter the outdoor unit causing fire or
electric shock.
• When installing or relocating the system, keep the
refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the
specified refrigerant (R410A) such as air. Any presence
of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit can cause an abnormal pressure rise or rupture,
resulting in injury.
• Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If
the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection
device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other
than those specified by Daikin are used, fire or explosion may occur.
•
•
•
•
•
CAUTION
• Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. Touching a
switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
• Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to
prevent injury.
• Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immediately after operation as the refrigerant pipes may be hot
or cold, depending on the condition of the refrigerant
flowing through the refrigerant piping, compressor, and
other refrigerant cycle parts. Your hands may suffer
burns or frostbite if you touch the refrigerant pipes. To
avoid injury, give the pipes time to return to normal
temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to wear
proper gloves.
• Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut.
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the fins when working around them.
• Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain
piping may result in water leakage and property damage.
• Insulate piping to prevent condensation.
• Be careful when transporting the product.
• Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping
operation. Always wait for at least 5 minutes before
turning off the power. Otherwise, water leakage may
occur.
• Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylinder may cause the refrigerant to deteriorate.
• Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean,
dry, and tight.
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral
oils such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be
prevented from getting into the system.
English
•
(b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does
not destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce the
earth’s protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation.
R410A can contribute to the greenhouse effect if it is
released. Therefore take proper measures to check
for the tightness of the refrigerant piping installation.
Read the chapter Refrigerant Piping Work and follow
the procedures.
Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refrigerant must be charged in its liquid state. If the refrigerant
is charged in a state of gas, its composition can change
and the system will not work properly.
The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor
models that can be connected. Normal operation is not
possible when connected to other units.
Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
can be shorter than expected in rooms with electronic
fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start types). Install
the indoor unit far away from fluorescent lamps as
much as possible.
Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor
units can be installed either outdoors or indoors.
Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
(a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is
produced, for example, in a kitchen.
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in
water leakage.
(b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is
produced.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result
in refrigerant leakage.
(c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of
the control system and cause the unit to malfunction.
(d) Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fiber, or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or
where volatile flammables such as thinner or gasoline are handled. Operating the unit in such conditions can cause a fire.
Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit
from being used as a shelter by small animals. Small
animals making contact with electrical parts can cause
malfunctions, smoke, or fire. Instruct the customer to
keep the area around the unit clean.
NOTE
• Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor
and outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from televisions
or radios to prevent image interference or noise.
Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 feet
may not be sufficient to eliminate the noise.
• Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and
additional parts must be done in accordance with the
relevant local, state, and national regulations.
• Do not use the following tools that are used with conventional refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose,
gas leak detector, reverse flow check valve, refrigerant
charge base, vacuum gauge, or refrigerant recovery
equipment.
• If the conventional refrigerant and refrigeration oil are
mixed in R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.
2
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
205
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be
accessible to the general public.
• The wall thickness of field-installed pipes should be
selected in accordance with the relevant local, state,
and national regulations.
〈Safety Precaution〉
The PCI Data Station is a class A product. In a domestic
environment this product may cause radio interference in
which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
2.
INTRODUCTION
2-1 Standard operation limit
The figures below assume following operating conditions for
indoor and outdoor units:
Equivalent pipe length ................25 ft.
Level difference ..........................0 ft.
Cooling
Heating
A
<c>
115
C
60
<b>
50
95
43
41
<a>
2-2 Technical specifications
(∗<a> and ∗<b> in the table indicate the operating condition
(shown in the left figure).)
Model
Refrigerant
Power
[FAQ] Wall mounted
Cooling (MBh)
Heating (MBh) (RZQ only)
[FCQ] Ceiling mounted
Cooling (MBh)
Heating (MBh) (RZQ only)
[FHQ] Ceiling Suspended
Cooling (MBh)
Heating (MBh) (RZQ only)
(RZQ only)
[FTQ] Air Handling Unit
Cooling (MBh)
Heating (MBh)
Dimensions
(inch)
H ×W × D
Weight
(lb.)
Connections
(inch)
Gas
(inch)
Liquid
RZQ18PVJU RZQ24PVJU RZQ30PVJU
RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Precaution
R410A
208/230V 60Hz
18.0
20.0
24.0
26.0
–
–
∗<a>
∗<b>
18.0
20.0
24.0
27.0
30.0
34.0
∗<a>
∗<b>
18.0
20.0
24.0
27.0
30.0
34.0
∗<a>
∗<b>
18.0
20.0
24.0
26.0
–
–
∗<a>
∗<b>
30-5/16 × 35 7/16 × 12 5/8
150
5/8
3/8
2-3 Electrical specifications
5
23
50
B
57 67
77
82
0
50
59
70
81
D
(∗<c> in the table indicate the operating condition (shown in
the left figure).)
RZQ18PVJU RZQ24PVJU RZQ30PVJU
Precaution
RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Model
A
B
C
D
Outdoor temperature (°FDB)
Indoor temperature (°FWB)
Outdoor temperature (°FWB)
Indoor temperature (°FDB)
Range for continuous operation
Range for pull down operation
Range for warming up operation
Range for operation
Power
Phase
Frequency
(Hz)
Voltage
(V)
Voltage
(%)
tolerance
Max.Overcurrent
(A)
Protective device
Min. Circuit Amps. (A)
Compressor
Phase
Frequency
(Hz)
Voltage
(V)
~
60
208/230
±10
20
∗<c>
16.5
3~
60
208/230
2-4 Accessories
Confirm that the following accessories are supplied.
Clamp
Cover
(Handle)
Insulation tube
(Large-1) (Large-2) (Small-1) (Small-2)
(1 pc.)
(2 pcs.)
(1 pc.)
(2 pcs.)
Screw
Conduit mounting plate
(1 pc.)
(2 pcs.)
(1 pc.)
Others
• Installation manual
3
(2 pcs.)
English
3P281953-2A
206
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
2-5 Main components
For main components and function of the main components,
refer to the Engineering Data Book.
3.
BEFORE INSTALLATION
〈Bringing-in〉
Bring in the outdoor unit slowly by holding the lugs provided on
the left and right sides as shown in the figures below.
(Take care so that hands and objects do not touch the fin on
the rear.)
Discharge grille
• If strong wind whose velocity is 11 mph or more blows
to the outdoor unit from the air outlet side, the air flow
rate of the outdoor unit is reduced, the outlet air is
sucked again (short-circuit), and the following effect may
be caused:
• The capacity is deteriorated.
• The adhered frost increases during heating operation.
• The operation is stopped by pressure rise.
• If excessive strong wind continuously blows from the air
outlet side of the outdoor unit, the fan may rotate in the
reverse direction at high speed, and lead to damage.
Install the outdoor unit in reference to the following
figures.
• Position the air outlet side toward the building wall,
fence or windbreak screen.
Lug
Suction
grille
Outdoor unit
(Secure the space for installation and servicing.)
• Let the air outlet direction face be at right angles to the
wind direction.
(Front view)
(Rear view)
If the suction hole area on the side of the casing
is held, the casing may be deformed. Make sure
to hold the corner.
Make sure to use accessories and specified specification
parts in the installation work.
4.
SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION
The refrigerant R410A itself is nontoxic, nonflammable
and safe. If the refrigerant should leak however, its concentration may exceed the allowable limit depending on
room size. Due to this it could be necessary to take measures against leakage. Refer to the chapter “Caution for
refrigerant leaks”.
(1) Select a proper location satisfying the following requirements with approval of the customer.
• Sufficient ventilation is secured.
• Adjacent houses are not annoyed.
• The foundation is strong enough to support the weight
and withstand vibrations of the outdoor unit, and the
location is safe and allows horizontal installation.
• The outdoor unit is exposed to rain as less as possible.
• The space for installation and servicing is secured
around the outdoor unit.
• The indoor/outdoor piping length and wiring length are
within the allowable range.
Strong wind
Strong wind
Air outlet
(3) When installing the outdoor unit in a location with
heavy snowfall, pay special attention to the following
items:
• Prepare strong foundation.
• Attach the snow hood (optional accessory).
• Remove the suction grill on the rear so that snow will
not be accumulated in the rear fin.
(4) When there is a possibility of short-circuit depending
on the ambient situation, use the wind direction adjusting plate (optional accessory).
(5) The inverter type air conditioner may cause noise in
electric products.
When selecting an installation location, keep sufficient distance from the air conditioner units and
wiring to radios, personal computers, stereos, etc. as
shown in the figure below.
In areas with weak electric waves, keep a distance of
120 in. or more from the indoor remote controller, etc.,
put the power cables and connection cables in conduit tubes, and ground the conduit tubes.
(2) When installing the outdoor unit in a location affected
by strong wind, pay special attention to the following
items.
English
4
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
207
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Branch switch
and overcurrent
protective device
Branch switch
and overcurrent
protective device
re
40 or more
Indoor remote
controller
4 0 o r mo
ore
60 or m
Indoor unit
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
• When an obstruction is present on the both sides
40
or
mo
re
ore
60 or m
ore
m
or
60
re
8o
(in.)
rm
Installation place (unit: inch)
〈Cautions on continuous installation〉
• The connection piping outlet direction in the continuous
installation shown in the figures below is frontward or downward.
• When routing the piping rearward, secure space of 10 in. or
more on the right side of the outdoor unit. (The unit of numeric values below is “inch”.)
• Make some space for wiring with conduit and servicing
between the units.
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
• When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet
side
20
ess
or l
40 or more
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are
present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Refrigerant is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A
massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion , especially in
basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading
to serious injury or death.
mo
ore
rm
4o
• When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet
side and both sides
20
(A) When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side
6o
ess
or l
40 or more
DANGER
or
12
ore
rm
• When the upward area is open
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
• When an obstruction is present only on the air inlet
side
ore
6o
ore
rm
6o
rm
ore
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
• When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet
side and both sides
20
ess
or l
40 or more
ore
rm
4o
• When an obstruction is present on the both sides
40
or m
ore
rm
4o
rm
ore
ore
12
or m
ore
4o
rm
rm
ore
5
ore
8o
4o
English
3P281953-2A
208
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
H
• When the upward area is open
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
L
(B) When an obstruction is present on the air outlet side
• When the upward area is open
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
ore
rm
ore
20
or m
ore
L>H
or m
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
H
L
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
20
4o
ore
ore
or m
40
L>H
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
s
r les
or m
s
r les
L
40 or more
20 o
ore
or m
ore
H
20
or m
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
40 or more
20 o
ore
40
12
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
s
r les
40 or more
20 o
10
or m
A
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below.
L≤H
H<L
L
A
0 < L ≤ 1/2H
30
1/2H < L ≤ H
40
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
NOTE
ore
40
or m
• Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
not bypass there.
(C) When an obstruction is present on both the air inlet
and air outlet sides
<Pattern 1>
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is higher than the
outdoor unit (There is no restriction in the height of obstruction
on the air inlet side.)
English
6
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
209
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
s
r les
20
ess
or l
L
L
H
40 or more
20 o
40 or more
(2) When only two outdoor units are installed side by
side
ore
H
o
40
1
A
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below.
L≤H
H<L
ore
A
rm
rm
2o
L
A
0 < L ≤ 1/2H
40
1/2H < L ≤ H
50
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below.
L≤H
H<L
L
A
0 < L ≤ 1/2H
4
1/2H < L ≤ H
8
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
NOTE
• Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
not bypass there.
(2) When only two outdoor units are installed side by
side
<Pattern 2>
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is lower than the
outdoor unit (There is no restriction in the height of obstruction
on the air inlet side.)
• When the upward area is open
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
ess
or l
H
L
H
20
40 or more
NOTE
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
not bypass there.
2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side.
ore
A
rm
L
o
60
ore
rm
4o
ore
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below.
rm
0o
L>H
2
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
L≤H
H<L
L
A
0 < L ≤ 1/2H
10
1/2H < L ≤ H
12
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
H
L
NOTE
ore
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
not bypass there.
2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side.
A
rm
o
60
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below.
L
0 < L ≤ 1/2H
1/2H < L ≤ H
7
A
10
12
English
3P281953-2A
210
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
(D) When outdoor units are stacked
(1) When an obstruction is present on the air outlet
side
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
L
Z
4
A
ore
H
m
0 or
ore
40
or m
ore
r
24 o
e
12
mor
rm
60 o
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below.
NOTE
1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.
2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper
outdoor unit.
3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and
the lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not bypass there.
(2) When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side
L≤H
H<L
5.
CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION
• Before installation, confirm the strength and levelness of the
foundation so that vibrations and noise are not generated.
• Fix the outdoor unit securely on a rigid base with foundation
bolts as shown in the foundation drawing below.
(Prepare 4 sets of commercially available M12-type or
equivalent foundation bolts, nuts and washers.)
• Use resin washers to prevent the paint from being scratched
off and rusting.
• The foundation bolts should be protruded by 15/16 in.
(Refer to figure)
4
Z
ore
12
L
A
0 < L ≤ 1/2H
10
1/2H < L ≤ H
12
Installation is not allowed.
or m
Resin
washer
15/16
NOTE
1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.
2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper
outdoor unit.
3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and
the lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not bypass there.
(E) When outdoor units are installed in rows (on the rooftop, etc.)
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed in each row
〈〈Drain treatment〉〉
• In a location where drain from the outdoor unit may cause
troubles (for example, where drainage may splash on general passersby), perform the drain piping work using the
drain plug (optional).
• For drain treatment, space of at least 4 in. is required under
the bottom frame of the outdoor unit.
• In the drain piping work, make sure that drainage is discharged securely.
(When routing the piping downward, check for water leakage.)
Air outlet side
24 3/8
r
40 o
English
e
mor
8 or
8 5/8
5 1/2
Bottom view
(unit: inch)
13 3/4
e
mor
11 3/8
ore
rm
80 o
4 5/8
ore
m
4 or
1 7/8
16 5/8
24 1/8
(13 5/8-13 7/8)
5 1/2
Drain hole
8
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
211
Installation of outdoor unit
6.
EDUS281120_a
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
Location
CAUTION
Outdoor
<To piping technician>
• Make sure to open the stop valves after finishing the
piping work. (Refer to the table shown in “ 6-7 Additional
refrigerant charge”.)
(Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut
may damage the compressor.)
• Use R410A to add refrigerant. (The R410A refrigerant
cylinder has a pink stripe painted around it.)
All field piping must be installed by a licensed refrigeration
technician and must comply with relevant local and national
regulations.
• BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
Do not use flux when brazing copper-to copper refrigerant
piping.
(Particularly for the HFC refrigerant piping) Therefore, use
the phosphor copper brazing filler metal (BCuP) which does
not require flux.
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping
systems. For instance, if chlorine based flux is used, it will
cause pipe corrosion. Flux containing fluorine will damage
refrigeration oil.)
Indoor
Working period
1 month or more
Less than 1 month
Regardless of period
Protection method
Pinch pipes
Pinch or tape pipes
6-3 Piping connection
• For handling of stop valves, refer to “Stop valve operation method” in “6-7 Additional refrigerant charge”.
• Only use the flare nuts attached to the stop valves.
Using different flare nuts may cause the refrigerant to
leak.
• Be sure to perform a nitrogen blow when brazing.
(Brazing without performing nitrogen replacement or releasing
nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized
film inside the pipes, adversely affecting valves and compressor
in the refrigerating system and preventing normal operation.)
DANGER
• Use of oxygen could cause an explosion resulting in severe
injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas.
• Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
NOTE
• Maximum piping length between the outdoor and indoor unit:
Indoor unit
Max. piping length
FAQ
FCQ
FHQ
164 ft.
FTQ
98 ft.
• Installation tools:
Make sure to use installation tools (gauge manifold charge
hose, etc.) that are exclusively used for R410A installations
to withstand the pressure and to prevent foreign materials
(e.g. mineral oils such as SUNISO and moisture) from
mixing into the system.
(The screw specifications differ for R410A and R407C.)
Vacuum pump (use a 2-stage vacuum pump with a nonreturn valve):
1. Make sure the pump oil does not flow oppositely into the
system while the pump is not working.
2. Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to –14.6 psi.
6-1 Selection of piping material
1. Foreign materials inside pipes (including oils for fabrication)
must be 0.14gr/10ft. or less.
2. Use the following material specification for refrigerant
pipping:
• Construction material: Phosphoric acid deoxidized seamless copper for refrigerant.
• Size: liquid pipe: φ3/8"
gas pipe: φ5/8"
NOTE
• When brazing with blowing nitrogen, set the nitrogen pressure to 2.9 psi or less by using a pressure reducing valve.
Refrigerant
piping
Location to
be brazed
Regulator
Nitrogen
Taping
Manual valve
Nitrogen
CAUTION
• Do not use anti-oxidants when brazing.
Residue can clog pipes and break the unit.
Do not let any refrigerant other than the specified refrigerant
enter the refrigerant system.
Do not let any gas such as air enter the refrigerant system.
〈Precautions when connecting the piping〉
• See the following table for flare dimensions.
• When connecting the flare nuts, apply refrigeration oil to the
inside of the flares and turn them three or four times at first.
(Use ester oil or ether oil.)
• See the following table for tightening torque. (Applying too
much torque may cause the flares to crack.)
• After connecting all the piping perform a gas leak check by
using nitrogen.
6-2 Protection of piping
• Protect the piping to prevent moisture and dusts from coming into the piping.
• Especially, pay attention when passing the piping through a
hole or connecting the end of piping to the outdoor.
9
English
3P281953-2A
212
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
Tightening
torque (ft·lbf)
Flare dimension
A (in.)
φ3/8”
24.1 - 29.4
0.504 - 0.520
φ5/8”
45.6 - 55.6
0.760 - 0.776
Cautions on connecting the connection piping
Flare shape (in.)
R0.016
~0.031
A
90°± 2°
45°
±
2°
Pipe size
Ester oil or ether oil
• If you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench,
you may follow the installation method mentioned below.
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there is
no gas leak.
• When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner,
there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly increases.
From that position, further tighten the flare nut the angle
shown below.
Pipe size
φ3/8”
φ5/8”
Tightening angle
(Guideline)
60°~90°
30°~60°
Recommended arm
length of tool (in.)
Approx. 7 7/8
Approx. 11 13/16
Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and
eventual other parts should be comply the relevant local and
national regulations.
• When it is expected that water condensed in the stop valve
will reach the indoor unit through the gap between the heat
insulating material and the piping (for example, when the
outdoor unit is installed in a higher position than the indoor
unit), take proper action such as caulking the connection
area.
[Measures to prevent invasion of small creatures and litter]
• Block all gaps in the piping penetration areas with putty or
heat insulating material (arranged in the local field) as
shown in the figure below.
(If small creatures such as insects or litter enter the outdoor
unit, a short-circuit may be caused inside the control box.)
Putty or heat
insulating material
(arranged in local field)
6-5 Heat insulation of piping
• Make sure to insulate the field piping (on both the liquid line
and gas line) and refrigerant branching kit.
(If they are not insulated, water leakage may be caused.)
"ESURETOUSEDINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSEWITH
(6!#SYSTEMS
• Reinforce the refrigerant piping according to the installation
environment. If it is not reinforced, condensate may form on
the surface of the insulation.
6-4 Refrigerant piping work procedure
The field piping can be connected in three directions.
Front
panel
Piping cover
WARNING
• Make sure to insulate the field piping up to the piping connection area inside the unit. If the piping is exposed, dew
condensation and burn by contact may be caused.
Screw for
front panel
Front direction
Screw for piping
cover (front)
Downward
direction
Lateral
direction
When connecting the piping downward, remove the knockout hole by making four holes in the middle on the each side
of the knockout hole with a drill.
6-6 Airtight test and vacuum drying
The unit has been checked for leaks by the manufacturer.
Confirm that the valves are firmly closed before airtight test or
vacuumdrying.
To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufficient pressure resistance, always use the special tools dedicated for
R410A.
Drill
Middle on the side
Knockout hole
Slit
Field piping
Slit
Bottom frame
Then cut out the corner of the bottom frame along the slits (in
two positions) by using a hacksaw.
After removing the parts, it is recommended to apply repair
paint on the edges, to prevent rusting.
English
Perform the following inspections securely after the
piping work.
• Airtight test - Make sure to use nitrogen gas. (For the
service port position, refer to the figure in “Stop valve
operation method”.)
[Procedure] Pressurize the air conditioner from the liquid
pipe and gas pipe up to 450 psi (Make sure not to exceed
450 psi). When the pressure does not drop for 24 hours, the
piping work shall be accepted.
If the pressure drops, check for leakage positions. (Confirm
that there is no leakage, then release nitrogen.)
10
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
213
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• Vacuum drying - Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate
up to –14.6 psi or less.
[Procedure] Operate the vacuum pump for evacuation for
2 hours or more using both liquid pipe and gas pipe until the
vacuum pressure reaches –14.6 psi or less. Leave the air
conditioner at –14.6 psi or less for 1 hour or more, and
confirm that the vacuum pressure indicated by the vacuum
gage does not increase.
(If the vacuum pressure increases, the system may contain
moisture or have leakage.)
If there is a possibility of moisture remaining in the piping
(for example, when there is a possibility of dew condensation
inside the piping because the piping work was performed in
the rainy season or over a long period of time, or when rainwater may have entered the piping during the work)
Perform evacuation described above for 2 hours (vacuum
drying), pressurize the air conditioner up to 7 psi (vacuum
break) with nitrogen gas, then evacuate the air conditioner
using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to achieve –14.6 psi or less
(vacuum drying).
(If the vacuum pressure does not reach –14.6 psi or less even
after evacuation for 2 hours or more, repeat vacuum break and
vacuum drying.) Leave the air conditioner in the vacuum status
for 1 hour or more, and confirm that the vacuum pressure
indicated by the vacuum gauge does not increase.
6-7 Additional refrigerant charge
WARNING
• To avoid injury always use protective gloves and eye protection when charging refrigerant.
• To avoid injury do not charge with unsuitable substances.
Use only the appropriate refrigerant.
• Charge the refrigerant to the liquid pipe in its liquid state.
Since R410A is a mixed refrigerant, its composition changes
if charged in a state of gas and normal system operation
would no longer be assured.
• Before filling, check whether the tank has a siphon attached
or not.
How to fill a tank with a siphon attached.
Fill with the tank upright.
There is a siphon tube
inside, so there is no need
to turn the tank upside-down.
Other ways of filling the tank
Fill with the tank upside-down.
• After the vacuum drying is finished, charge the additional
refrigerant in its liquid state through the liquid stop valve
service port.
Taking into account following instructions:
1. Check that gas and liquid stop valves are closed.
2. Charge the specified amount of refrigerant.
• If the outdoor unit is not in operation and the total amount
cannot be charged, follow the procedures for additional
refrigerant charge shown below.
• Make sure to use installation tools you exclusively use on
R410A installations to withstand the pressure and to prevent
foreign materials from mixing into the system.
• Procedures for charging additional refrigerant.
Pressure
reducing
valve
R410A
Additional charging
Liquid piping length
amount =
× 0.036 +
(lb.)
(ft.)×0.036
Additional charging
depended on type
of indoor unit
A (lb.)
Indoor unit
FAQ
FCQ
FHQ
FTQ
Additional charging
A (lb.)
0
1.54
Cylinder
• This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant.
• Charge the additional refrigerant calculated by the formula
below.
Nitrogen
• Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been
completed.
Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the airtight test and the vacuum drying (see above).
When charging refrigerant into the system, take care that its
maximum allowable charge is never exceeded, in view of the
danger of liquid hammer.
Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly.
To avoid compressor breakdown, do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified amount to raise the condensing
pressure.
(Siphon system)
NOTE
Outdoor unit
Liquid line
Dotted lines
represent
field piping
Gas line
Indoor unit
Valve A
Stop valve service port
Weighing
scale
Vacuum pump
Charge hose
See the “Cautions on service” label on the back of the front
panel for the settings for operation after replenishing refrigerant.
1. Open the gas line stop valve (leaving the liquid line stop
valve, valve A in the diagram above, close) and perform the
operation to add the refrigerant.
2. Once the appropriate amount of refrigerant is in, press the
confirmation button (BS3) on the outdoor unit PC board
(A2P), and stop operation.
3. Open the stop valves quickly (both liquid and gas line
valves).
(This must be done quickly to avoid the possibility that the
pipe might burst.)
Record the additional amount to the label stuck on the back of
front panel.
11
English
C: 3P281953-2A
214
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
[Stop valve operation method]
Prepare hexagon wrenches (whose size is 4 mm and 6 mm).
Stop valve operation
Cautions on handling the stop valve
• The figure below shows the name of each part required in
handling the stop valve. At the time of shipment, the stop
valve is closed.
Service port
Valve stem
Valve cap
Silicon sealant
(Take care not to generate cavity.)
Field piping
connection part
How to open the stop valve
1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the
valve stem counterclockwise.
2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop
turning. Now, the valve is open.
How to close the stop valve
1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the
valve stem clockwise.
2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop
turning. Now, the valve is closed.
Opening direction
Opening direction
<Liquid line>
<Gas line>
• If only a torque wrench is used to loosen or tighten the flare
nut, the side plate may be distorted. Make sure to fix the
stop valve with a spanner, then loosen or tighten the flare
nut with a torque wrench.
7.
Spanner
Torque
wrench
Spanner prohibition
to valve cap and
body part
Stop valve of two
hangs structure
Torque
wrench
Stop valve of one
hang structure
• When it is expected that the operating pressure will be low
(for example, when cooling will be performed while the
outside air temperature is low), seal sufficiently the flare nut
in the stop valve on the gas line with silicon sealant to
prevent freezing.
Cautions on handling the valve cap
• The valve is sealed in the arrow area. Take care not to
damage the arrow area.
DANGER
• Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could cause a
severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and
to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in an explosion
which could lead to severe injury or death.
WARNING
• Disconnect all power to unit to avoid possible electric shock
during installation.
• Use only specified wire and connect wires to terminals
tightly. Be careful that wires do not place external stress on
terminals. Keep wires in neat order so as to not to obstruct
other equipment. Incomplete connections could result in
overheating, and in worse cases, electric shock or fire.
For the details, refer to “7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure”.
CAUTION
Valve cap
Stop valve
(valve cap attachment area)
• After handling the valve, make sure to tighten the valve cap
securely.
Liquid line
10.0~12.2 ft·lbf
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
Gas line
16.6~20.3 ft·lbf
<To electrician>
• Do not operate the air conditioner until the refrigerant piping
work is completed.
(Operating the air conditioner before the refrigerant piping
work is completed may damage the compressor.)
• Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
(The inverter is provided in the air conditioner. In order to
prevent malfunction of the ground fault circuit interrupter
itself, use a breaker resistant to higher harmonics.)
Cautions on handling the service port
• Use charge hose equipped with push in the work.
• After the work, make sure to tighten the valve cap securely.
Tightening torque.....8.5~10.3 ft·lbf
English
• Electricians having sufficient knowledge should perform the
electric wiring work.
All wiring must comply with local electrical codes and National Electrical Code (NEC).
12
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
215
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
• Perform the electric wiring work in accordance with the
“electric wiring diagram label”.
Make sure to turn OFF the branch switch and overcurrent
protective device before starting the work.
• Perform grounding to the indoor unit and outdoor unit.
• Use only copper wires.
• Make sure to turn the power off before starting the electric
wiring work.
Do not turn ON any switch until the work is completed.
• The outdoor unit has an inverter which generates noise and
charges the outer casing with the leakage current. The
outdoor unit should be grounded so that the effect of the
generated noise on other equipment can be reduced, and
that the outer casing can be discharged.
• As this unit is equipped with an inverter, installing a phase
advancing capacitor will not only reduce the power factor
improvement factor, but may also cause the capacitor to
overheat due to high-frequency waves. Therefore, never
install a phase advancing capacitor.
• Never push excessive electric wires into the units.
• Protect electric wires with conduit tubes or vinyl tubes so
that they will not be damaged by edges of knockout holes.
• Fix electric wires with clamps as accessories so that they will
not come to contact with pipes and stop valves.
(Refer to “7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure”.)
〈Precautions when knocking out knockout holes〉
• To punch the knockout hole, hit it with a hammer.
• After removing the knockout hole, it is recommended that
the edges should be painted to prevent rusting.
CAUTION
• Use conduit for both the power supply wiring and transmission wiring.
• Outside the unit, make sure to keep the wirings 5 inches
away.
Otherwise, the outdoor unit may be affected by electrical
noise (external noise), and malfunction or fail.
• Be sure to connect the power supply wiring to the terminal
block and secure it as described in “7-3 Power supply wiring
connection procedure”.
• Fix the wiring between the units in accordance with
“7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure”.
• Secure the wirings with the clamps (accessory) so that do
not touch the piping.
• Make sure the wirings will not be pinched by the front panel,
and close the panel firmly.
• Route the conduit along the unit by using a elbow socket
and so on to prevent it from being stepped on.
7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure
7-1 Connection example of whole system wiring
WARNING
Power
• Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for
remote controller wiring as this could damage the entire system.
Ground fault
circuit interrupter
Branch switch
overcurrent
protective device
Outdoor unit
Install a ground fault circuit interruptER
sIs NECESSARYto install a ground fault circuit interrupter to
prevent electric shockSOR fire accidentS.
208/230V
Ground
16V
Power
208/230V
Indoor
unit
16V
Ground
Model
Phase and
frequency
Voltage
RZQ18PVJU
RZR18PVJU
RZQ24PVJU
RZR24PVJU
RZQ30PVJU
RZR30PVJU
~ 60Hz
208/230V
Max.Overcurrent Min. Circuit
Protective Device
Amps.
20A
16.5A
Remote
controller
7-2 Routing power supply wiring and transmission
wiring
Let the power supply wiring with a conduit pass through one of
the knockout holes on the front or side cover, and let the
transmission wiring with a conduit pass through another
knockout hole.
• For protection from uninsulated live parts, thread the power
supply wiring or the transmission wiring through the included
insulating tube and secure it with the included clamp.
Insulating tube
(accessory)
Power supply wiring
Clamp
or
(accessory) Transmission wiring
(3in.)
13
English
3P281953-2A
216
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
CAUTION
• After finishing the electric wiring work, confirm that all the
wirings are connected securely.
Screw
(accessory)
Lock nut
Cover
Cover (Handle)
(accessory)
Conduit
〈〈Precautions when laying power wiring〉〉
• Two electric wires of different thickness cannot be connected
to the power terminal block.
(Slack in the electric wires may generate abnormal heat.)
• Use round pressure terminals with insulting sleeve for
connection to the power terminal block.
If such terminals are not available for unavoidable reasons,
connect an electric wire of the same thickness to each side
as shown in the figure.
Attach insulation sleeve
Conduit mounting
plate (accessory)
Power supply wiring
(including ground wire)
or
Transmission wiring
Stop valve
mounting plate
Round pressure terminal
Connect samethickness wiring
to both sides.
It is forbidden
to connect two
to one side.
Power wire
It is forbidden to
connect wiring of
different thicknesses.
Power supply wiring
(including ground wire)
or
Transmission wiring
Clamp (accessory)
Power supply wiring
Power terminal
block (X1M)
Control terminal
block (X2M)
Transmission wiring
between indoor unit
Insulation tube large
(accessory)
Ground wiring
(yellow/green)
Note
Clamp
(accessory) Be sure to avoid
contact with the
Insulation tube small
sensor and the
(accessory)
filed wiring.
Make sure to observe the following items. If they are not
observed, abnormal heat may be generated by slack in electric
wires, etc.
• For wiring, use the designated power wire and connect
firmly, then secure to prevent outside pressure being exerted
on the terminal board.
• Use an appropriate screwdriver for tightening the terminal
screws.
A screwdriver with a small head will strip the head and make
proper tightening impossible.
• Over-tightening the terminal screws may break them.
• See the table below for tightening torque for the terminal
screws.
M5
M4
M3.5
Tightening torque (ft·lbf)
(Power supply and ground terminal block)
(Shielded ground)
(Transmission wiring terminal block)
1.76 ~ 2.15
0.87 ~ 1.06
0.58 ~ 0.72
How to Insulation tube.
• Use the insulation tube large to cover the power supply
wiring.
Use the insulation tube small to cover the transmission
wiring.
• Joint the insulation tube with the tape and cut off the tube
sticking out of the outdoor unit.
tape
Insulation tube large-1
or
Insulation tube small-1
English
Insulation tube large-2
or
Insulation tube small-2
Cut off the sticking out
of the outdoor unit.
14
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
217
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure
• If an excessive force is applied while connecting a cable
to the terminal block on the PC board, the PC board may
be damaged.
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1
L2
5. Piping size and heat insulation:
Refer to “6-1 Selection of piping material”, “6-5 Heat
insulation of piping”.
6. Check of stop valve:
Confirm that the stop valve is open on both the liquid line
and gas line.
7. Record of amount of additional refrigerant:
Record the amount on the label stuck on the back of the
front panel.
8. Measurement of insulation in main power circuit:
• Use the megatester for 500 V.
• Do not use any megatester for low voltage electric circuits
except 230 V.
(Wiring between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit)
Use the conductor
of sheathed wire
(2 wire) (no polarity)
CAUTION
F1 F2
Indoor unit
CAUTION
• For low-noise operation, it is necessary to install the optional
“External control adaptor for outdoor unit”.
For details, see the installation manual attached to the
adaptor.
<To piping technician>
• Make sure to open the stop valve after finishing the piping
work.
(Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut may
damage the compressor.)
9.
TEST RUN PROCEDURE
A crankcase heater is mounted for smooth startup. Make
sure to turn on the power 6 hours before starting operation for supplying the power to the crankcase heater.
Caution on the wiring length between units
Make sure to observe the restrictions below. If they are
not observed, transmission error may occur.
Maximum wiring length: 3280 ft.
Cautions on the wiring between units
• Never connect 208/230V to the terminal block for the transmission wiring.
Doing so will break the entire system.
• The transmission wiring from the indoor unit must be connected to the F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) terminals on the PC
board in the outdoor unit.
∗ Make sure to use sheathed two-core cables of AWG18-16 in
the wiring shown above.
∗ All cables used in the wiring between the units should
be procured on the site.
8.
CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF
WORK
WARNING
• Make sure to close the front panel before leaving the
outdoor unit in the power ON status.
• To avoid injury, always make sure that the overcurrent
protective device on the power supply panel of the installation is switched off before doing any work.
Cautions before turning on the power
• Put the insulating cover securely onto the control box.
• After turning on the power, check the settings and LED
indicators on the PC board (A1P) in the outdoor unit
through the opening of the insulating cover.
9-1 Power on and check operation
• Make sure to perform the check operation after installation.
(If the air conditioner is operated using the indoor remote
controller without performing the check operation, the malfunction code “U3” is displayed in the indoor remote controller, and normal operation is disabled.)
After completing the work, make sure to confirm the
following items:
1. Connection of drain piping and removal of transport fittings:
Refer to “5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION”.
2. Connection of power supply wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to “7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure”.
3. Connection of transmission wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to “7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure”.
4. Freezing connection of refrigerant piping
Refer to “6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK”.
15
English
3P281953-2A
218
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
• In the check operation, the status of the outdoor unit is
checked, and incorrect wiring is checked for.
(1) • Close the front panel
of the outdoor unit.
• Turn ON the power to
the outdoor unit and
indoor unit.
Make sure to turn on the
power 6 hours before
Caution starting operation for
supplying the power to
the crankcase heater.
(2) • Open the front panel of the outdoor unit.
• Check the LED on the PC board (A1P
and A2P) in the outdoor unit to see if the
data transmission is performed normally.
A1P
A2P
IND
SLAVE
L.N.O.P.
DEMAND
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H1P
H2P
Outdoor
unit installed
LED display:
MASTER
MODE
TEST/HWL
SERVICE MONITOR HAP
LED display
(Default
status
before
delivery)
The power is
supplied to the
outdoor unit.
Take due care
during the work to
prevent electric
shock.
9-2 Checks in normal operation
OFF
ON
Blinking
(3) • When performing the
• The power is supplied to the
outdoor unit. Take due care during
low-noise operation
the work to prevent electric shock.
(L.N.O.P.) or demand
• Before using the pushbutton
(DEMAND) operation
switches (BS1 to BS5) for setting,
upon request from the
confirm that the microcomputer
customer, perform the
(SERVICE) monitor is lit.
setting using the
pushbutton switches (BS1 • For the setting method, refer to the
[Cautions on service] label attached
to BS5) on the PC board
on the back of the front panel of the
(A2P) in the outdoor unit.
outdoor unit. (Make sure to write the
• Press each pushbutcontents of setting on the [Cautions
ton switch from the
on service] label.)
opening of the
insulation cover.
(Do not remove the
insulation cover.)
(4) Confirm that the stop
Do not leave any stop
valves are open on both
valve closed.
Caution Otherwise the
the liquid and gas lines. If
they are closed, open them.
compressor will fail.
(5) Press and hold the test
• When leaving the outdoor unit
run button (BS4) for
during the check operation for
5 seconds or more to start
unavoidable reasons, ask another
the check operation.
installation worker to watch the
For the details, refer to the
outdoor unit, or close the front panel.
Check operation procedure • The system operates the check
operation for about 15 minutes
on the [Cautions on
(30 minutes maximum), then stops
service] label.
automatically.
The system can start normal operation
about 5 minutes after the check
operation if the remote controller does
not display any malfunction code.
• During the check operation, the
status under execution is indicated
on the remote controller.
(6) After the check operation, make sure to close the front panel of
the outdoor unit.
English
<Cautions on check operation>
• If the air conditioner is started within about 12 minutes after
the power of the indoor/outdoor unit is turned on, the H2P
indicator lights and the compressor does not run.
Confirm that the LED status is as shown in the table in (2) in
“9-1 Power on and check operation” before starting the air
conditioner.
• The air conditioner may require about 10 minutes maximum
until it can start the compressor after start of operation.
This period of time is required to homogenize the refrigerant
status, and does not indicate any failure.
• The check operation does not provide any means of checking the indoor unit individually. For that purpose, perform the
normal operation using the remote controller after finishing
the check operation.
• The check operation is not available in any other mode such
as the recovery mode.
• Before running a check on the unit, changing the indoor
remote controller settings might cause the error code “UF” to
be displayed and prevent a proper check to be run.
• After finishing the check operation, operate the air conditioner normally.
(Heating is not available if the outside air temperature is
75 °F or more. Refer to the operation manual supplied
together with the unit.) (Heating is only available for RZQ-P
models.)
• Confirm that the indoor and outdoor units are operating
normally.
(If a knocking sound is heard in the liquid compression of
the compressor, stop the air conditioner immediately and
energize the crankcase heater for a sufficient period of time,
then start the operation again.)
• Check to see if cold (or hot) air is coming out of the indoor
unit.
• Press the fan direction button and fan speed control button
on the remote controller to see if the fan is operating normally.
<Cautions for normal operation check>
• Once stopped, the compressor will not start for about
5 minutes even if the “ON/OFF” button on the remote controller is pressed.
• When the system operation is stopped by the remote control, the outdoor unit may continue to operate for a further
3 minutes.
• If the system has not undergone the check operation by the
test run button since it was first installed, a malfunction code
“U3” is displayed.
In this case, perform the check operation by referring to
“9-1 Power on and check operation”.
16
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
219
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
When a malfunction code is displayed in the remote
controller
(Check a malfunction code in the remote controller connected
to the indoor unit.)
Malfunction
code
E3
E4
F3
F6
U3
U4
UA
UF
UH
17
Cause
Solution
The stop valves in
Open the stop valve on both the
the outdoor unit
gas and liquid lines.
remain closed.
Calculate again the required
amount of refrigerant to be charged
The refrigerant is based on the piping length, recover
overcharged.
the refrigerant using the refrigerant
recovery device, then achieve
proper amount of refrigerant.
The stop valves in
Open the stop valve on both the
the outdoor unit
gas side and liquid side.
remain closed.
The operation
mode on the
Set the operation mode on all
remote controller
indoor unit remote controllers to
was changed
“cooling.”
before the check
operation.
• Check whether additional
refrigerant charge has been
finished correctly.
The refrigerant is • Calculate again the required
insufficient.
amount of refrigerant to be
charged based on the piping
length, then charge additionally
proper amount of refrigerant.
Calculate again the required
amount of refrigerant to be charged
The refrigerant is based on the piping length, recover
overcharged.
the refrigerant using the refrigerant
recovery device, then achieve
proper amount of refrigerant.
The check
operation has not Perform the check operation.
performed.
The power is not
Connect correctly the power supply
supplied to the
wiring of the outdoor unit.
outdoor unit.
Improper type of Check the type of indoor unit
indoor unit is
currently connected. If it is not
connected.
proper, replace it with proper one.
The stop valves in
Open the stop valve on both the
the outdoor unit
gas and liquid lines.
remain closed.
The piping and
wiring of the
Confirm that the piping and wiring
indoor unit are
of the indoor unit are connected
not connected
correctly to the outdoor unit.
correctly to the
outdoor unit.
The operation
mode on the
remote controller Set the operation mode on indoor
was changed
unit remote controller to “cooling.”
before the check
operation.
The transmission Connect correctly the transmission
wiring is not
wiring to the F1 and F2 (TO IN/D
connected
UNIT) terminals on the PC board
correctly.
(A1P) in the outdoor unit.
When nothing is displayed in the remote controller
• There might be a problem with the connection or transmission between the indoor unit and the remote controller.
Check connections, and check for wire breakage.
CAUTION
<To piping technician>
<To electrician>
• After finishing the test run and before using the unit by
customer, confirm that the front panel and screws are
attached securely to the unit.
10. CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A
massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially in
basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading
to serious injury or death.
(Points to note in connection with refrigerant leaks)
Introduction
The installer and system specialist shall secure safety
against leakage according to local regulations or standards. The following standards may be applicable if local
regulations are not available.
The Split System, like other air conditioning systems, uses
R410A as refrigerant. R410A itself is an entirely safe non-toxic,
non-combustible refrigerant. Nevertheless care must be taken
to ensure that air conditioning facilities are installed in a room
which is sufficiently large. This assures that the maximum
concentration level of refrigerant gas is not exceeded, in the
unlikely event of major leak in the system and this in accordance to the local applicable regulations and standards.
Maximum concentration level
The maximum charge of refrigerant and the calculation of the
maximum concentration of refrigerant is directly related to the
humanly occupied space in to which it could leak.
The unit of measurement of the concentration is lb./ft³ ( the
weight in lb. of the refrigerant gas in 1ft³ volume of the occupied space).
Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards
for the maximum allowable concentration level is required.
Direction of the refrigerant flow
Room where
refrigerant leak
has occurred
(outflow of all the
refrigerant from
the system)
English
3P281953-2A
220
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
Pay a special attention to the place, such as a basement,
etc. where refrigerant can stay, since refrigerant is heavier
than air.
Procedure for checking maximum concentration
Check the maximum concentration level in accordance with
steps 1 to 4 below and take whatever action is necessary to
comply.
1. Calculate the amount of refrigerant (lb.) charged to each
system separately.
amount of refrigerant in the unit
(amount of refrigerant with which the
system is charged
before leaving the
factory)
+
additional charging
amount (amount of
refrigerant added
locally in accordance
with the length or
diameter of the
refrigerant piping and
type of indoor unit)
=
total amount
of refrigerant
(lb.) in the
system
NOTE
• Where a single refrigerant facility is divided into 2 entirely
independent refrigerant systems then use the amount of
refrigerant with which each separate system is charged.
2. Calculate a room volume (ft³)
3. Calculate the refrigerant concentration by using the results
of the calculations in steps 1 and 2 above.
total amount of refrigerant in the
system
volume (ft³) of the room in which there
is an indoor unit installed
≤
maximum concentration
level (lb./ft³)
4. Deal with the situations where the result exceeds the
maximum concentration level.
Where the installation of a facility results in a concentration
in excess of the maximum concentration level then it will be
necessary to revise the system.
Please consult your dealer.
English
18
3P281953-2A
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
221
Installation of outdoor unit
17.2
EDUS281120_a
RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU / RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners
CONTENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS.................................................. 1
INTRODUCTION...................................................................... 2
BEFORE INSTALLATION........................................................ 3
SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION......................... 3
CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION.............................................. 7
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK .............................................. 7
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK................................................... 10
CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK ........................ 13
TEST RUN PROCEDURE ..................................................... 13
CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS ............................... 15
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Read these “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation” carefully
before installing air conditioning equipment. After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the startup operation.
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit. Inform
customers that they should store this Installation Manual with the Operation Manual for future reference.
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this product.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire, or explosion.
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE Symbols:
DANGER .................. Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING................. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION.................. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury.
It may also be used to alert against unsafe
practices.
NOTE ........................ Indicates situations that may result in
equipment or property-damage accidents
only.
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive leak can lead to oxygen depletion, especially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to
serious injury or death.
• Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, telephone wires,
or lightning rods as incomplete grounding can cause a severe
shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death. Additionally,
grounding to gas pipes could cause a gas leak and potential
explosion causing severe injury or death.
• If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area
immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes
in contact with fire. Exposure to this gas could cause severe
injury or death.
• After completing the installation work, check that the refrigerant gas does not leak throughout the system.
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are
present due to risk of explosions that can cause serious injury
or death.
1
Installation manual
• Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials in
accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordinances. Packing
materials such as nails and other metal or wood parts, including plastic packing materials used for transportation may cause
injuries or death by suffocation.
WARNING
• Only qualified personnel must carry out the installation work.
Installation must be done in accordance with this installation
manual. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shock, or fire.
• When installing the unit in a small room, take measures to keep
the refrigerant concentration from exceeding allowable safety
limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in the event of an accident in
a closed ambient space, can lead to oxygen deficiency.
• Use only specified accessories and parts for installation work.
Failure to use specified parts may result in water leakage, electric shocks, fire, or the unit falling.
• Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough that it
can withstand the weight of the unit. A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the unit falling and causing injuries.
• Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes
when installing. Improper installation may result in the unit falling and causing accidents.
• Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for
this unit and that all electrical work is carried out by qualified
personnel according to local, state, and national regulations.
An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical
construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
• Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specified wires are
used, and that no external forces act on the terminal connections or wires. Improper connections or installation may result
in fire.
• When wiring, position the wires so that the control box cover
can be securely fastened. Improper positioning of the control
box cover may result in electric shocks, fire, or the terminals
overheating.
• Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
• Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one is not
already available. This helps prevent electrical shocks or fire.
• Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel). If the
terminal cover/panel is not installed properly, dust or water may
enter the outdoor unit causing fire or electric shock.
• When installing or relocating the system, keep the refrigerant
circuit free from substances other than the specified refrigerant
(R410A) such as air. Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit can cause an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.
• Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection device is
shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than those specified by Daikin are used, fire or explosion may occur.
CAUTION
• Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. Touching a switch
with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
• Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to prevent
injury.
• Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immediately after
operation as the refrigerant pipes may be hot or cold, depending on the condition of the refrigerant flowing through the
refrigerant piping, compressor, and other refrigerant cycle
parts. Your hands may suffer burns or frostbite if you touch the
refrigerant pipes. To avoid injury, give the pipes time to return
to normal temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to
wear proper gloves.
English
3PN07193-7H
222
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
• Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut.
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the fins when working
around them.
• Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain piping
may result in water leakage and property damage.
• Insulate piping to prevent condensation.
• Be careful when transporting the product.
• Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation.
Always wait for at least 5 minutes before turning off the power.
Otherwise, water leakage may occur.
• Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylinder may
cause the refrigerant to deteriorate.
• Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean, dry, and
tight.
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral oils
such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be prevented from
getting into the system.
(b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does not
destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce the earth's
protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation. R410A can
contribute to the greenhouse effect if it is released. Therefore take proper measures to check for the tightness of the
refrigerant piping installation. Read the chapter Refrigerant
Piping and follow the procedures.
• Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refrigerant must
be charged in its liquid state. If the refrigerant is charged in a
state of gas, its composition can change and the system will
not work properly.
• The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor models
that can be connected. Normal operation is not possible when
connected to other units.
• Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance can be
shorter than expected in rooms with electronic fluorescent
lamps (inverter or rapid start types). Install the indoor unit far
away from fluorescent lamps as much as possible.
• Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor units can
be installed either outdoors or indoors.
• Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
(a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is produced,
for example, in a kitchen.
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in water
leakage.
(b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is produced.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in
refrigerant leakage.
(c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the
control system and cause the unit to malfunction.
(d) Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fiber,
or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or where volatile
flammables such as thinner or gasoline are handled. Operating the unit in such conditions can cause a fire.
• Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit from being
used as a shelter by small animals. Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke, or
fire. Instruct the customer to keep the area around the unit
clean.
NOTE
• Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor and
outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from televisions or radios to
prevent image interference or noise.
Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 feet may not be
sufficient to eliminate the noise.
• Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and additional parts must be done in accordance with the relevant local,
state, and national regulations.
• Do not use the following tools that are used with conventional
refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose, gas leak detector,
reverse flow check valve, refrigerant charge base, vacuum
gauge, or refrigerant recovery equipment.
English
• If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are mixed in
R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.
• This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be accessible to the general public.
• The wall thickness of field-installed pipes should be selected in
accordance with the relevant local, state, and national regulations.
〈Safety Precaution〉
The PCI Data Station is a class A product. In a domestic environment
this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be
required to take adequate measures.
2.
INTRODUCTION
2-1 Standard operation limit
The figures below assume following operating conditions for indoor and
outdoor units:
Equivalent pipe length ...................... 25 ft.
Level difference ................................ 0 ft.
A
Cooling
Heating
∗ <c>
115
C
60
∗ <b>
50
95
43
41
∗ <a>
5
23
50
A
B
C
D
B
57 67
77
–4
59
50
82
70
81
D
Outdoor temperature (°FDB)
Indoor temperature (°FWB)
Outdoor temperature (°FWB)
Indoor temperature (°FDB)
Range for continuous operation
Range for pull down operation
Range for warming up operation
Range for operation
2-2 Technical specifications
(∗<a> and ∗<b> in the table indicate the operating condition (shown in
the previous figure).)
Model
Refrigerant
Power
[FCQ] Ceiling mounted
Cooling (MBh)
Heating (MBh) (RZQ only)
[FHQ] Ceiling suspended
Cooling (MBh)
Heating (MBh) (RZQ only)
[FTQ] Air handling unit
Cooling (MBh)
Heating (MBh) (RZQ only)
Dimensions
(inch)
H×W×D
(lb.)
Weight
Connections
Gas
(inch)
Liquid
(inch)
RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Precaution
R410A
208/230V 60Hz
RZQ30PVJU9
–
–
36.0
39.5
40.5
41.5
*<a>
*<b>
–
–
36.0
37.5
40.5
39.5
*<a>
*<b>
30.0
34.0
36.0
40.0
42.0
47.0
*<a>
*<b>
52-15/16 × 35-7/16 × 12-5/8
283
5/8
3/8
2
3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
223
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
4.
2-3 Electrical specifications
(∗<c> in the table indicates the operating condition (shown in the previous figure).)
Model
RZQ30PVJU9
Power
Phase
Frequency
(Hz)
Voltage
(V)
Voltage tolerance (%)
Max. Overcurrent
(A)
Protective device
Min. Circuit Amps. (A)
Compressor
Phase
Frequency
(Hz)
Voltage
(V)
RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Precaution
~
60
208/230
±10
30
∗<c>
27.0
3~
60
208/230
2-4 Accessories
Confirm that the following accessories are supplied.
Clamp
Insulation tube
Large
Others
Small
• Installation
manual
(6 pcs.)
(1 pc.)
(1 pc.)
2-5 Main components
For main components and function of the main components, refer to the
Engineering Data Book.
3.
SELECTION OF INSTALLATION
LOCATION
The refrigerant R410A itself is nontoxic, nonflammable and safe. If
the refrigerant should leak however, its concentration may exceed
the allowable limit depending on room size. Due to this it could be
necessary to take measures against leakage. Refer to the chapter
“Caution for refrigerant leaks”.
(1) Select a proper location satisfying the following requirements
with approval of the customer.
• Sufficient ventilation is secured.
• .EIGHBORSNOTBOTHEREDBYOPERATIONSOUND.
• The foundation is strong enough to support the weight and withstand vibrations of the outdoor unit, and the location is safe and
allows horizontal installation.
•-INIMAL exposURE to rain.
• The space for installation and servicing is secured around the outdoor unit.
• The indoor/outdoor piping length and wiring length are within the
allowable range.
(2) When installing the outdoor unit in a location affected by strong
wind, pay special attention to the following items.
• If strong wind whose velocity is 11 mph or more blows to the outdoor unit from the air outlet side, the air flow rate of the outdoor
unit is reduced, the outlet air is sucked again (short-circuit), and
the following effect may be caused:
• The capacity is deteriorated.
• The adhered frost increases during heating operation.
• The operation is stopped by pressure rise.
• If excessive strong wind continuously blows from the air outlet side
of the outdoor unit, the fan may rotate in the reverse direction at
high speed, and lead to damage. Install the outdoor unit in reference to the following figures.
• Position the air outlet side toward the building wall, fence or
windbreak screen.
BEFORE INSTALLATION
<Bringing-in>
Bring in the outdoor unit slowly by holding the lugs provided on the left
and right sides as shown in the figures below.
(Take care so that hands and objects do not touch the fin on the rear.)
Suction
grille
(Secure the space for installation and servicing.)
Discharge grille
• Let the air outlet direction face be at right angles to the wind
direction.
Strong wind
Strong wind
Outdoor unit
(Front view)
Lug
(Rear view)
Air outlet
(3) When installing the outdoor unit in a location with heavy snowfall, pay special attention to the following items:
• Prepare strong foundation.
• Attach the snow hood (optional accessory).
• Remove the suction grill on the rear so that snow will not be accumulated in the rear fin.
(4) When there is a possibility of short-circuit depending on the
ambient situation, use the wind direction adjusting plate
(optional accessory).
If the suction hole area on the side of the casing
is held, the casing may be deformed. Make sure
to hold the corner.
Make sure to use accessories and specified specification parts in the
installation work.
3
English
3PN07193-7H
224
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
(5) The inverter type air conditioner may cause noise in electric
products.
When selecting an installation location, keep sufficient distance from the air conditioner unit and wiring to radios, personal computers, stereos, etc. as shown in the figure below.
In areas with weak electric waves, keep a distance of 120 in. or
more from the indoor remote controller, etc., put the power
cables and connection cables in conduit tubes, and ground the
conduit tubes.
Branch switch
and overcurrent
breaker
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
• When an obstruction is present on the both sides
40
or
mo
re
Branch switch
and overcurrent
breaker
or
12
ore
mo
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
• When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet side
20
ess
or l
40 or more
40 or more
60 or m
rm
Indoor remote
controller
40 or mor
e
ore
Indoor unit
re
8o
ore
60 or m
e
60 or mor
(in.)
Installation place (unit: inch)
〈Cautions on continuous installation〉
• The connection piping outlet direction in the continuous installation
shown in the figures below is frontward or downward.
• When routing the piping rearward, secure space of 10 in. or more on
the right side of the outdoor unit. (The unit of numeric values below
is “inch”.)
• Make some space for wiring with conduit and servicing between the
units.
(A) When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side
• When the upward area is open
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
• When an obstruction is present only on the air inlet side
20
6o
ess
or l
rm
ore
6o
ore
rm
6o
rm
ore
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
• When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet side and
both sides
20
40
ess
40 or more
• Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are present
due to risk of explosion resulting in serious injury or death.
• Refrigerant is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive leak
could lead to oxygen depletion , especially in basements, and an
asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
ore
rm
4o
• When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet side and
both sides
40 or more
DANGER
or l
or m
ore
re
o
rm
4o
• When an obstruction is present on the both sides
ore
8o
12
rm
ore
or m
(B) When an obstruction is present on the air outlet side
• When the upward area is open
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
4o
rm
ore
re
4o
rm
ore
r
4o
mo
ore
20
English
or m
4
3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
225
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
H
L
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
ore
40
ore
or m
L>H
ore
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
or m
or m
40
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
s
40 or more
r les
20 o
s
r les
40 or more
20 o
L
ore
or m
ore
H
20
12
10
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
40 or more
s
r les
20 o
or m
A
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L
L≤H
H
L
0
A
30
L ≤ 1/2H
40
1/2H L ≤ H
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
NOTE
• Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not bypass
there.
or m
(2)When only two outdoor units are installed side by side
20 o
s
r les
L
L
H
(C) When an obstruction is present on both the air inlet and air outlet sides
<Pattern 1>
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is higher than the outdoor unit
(There is no restriction in the height of obstruction on the air inlet side.)
• When the upward area is open
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
40 or more
ore
40
ore
H
ore
rm
L>H
ore
20
4o
12
or m
or m
A
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L
L≤H
H
L
0
L ≤ 1/2H
A
40
50
1/2H L ≤ H
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
NOTE
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not
bypass there.
2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side.
5
English
3PN07193-7H
226
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
(2)When only two outdoor units are installed side by side
ess
or l
40 or more
20
L
H
H
<Pattern 2>
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is lower than the outdoor unit
(There is no restriction in the height of obstruction on the air inlet side.)
• When the upward area is open
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
L
L≤H
ore
rm
ore
20
4o
ore
A
rm
0o
or m
6
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L
L
H
L≤H
H
L
0
A
10
L ≤ 1/2H
12
1/2H L ≤ H
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
NOTE
ore
A
rm
0o
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not
bypass there.
2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side.
6
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L
0
A
L ≤ 1/2H
10
L≤H
12
1/2H
(D) When outdoor units are stacked
(1)When an obstruction is present on the air outlet side
Z
ess
40 or more
or l
ore
40
H
20
NOTE
L
ore
A
4
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L
H
L
0
L ≤ 1/2H
or m
1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.
2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper outdoor unit.
3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and the
lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not bypass there.
rm
0o
L≤H
4
• When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
(2)When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side
A
4
Z
8
1/2H L ≤ H
Install the frame to achieve “L ≤ H”.
4
NOTE
• Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not bypass
there.
ore
12
or m
NOTE
1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.
2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper outdoor unit.
3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and the
lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not bypass there.
English
6
3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
227
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
(E) When outdoor units are installed in rows (on the rooftop, etc.)
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed in each row
• In the drain piping work, make sure that drainage is discharged
securely.
(When routing the piping downward, check for water leakage.)
Air outlet side
5 1/2
13 3/4
Bottom view
(unit: inch)
ore
rm
80 o
r
40 o
e
mor
m
8 or
(13 5/8-14)
24 3/8
4 5/8
e
mor
8 5/8
4 or
11 3/8
5 1/2
1 3/4
16 5/8
24 1/8
ore
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
Drain hole
Transportation metal removal procedure
• A transportation metal in yellow and a washer are provided on the
leg of the compressor for protecting the unit during transport.
Remove them as described below.
Fixing nut Compressor
L
Washer
Sound-proof cover
A
H
ore
r
60 o
e
mor
120
or m
ore
rm
24 o
Transportation
metal
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L
L≤H
H
5.
0
L ≤ 1/2H
1/2H
L
A
10
12
L≤H
Installation is not allowed.
CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION
• Before installation, confirm the strength and levelness of the foundation so that vibrations and noise are not generated.
• Fix the outdoor unit securely on a rigid base with foundation bolts as
shown in the foundation drawing below.
(Prepare 4 sets of commercially available M12-type or equivalent
foundation bolts, nuts and washers.)
• Use resin washers to prevent the paint from being scratched off and
rusting.
• The foundation bolts should be protruded by 15/16 in.
(Refer to figure)
Resin
washer
(1) Open the sound-proof cover as shown in the above figure.
At this time, do not pull the sound-proof cover, and do not remove it
from the compressor.
(2) Remove the fixing nut.
(3) Remove the transportation metal and the washer as shown in the
above figure.
(4) Return and tighten the fixing nut again.
(5) Return the sound-proof cover to achieve the former status.
CAUTION
• If the unit is operated with the transportation metal attached, abnormal vibration or sound may be generated.
6.
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
CAUTION
15/16
〈〈Drain treatment〉〉
• In a location where drain from the outdoor unit may cause troubles
(for example, where drainage may splash on general passersby),
perform the drain piping work using the drain plug (optional).
• For drain treatment, space of at least 4 in. is required under the bottom frame of the outdoor unit.
7
Turn in the arrow direction
and remove it.
<To piping technician>
• Make sure to open the stop valves after finishing the piping
work. (Refer to the table shown in “ 6-7 Additional refrigerant
charge”.)
(Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut may
damage the compressor.)
• Use R410A to add refrigerant. (The R410A refrigerant cylinder has a
pink stripe painted around it.)
All field piping must be installed by a licensed refrigeration technician
and must comply with relevant local and national regulations.
• BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
Do not use flux when brazing copper-to copper refrigerant piping.
(Particularly for the HFC refrigerant piping) Therefore, use the phosphor
copper brazing filler metal (BCuP) which does not require flux.
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping systems.
For instance, if chlorine based flux is used, it will cause pipe corrosion. Flux containing fluorine will damage refrigerant oil.)
English
3PN07193-7H
228
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
6-1 Selection of piping material
1. Foreign materials inside pipes (including oils for fabrication) must be
2.
Tightening
Flare dimension A (in.)
torque (ft·lbf)
φ3/8”
24.1 - 29.4
0.504 - 0.520
φ5/8”
45.6-55.6
0.760 - 0.776
0.14gr/10ft. or less.
Use the following material specification for refrigerant piping:
• construction material: Phosphoric acid deoxidized seamless copper for refrigerant.
Flare shape (in.)
R0.016
~0.031
2˚
Pipe size
A
• Maximum piping length between the outdoor and indoor unit is 230ft.
• Installation tools:
Make sure to use installation tools (gauge manifold charge hose,
etc.) that are exclusively used for R410A installations to withstand
the pressure and to prevent foreign materials (e.g. mineral oils such
as SUNISO and moisture) from mixing into the system.
(The screw specifications differ for R410A and R407C.)
Vacuum pump (use a 2-stage vacuum pump with a non-return valve):
1. Make sure the pump oil does not flow oppositely into the system
while the pump is not working.
2. Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to –14.6 psi.
〈Precautions when connecting the piping〉
• See the following table for flare dimensions.
• When connecting the flare nuts, apply refrigerant oil to the inside of
the flares and turn them three or four times at first.
(Use ester oil or ether oil.)
• See the following table for tightening torque. (Applying too much
torque may cause the flares to crack.)
• After connecting all the piping perform a gas leak check by using
nitrogen.
90˚± 2˚
45˚±
NOTE
Ester or ether oil
6-2 Protection of piping
• Protect the piping to prevent moisture and dusts from coming into the
piping.
• Especially, pay attention when passing the piping through a hole or
connecting the end of piping to the outdoor.
Location
Outdoor
Indoor
Working period
Protection method
1 month or more
Pinch pipes
Less than 1 month
Regardless of period
Pinch or tape pipes
6-3 Piping connection
• For handling of stop valves, refer to “Stop valve operation
method” in “6-7 Additional refrigerant charge”.
• Only use the flare nuts attached to the stop valves.
Using different flare nuts may cause the refrigerant to leak.
• Be sure to perform a nitrogen blow when brazing.
(Brazing without performing nitrogen replacement or releasing nitrogen
into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized film inside the
pipes, adversely affecting valves and compressor in the refrigerating
system and preventing normal operation.)
• If you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, you may
follow the installation method mentioned below.
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there is no gas leak.
• When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner, there is a
point where the tightening torque suddenly increases.
From that position, further tighten the flare nut the angle shown below.
Pipe size
Tightening angle
(Guideline)
Recommended arm
length of tool (in.)
φ 3/8”
60°~90°
Approx. 7 7/8
φ 5/8”
30°~60°
Approx. 11 13/16
Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual
other parts should be comply the relevant local and national regulations.
6-4 Refrigerant piping work procedure
The field piping can be connected in four directions.
Front
panel
DANGER
• Use of oxygen could cause an explosion resulting in severe injury or
death. Only use nitrogen gas.
• Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with fire
such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device. Exposure to this
gas could cause severe injury or death.
Screw for
front panel
Front direction
Screw for piping
cover (front)
NOTE
• When brazing with blowing nitrogen, set the nitrogen pressure to
2.9 psi or less by using a pressure reducing valve.
Refrigerant
piping
Location to
be brazed
Regulator
Piping cover
Rear
direction
Downward
direction
Lateral
direction
When connecting the piping downward, remove the knockout hole by
making four holes in the middle on the each side of the knockout hole
with a drill.
Drill
Middle on the side
Nitrogen
Taping
Manual valve
Knockout hole
Nitrogen
Slit
Field piping
CAUTION
• Do not use anti-oxidants when brazing.
Residue can clog pipes and break the unit.
Do not let any refrigerant other than the specified refrigerant enter
the refrigerant system.
Do not let any gas such as air enter the refrigerant system.
English
Slit
Bottom frame
Then cut out the corner of the bottom frame along the slits (in two
positions) by using a hacksaw.
After removing the parts, it is recommended to apply repair paint on
the edges, to prevent rusting.
8
C: 3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
229
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
Cautions on connecting the connection piping
• Be careful not to let the field piping
come into contact with the compressor terminal cover.
Adjust the height of the insulation
material on liquid pipe when it has
the possibility of getting in contact
with the terminal. Also make sure
that the field piping does not touch
the mounting bolt of the compressor.
• When it is expected that water condensed in the stop valve will reach
the indoor unit through the gap
between the heat insulating material
and the piping (for example, when
the outdoor unit is installed in a
higher position than the indoor unit),
take proper action such as caulking
the connection area.
Liquid piping
Terminal cover
Compressor
Caulking, etc.
Insulation
Bolt
[Measures to prevent invasion of small creatures and litter]
• Block all gaps in the piping penetration areas with putty or heat insulating material (arranged in the local field) as shown in the figure
below.
(If small creatures such as insects or litter enter the outdoor unit, a
short-circuit may be caused inside the control box.)
Putty or heat
insulating material
(arranged in local field)
• Vacuum drying - Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate up to
–14.6 psi or less.
[Procedure] Operate the vacuum pump for evacuation for 2 hours or
more using both liquid pipe and gas pipe until the vacuum pressure
reaches –14.6 psi or less. Leave the air conditioner at –14.6 psi or
less for 1 hour or more, and confirm that the vacuum pressure indicated by the vacuum gage does not increase.
(If the vacuum pressure increases, the system may contain moisture
or have leakage.)
If there is a possibility of moisture remaining in the piping (for
example, when there is a possibility of dew condensation inside the piping because the piping work was performed in the rainy season or over
a long period of time, or when rainwater may have entered the piping
during the work)
Perform evacuation described above for 2 hours (vacuum drying), pressurize the air conditioner up to 7 psi (vacuum break) with nitrogen gas,
then evacuate the air conditioner using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to
achieve –14.6 psi or less (vacuum drying).
(If the vacuum pressure does not reach –14.6 psi or less even after
evacuation for 2 hours or more, repeat vacuum break and vacuum drying.) Leave the air conditioner in the vacuum status for 1 hour or more,
and confirm that the vacuum pressure indicated by the vacuum gauge
does not increase.
6-7 Additional refrigerant charge
WARNING
• To avoid injury always use protective gloves and eye protection when
charging refrigerant.
• To avoid injury do not charge with unsuitable substances. Use only
the appropriate refrigerant.
NOTE
6-5 Heat insulation of piping
• Make sure to insulate the field piping (on both the liquid line and gas
line) and refrigerant branching kit.
(If they are not insulated, water leakage may be caused.)
"ESURETOUSEINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSEWITH(6!#
3YSTEMS
• Reinforce the refrigerant piping according to the installation environment. If it is not reinforced, condensate may form on the surface of
the insulation.
WARNING
• Make sure to insulate the field piping up to the piping connection
area inside the unit. If the piping is exposed, dew condensation and
burn by contact may be caused.
6-6 Airtight test and vacuum drying
The unit has been checked for leaks by the manufacturer.
Confirm that the valves are firmly closed before airtight test or vacuumdrying.
To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufficient pressure resistance, always use the special tools dedicated for R410A.
Perform the following inspections securely after the piping work.
• Airtight test - Make sure to use nitrogen gas. (For the service port
position, refer to the figure in “Stop valve operation method”.)
[Procedure] Pressurize the air conditioner from the liquid pipe and
gas pipe up to 450 psi (Make sure not to exceed 450 psi). When the
pressure does not drop for 24 hours, the piping work shall be
accepted.
If the pressure drops, check for leakage positions. (Confirm that
there is no leakage, then release nitrogen.)
9
• Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed.
Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the airtight test
and the vacuum drying (see above).
When charging refrigerant into the system, take care that its maximum allowable charge is never exceeded, in view of the danger of
liquid hammer.
Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly.
To avoid compressor breakdown, do not charge the refrigerant more
than the specified amount to raise the condensing pressure.
• This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant.
• Charge the additional refrigerant calculated by the formula below.
Additional charging amount
(lb.)
=
Liquid piping length × 0.036
(ft.)×0.036
Record the additional amount to the label stuck on the back of front
panel.
• Charge the refrigerant to the liquid pipe in its liquid state. Since R410A
is a mixed refrigerant, its composition changes if charged in a state of
gas and normal system operation would no longer be assured.
• Before filling, check whether the tank has a siphon attached or not.
How to fill a tank with a siphon attached.
Fill with the tank upright.
There is a siphon tube
inside, so there is no need
to turn the tank upside-down.
Other ways of filling the tank
Fill with the tank upside-down.
• After the vacuum drying is finished, charge the additional refrigerant
in its liquid state through the liquid stop valve service port.
Taking into account following instructions:
1. Check that gas and liquid stop valves are closed.
2. Charge the specified amount of refrigerant.
English
3PN07193-7H
230
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
• If the outdoor unit is not in operation and the total amount cannot be
charged, follow the procedures for additional refrigerant charge
shown below.
• Make sure to use installation tools you exclusively use on R410A
installations to withstand the pressure and to prevent foreign materials from mixing into the system.
• Procedures for charging additional refrigerant.
Pressure
reducing
valve
Outdoor unit
Cylinder
Nitrogen
(Siphon system)
R410A
Liquid line
Dotted lines
represent
field piping
Gas line
Indoor unit
[Stop valve operation method]
Prepare hexagon wrenches (whose size is 4 mm and 6 mm).
How to open the stop valve
1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the valve
stem counterclockwise.
2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop turning.
Now, the valve is open.
How to close the stop valve
1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the valve
stem clockwise.
2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop turning.
Now, the valve is closed.
Opening direction
Opening direction
<Liquid line>
<Gas line>
Valve A
Stop valve service port
Weighing
scale
Vacuum pump
Charge hose
See the “Cautions on service” label on the back of the front panel for the
settings for operation after replenishing refrigerant.
1. Open the gas line stop valve (leaving the liquid line stop valve, valve
A in the diagram above, close) and perform the operation to add the
refrigerant.
2. Once the appropriate amount of refrigerant is in, press the confirmation button (BS3) on the outdoor unit PC board (A1P), and stop operation.
3. Open the stop valves quickly (both liquid and gas line valves).
(This must be done quickly to avoid the possibility that the pipe might
burst.)
Stop valve operation method
Cautions on handling the valve cap
• The valve is sealed in the arrow area. Take care not to damage the
arrow area.
Valve cap
Stop valve
(valve cap attachment area)
• After handling the valve, make sure to tighten the valve cap securely.
Cautions on handling the stop valve
• The figure below shows the name of each part required in handling the
stop valve. At the time of shipment, the stop valve is closed.
Liquid line
Gas line
10.0~12.2 ft·lbf
16.6~20.3 ft·lbf
Cautions on handling the service port
Service port
Valve stem
Silicon sealant
Valve cap
• Use charge hose equipped with push in the work.
• After the work, make sure to tighten the valve cap securely.
Tightening torque.....8.5~10.3 ft·lbf
(Take care not to generate cavity.)
7.
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
Field piping
connection part
DANGER
• If only a torque wrench is used to loosen or tighten the flare nut, the
side plate may be distorted. Make sure to fix the stop valve with a
spanner, then loosen or tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench.
• Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or lightning rods
because incomplete grounding could cause a severe shock hazard
resulting in severe injury or death, and to gas pipes because a gas leak
could result in an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.
WARNING
Spanner
Torque
wrench
Spanner prohibition
to valve cap and
body part
Stop valve of two
hangs structure
Torque
wrench
Stop valve of one
hang structure
• Disconnect all power to unit to avoid possible electric shock
during installation.
• Use only specified wire and connect wires to terminals tightly. Be
careful that wires do not place external stress on terminals. Keep
wires in neat order so as to not to obstruct other equipment. Incomplete connections could result in overheating, and in worse cases,
electric shock or fire.
For the details, refer to “7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure”.
• When it is expected that the operating pressure will be low (for example, when cooling will be performed while the outside air temperature
is low), seal sufficiently the flare nut in the stop valve on the gas line
with silicon sealant to prevent freezing.
English
10
3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
231
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
7-2 Routing power supply wiring and transmission
wiring
CAUTION
<To electrician>
• Do not operate the air conditioner until the refrigerant piping work is
completed.
(Operating the air conditioner before the refrigerant piping work is
completed may damage the compressor.)
• Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
(The inverter is provided in the air conditioner. In order to prevent
malfunction of the ground fault circuit interrupter itself, use a breaker
resistant to higher harmonics.)
• Electricians having sufficient knowledge should perform the electrical wiring work.
All wiring must comply with local electrical codes and National Electrical Code (NEC).
• Perform the electric wiring work in accordance with the “wiring diagram label”.
Make sure to turn OFF the branch switch and overcurrent breaker
before starting the work.
• Perform grounding to the indoor unit and outdoor unit.
• Use only copper wires.
• Make sure to turn the power off before starting the electric wiring
work.
Do not turn ON any switch until the work is completed.
• The outdoor unit has an inverter which generates noise and charges
the outer casing with the leakage current. The outdoor unit should be
grounded so that the effect of the generated noise on other equipment can be reduced, and that the outer casing can be discharged.
• As this unit is equipped with an inverter, installing a phase advancing
capacitor will not only reduce the power factor improvement factor,
but may also cause the capacitor to overheat due to high-frequency
waves. Therefore, never install a phase advancing capacitor.
• Never push excessive electric wires into the units.
• Protect electric wires with conduit tubes or vinyl tubes so that they
will not be damaged by edges of knockout holes.
• Fix electric wires with clamps as accessories so that they will not
come to contact with pipes and stop valves.
(Refer to “7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure”.)
7-1 Connection example of whole system wiring
Power
Insulation tube (Large)
(accessory)
Power supply
wiring
Clamp
(accessory)
(5/8in.) (5/8in.)
Ground wire
2in.
or
more
(3in.)
<Transmission wiring>
Insulation tube (Small)
(accessory)
Clamp
(accessory)
Transmission
wiring
(3in.)
Precautions knockout holes
• Open the knockout holes with a hammer or the like.
• After knocking out the holes, we recommend you remove burrs in the
knockout holes and paint the edges and areas around the edges
using the repair paint to prevent rusting.
• When passing wiring through knockout holes, make sure there are
no burrs, and protect the wiring with protective tape.
Burr
If small animals might enter the unit,
block the knockout holes with an
appropriate material (field supply).
CAUTION
208/230V
Ground
16V
Power
208/230V
Indoor
unit
16V
11
<Power supply wiring>
Outdoor unit
Ground fault
circuit interrupter
Branch switch
overcurrent
breaker (fuse)
Ground
Let the power supply wiring and transmission wiring with a conduit pass
through one of the knockout holes on the front or side piping cover, and
let the transmission wiring with a conduit pass through another knockout
hole.
• For protection from uninsulated live parts, thread the power supply
wiring and the transmission wiring through the included insulation
tube and secure it with the included clamp.
Remote
controller
• Use conduit for both the power supply wiring and transmission wiring.
• Outside the unit, make sure to keep the wirings 5 inch away.
Otherwise, the outdoor unit may be affected by electrical noise
(external noise), and malfunction or fail.
• Be sure to connect the power supply wiring to the terminal block and
secure it as described in “7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure”.
• Fix the wiring between the units in accordance with “7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure”.
• Secure the wirings with the clamps (accessory) so that do not touch
the piping.
• Make sure the wirings will not be pinched by the front panel, and
close the panel firmly.
• Route the conduit along the unit by using a elbow socket and so on
to prevent it from being stepped on.
English
3PN07193-7H
232
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure
Terminal block (X2M)
WARNING
Transmission wiring
(To X2M [TO IN/ D
UNIT](F1, F2))
Insulation tube (Small)
(accessory)
• Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for remote
controller wiring as this could damage the entire system.
Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
• It is obliged to install a ground fault circuit interrupter to prevent electric shock and fire accident.
Phase and
frequency
Model
Voltage
Cut off the insulation
tube sticking out of the
outdoor unit.
Clamp (accessory)
Terminal
block (X1M)
Max. Overcurrent Min. Circuit
Protective device
Amps.
RZQ30PVJU9
Insulation tube (Large)
(accessory)
L1 L2
RZQ36PVJU9
RZR36PVJU
~ 60Hz
208/230V
30A
27A
Connecting power
supply wiring
Cut off the insulation
tube sticking out of the
outdoor unit.
RZQ42PVJU9
RZR42PVJU
Stop valve
mounting plate
Ground wire
(Yellow/Green)
CAUTION
• After finishing the electric wiring work, confirm that all the wirings are
connected securely.
〈〈Precautions when laying power wiring〉〉
• Two electric wires of different thickness cannot be connected to the
power terminal block.
(Slack in the electric wires may generate abnormal heat.)
• Use round pressure terminals with insulting sleeve for connection to
the power terminal block.
If such terminals are not available for unavoidable reasons, connect
an electric wire of the same thickness to each side as shown in the
figure.
Screw
Remove it and open
the cover.
Control box
Attach insulation sleeve
Stop valve
Terminal block mounting plate
Connect samethickness wiring
to both sides.
Backward
Knockout hole
•
Knockout hole
•
Forward
Sideways
Power supply wiring
(including ground wire)
or transmission wiring.
English
Power supply wiring
(including ground wire)
or transmission wiring.
Power wire
Round pressure terminal
•
•
It is forbidden to
connect two to
one side.
It is forbidden to
connect wiring of
different thicknesses.
Make sure to observe the following items. If they are not observed,
abnormal heat may be generated by slack in electric wires, etc.
For wiring, use the designated power wire and connect firmly, then
secure to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the terminal
board.
Use an appropriate screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws.
A screwdriver with a small head will strip the head and make proper
tightening impossible.
Over-tightening the terminal screws may break them.
See the table below for tightening torque for the terminal screws.
Tightening torque (ft·lbf)
M5
(Power supply and ground terminal block) 1.76 ~ 2.15
M4
(Shielded ground)
0.87 ~ 1.06
M3.5
(Transmission wiring terminal block)
0.58 ~ 0.72
12
3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
233
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure
8.
• If an excessive force is applied while connecting a cable to the
terminal block on the PC board, the PC board may be damaged.
Terminal block (X2M)
F1 F2 F1 F2
Use conductor
STRANDED
NONSHIELDEDCOPPER
F1 F2
Indoor unit
CAUTION
• For low-noise operation, it is necessary to install the optional “External control adaptor for outdoor unit”.
For details, see the installation manual attached to the adaptor.
Caution on the wiring length between units
Make sure to observe the restrictions below. If they are not
observed, transmission error may occur.
Maximum wiring length:
3280 ft.
CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF
WORK
After completing the work, make sure to confirm the following
items:
1. Connection of drain piping and removal of transportation metal:
Refer to “5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION”.
2. Connection of power supply wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to “7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure”.
3. Connection of transmission wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to “7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure”.
4. Freezing connection of refrigerant piping
Refer to “6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK”.
5. Piping size and heat insulation:
Refer to “6-1 Selection of piping material”, “6-5 Heat insulation
of piping”.
6. Check of stop valve:
Confirm that the stop valve is open on both the liquid line and gas
line.
7. Record of amount of additional refrigerant:
Record the amount on the label stuck on the back of the front panel.
8. Measurement of insulation in main power circuit:
• Use the megatester for 500 V.
• Do not use any megatester for low voltage electric circuits except
230 V.
(Wiring between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit)
CAUTION
<To piping technician>
• Make sure to open the stop valve after finishing the piping work.
(Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut may damage
the compressor.)
Cautions on the wiring between units
9.
• Never connect 208/230V to the terminal block for the transmission
wiring.
Doing so will break the entire system.
• The transmission wiring from the indoor unit must be connected to
the F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) terminals on the PC board in the outdoor
unit.
∗ Make sure to use STRANDEDNONSHIELDEDCONDUCTOR AWG18- in the
WIRING shown above.
∗ All cables used in the wiring between the units should be procured on the site.
A crankcase heater is mounted for smooth startup. Make sure to
turn on the power 6 hours before starting operation for supplying
the power to the crankcase heater.
TEST RUN PROCEDURE
WARNING
• Make sure to close the front panel before leaving the outdoor
unit in the power ON status.
• To avoid injury, always make sure that the circuit breaker on
the power supply panel of the installation is switched off before doing
any work.
Cautions before turning on the power
• Put the insulating cover securely onto the control box.
• After turning on the power, check the settings and LED indicators on the PC board (A2P) in the outdoor unit through the
opening of the insulating cover.
13
English
3PN07193-7H
234
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
9-1 Power on and check operation
• Make sure to perform the check operation after installation. (If the air
conditioner is operated using the indoor remote controller without
performing the check operation, the malfunction code “U3” is displayed in the indoor remote controller, and normal operation is disabled.)
• In the check operation, the status of the outdoor unit is checked, and
incorrect wiring is checked for.
(1) • Close the front panel
of the outdoor unit.
• Turn ON the power
to the outdoor unit
and indoor unit.
Make sure to turn
on the power 6 hours
Caution before starting operation
for supplying the power
to the crankcase heater.
(2) • Open the front panel of the outdoor unit.
• Check the LED on the PC board (A1P
and A2P) in the outdoor unit to see if the
data transmission is performed normally.
A1P
H7P
H5P
H6P
H4P
ON
DEMAND
SLAVE
H3P
OFF
L.N.O.P.
MASTER
H2P
H1P
IND
MODE
Outdoor
unit installed
LED display:
TEST/HWL
SERVICE MONITOR HAP
LED display
(Default
status
before
delivery)
A2P
The power is
supplied to the
outdoor unit.
Take due care
during the work
to prevent
electric shock.
Blinking
(3) • When performing the • The power is supplied to the outdoor
low-noise operation
unit. Take due care during the work to
(L.N.O.P.) or demand
prevent electric shock.
(DEMAND) operation • Before using the pushbutton switches
upon request from the
(BS1 to BS5) for setting, confirm that
customer, perform the
the microcomputer (SERVICE) monitor
setting using the
is lit.
pushbutton switches
• For the setting method, refer to the
(BS1 to BS5) on the
[Cautions on service] label attached on
PC board (A2P) in the
the back of the front panel of the
outdoor unit.
outdoor unit. (Make sure to write the
• Press each
contents of setting on the [Cautions on
pushbutton switch
service] label.)
from the opening of
the insulation cover.
(Do not remove the
insulation cover.)
(4) Confirm that the stop
valves are open on both the
liquid and gas lines. If they
are closed, open them.
<Cautions on check operation>
• If the air conditioner is started within about 12 minutes after the
power of the indoor/outdoor unit is turned on, the H2P indicator lights
and the compressor does not run.
Confirm that the LED status is as shown in the table in (2) in
“9-1 Power on and check operation” before starting the air conditioner.
• The air conditioner may require about 10 minutes maximum until it
can start the compressor after start of operation.
This period of time is required to homogenize the refrigerant status,
and does not indicate any failure.
• The check operation does not provide any means of checking the
indoor unit individually. For that purpose, perform the normal operation using the remote controller after finishing the check operation.
• The check operation is not available in any other mode such as the
recovery mode.
• Before running a check on the unit, changing the indoor remote controller settings might cause the error code “UF” to be displayed and
prevent a proper check to be run.
9-2 Checks in normal operation
• After finishing the check operation, operate the air conditioner normally. (Heating operation is only available for RZQ-P models.)
(Heating is not available if the outside air temperature is 75 °F or
more. Refer to the operation manual supplied together with the
unit.)
• Confirm that the indoor and outdoor units are operating normally.
(If a knocking sound is heard in the liquid compression of the compressor, stop the air conditioner immediately and energize the crankcase heater for a sufficient period of time, then start the operation
again.)
• Run the indoor unit one by one in turn, and confirm that the corresponding outdoor unit is running.
• Check to see if cold (or hot) air is coming out of the indoor unit.
• Press the fan direction button and fan speed control button on the
remote controller to see if the fan is operating normally.
<Cautions for normal operation check>
• Once stopped, the compressor will not start for about 5 minutes even
if the “ON/OFF” button on the remote controller is pressed.
• When the system operation is stopped by the remote control, the
outdoor unit may continue to operate for a further 3 minutes.
• If the system has not undergone the check operation by the test run
button since it was first installed, a malfunction code “U3” is displayed.
In this case, perform the check operation by referring to “9-1 Power
on and check operation”.
Do not leave any stop
Caution valve closed.
Otherwise the compressor
will fail.
(5) Press and hold the test run
• When leaving the outdoor unit during the
button (BS4) for 5 seconds or
check operation for unavoidable reasons,
more to start the check
ask another installation worker to watch the
operation.
outdoor unit, or close the front panel.
For the details, refer to the
• The system operates the check operation
Check operation procedure
for about 15 minutes (30 minutes
on the [Cautions on service]
maximum), then stops automatically.
label.
The system can start normal operation
about 5 minutes after the check operation if
the remote controller does not display any
malfunction code.
• During the check operation, the status
under execution is indicated on the remote
controller.
(6) After the check operation, make sure to close the front
panel of the outdoor unit.
English
14
3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
235
Installation of outdoor unit
EDUS281120_a
When a malfunction code is displayed in the remote controller
(Check a malfunction code in the remote controller connected to the
indoor unit.)
Malfunction
code
Cause
The stop valves
in the outdoor
unit remain
closed.
E3
F6
Open the stop valve on both the
gas side and liquid side.
The operation mode
on the remote control- Set the operation mode on all
indoor unit remote controllers to
ler was changed
“cooling.”
before the check
operation.
The refrigerant is
insufficient.
• Check whether additional
refrigerant charge has been
finished correctly.
• Calculate again the required
amount of refrigerant to be
charged based on the piping
length, then charge additionally
proper amount of refrigerant.
Calculate again the required
amount of refrigerant to be
charged based on the piping
The refrigerant is
length, recover the refrigerant
overcharged.
using the refrigerant recovery
device, then achieve proper
amount of refrigerant.
<To piping technician>
<To electrician>
• After finishing the test run and before using the unit by customer, confirm that the front panel and screws are attached
securely to the unit.
10. CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS
DANGER
• Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive
leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially in basements, and an
asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
(Points to note in connection with refrigerant leaks)
Introduction
The installer and system specialist shall secure safety against
leakage according to local regulations or standards. The following
standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available.
The Split System, like other air conditioning systems, uses R410A as
refrigerant. R410A itself is an entirely safe non-toxic, non-combustible
refrigerant. Nevertheless care must be taken to ensure that air conditioning facilities are installed in a room which is sufficiently large. This
assures that the maximum concentration level of refrigerant gas is not
exceeded, in the unlikely event of major leak in the system and this in
accordance to the local applicable regulations and standards.
Maximum concentration level
The maximum charge of refrigerant and the calculation of the maximum
concentration of refrigerant is directly related to the humanly occupied
space in to which it could leak.
U3
The check
operation has not Perform the check operation.
performed.
The unit of measurement of the concentration is lb./ft ( the weight in lb.
3
of the refrigerant gas in 1ft volume of the occupied space).
U4
The power is not
supplied to the
outdoor unit.
Connect correctly the power supply wiring of the outdoor unit.
Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards for the
maximum allowable concentration level is required.
UA
Improper type of
indoor unit is
connected.
Check the type of indoor unit
currently connected. If it is not
proper, replace it with proper
one.
The stop valves
in the outdoor
unit remain
closed.
Open the stop valve on both the
gas and liquid lines.
The piping and
wiring of the
indoor unit are
not connected
correctly to the
outdoor unit.
Confirm that the piping and
wiring of the indoor unit are connected correctly to the outdoor
unit.
UF
The operation mode
on the remote control- Set the operation mode on
indoor unit remote controller to
ler was changed
“cooling.”
before the check
operation.
UH
15
• There might be a problem with the connection or transmission
between the indoor unit and the remote controller.
Check connections, and check for wire breakage.
CAUTION
Open the stop valve on both the
gas and liquid lines.
Calculate again the required
amount of refrigerant to be
charged based on the piping
The refrigerant is
length, recover the refrigerant
overcharged.
using the refrigerant recovery
device, then achieve proper
amount of refrigerant.
The stop valves
in the outdoor
unit remain
closed.
E4
F3
Solution
When nothing is displayed in the remote controller
Connect correctly the transmisThe transmission
sion wiring to the F1 and F2
wiring is not
(TO IN/D UNIT) terminals on
connected
the PC board (A1P) in the
correctly.
outdoor unit.
3
Direction of the refrigerant flow
Room where
refrigerant leak
has occurred
(outflow of all the
refrigerant from
the system)
Pay a special attention to the place, such as a basement, etc.
where refrigerant can stay, since refrigerant is heavier than air.
Procedure for checking maximum concentration
Check the maximum concentration level in accordance with steps 1 to 4
below and take whatever action is necessary to comply.
1. Calculate the amount of refrigerant (lb.) charged to each system
separately.
amount of refrigerant in the unit
(amount of refrigerant with which
the system is
charged before
leaving the factory)
+
additional charging
amount (amount of
refrigerant added
locally in accordance
with the length or
diameter of the refrigerant piping)
=
total amount
of refrigerant (lb.) in
the system
English
3PN07193-7H
236
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a
Installation of outdoor unit
NOTE
• Where a single refrigerant facility is divided into 2 entirely independent refrigerant systems then use the amount of refrigerant with
which each separate system is charged.
3
2. Calculate a room volume (ft )
3. Calculate the refrigerant concentration by using the results of the
calculations in steps 1 and 2 above.
total amount of refrigerant in the
system
3
volume (ft ) of the room in which
there is an indoor unit installed
≤
maximum concen3
tration level (lb./ft )
4. Deal with the situations where the result exceeds the maximum concentration level.
Where the installation of a facility results in a concentration in excess
of the maximum concentration level then it will be necessary to revise
the system.
Please consult your dealer.
English
16
3PN07193-7H
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
237
Warning
Daikin products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the world. Prior to
purchase, please confirm with your local authorized importer, distributor and/or retailer whether this
product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for use, in the region where the product
will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict or modify the application of any local
legislation.
Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorized parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
Read the User's Manual carefully before using this product. The User's Manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any inquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Daikin, Daikin AC Absolute Comfort, and its design, VRV, REFNET, and Quaternity are trademarks of Daikin Industries, LTD. All rights reserved.
Cautions on product corrosion
1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
Organization:
DAIKIN INDUSTRIES, LTD.
AIR CONDITIONING MANUFACTURING DIVISION
Organization:
DAIKIN INDUSTRIES
(THAILAND) LTD.
Scope of Registration:
THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURE OF
COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, COOLING,
REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT, HEATING EQUIPMENT,
RESIDENTIAL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, HEAT
RECLAIM VENTILATION, AIR CLEANING EQUIPMENT,
COMPRESSORS AND VALVES.
Scope of Registration:
THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT
AND MANUFACTURE OF AIR
CONDITIONERS AND THE
COMPONENTS INCLUDING
COMPRESSORS USED FOR THEM
All of the Daikin Group’s business
facilities and subsidiaries in Japan
are certified under the ISO 14001
international standard for
environment management.
Dealer
1645 Wallace Drive, Suite 110
Carrollton, TX75006
[email protected]
www.daikinac.com
c 2011 Daikin Industries, LTD.
Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of January 2012 but subject to change without notice.
EDUS281120_a
Printed in U.S.A. 01/12 FS. K
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement